9576 lines
441 KiB
Plaintext
9576 lines
441 KiB
Plaintext
*******The Project Gutenberg Etext of Anne of The Island*******
|
|
*****This file should be named iland10.txt or iland10.zip******
|
|
|
|
Corrected EDITIONS of our etexts get a new NUMBER, iland11.txt.
|
|
VERSIONS based on separate sources get new LETTER, iland10a.txt.
|
|
|
|
Official release date is January 1993, scanned by Charles Keller
|
|
|
|
Information about Project Gutenberg (one page)
|
|
|
|
We produce about one million dollars for each hour we work. One
|
|
hundred hours is a conservative estimate for how long it we take
|
|
to get any etext selected, entered, proofread, edited, copyright
|
|
searched and analyzed, the copyright letters written, etc. This
|
|
projected audience is one hundred million readers. If our value
|
|
per text is nominally estimated at one dollar, then we produce a
|
|
million dollars per hour; this year we will have to do four text
|
|
files per month, thus upping our productivity to two million/hr.
|
|
The Goal of Project Gutenberg is to Give Away One Trillion Etext
|
|
Files by the December 31, 2001. [10,000 x 100,000,000=Trillion]
|
|
This is ten thousand titles each to one hundred million readers.
|
|
|
|
We need your donations more than ever!
|
|
|
|
All donations should be made to "Project Gutenberg/IBC", and are
|
|
tax deductible to the extent allowable by law ("IBC" is Illinois
|
|
Benedictine College). (Subscriptions to our paper newsletter go
|
|
to IBC, too)
|
|
|
|
For these and other matters, please mail to:
|
|
|
|
David Turner, Project Gutenberg
|
|
Illinois Benedictine College
|
|
5700 College Road
|
|
Lisle, IL 60532-0900
|
|
|
|
Email requests to:
|
|
Internet: chipmonk@eagle.ibc.edu (David Turner)
|
|
Compuserve: chipmonk@eagle.ibc.edu (David Turner)
|
|
Attmail: internet!chipmonk@eagle.ibc.edu (David Turner)
|
|
MCImail: (David Turner)
|
|
ADDRESS TYPE: MCI / EMS: INTERNET / MBX:chipmonk@eagle.ibc.edu
|
|
|
|
When all other email fails try our Michael S. Hart, Executive Director:
|
|
hart@vmd.cso.uiuc.edu (internet) hart@uiucvmd (bitnet)
|
|
|
|
We would prefer to send you this information by email
|
|
(Internet, Bitnet, Compuserve, ATTMAIL or MCImail).
|
|
|
|
******
|
|
If you have an FTP program (or emulator), please:
|
|
|
|
FTP directly to the Project Gutenberg archives:
|
|
ftp mrcnext.cso.uiuc.edu
|
|
login: anonymous
|
|
password: your@login
|
|
cd etext/etext91
|
|
or cd etext92 [for new books] [now also cd etext/etext92]
|
|
or cd etext/articles [get suggest gut for more information]
|
|
dir [to see files]
|
|
get or mget [to get files. . .set bin for zip files]
|
|
GET INDEX and AAINDEX
|
|
for a list of books
|
|
and
|
|
GET NEW GUT for general information
|
|
and
|
|
MGET GUT* for newsletters.
|
|
|
|
**Information prepared by the Project Gutenberg legal advisor**
|
|
(Three Pages)
|
|
|
|
****START**THE SMALL PRINT!**FOR PUBLIC DOMAIN ETEXTS**START****
|
|
|
|
Why is this "Small Print!" statement here? You know: lawyers.
|
|
They tell us you might sue us if there is something wrong with
|
|
your copy of this etext, even if you got it for free from
|
|
someone other than us, and even if what's wrong is not our
|
|
fault. So, among other things, this "Small Print!" statement
|
|
disclaims most of our liability to you. It also tells you how
|
|
you can distribute copies of this etext if you want to.
|
|
|
|
*BEFORE!* YOU USE OR READ THIS ETEXT
|
|
|
|
By using or reading any part of this PROJECT GUTENBERG-tm etext,
|
|
you indicate that you understand, agree to and accept this
|
|
"Small Print!" statement. If you do not, you can receive a
|
|
refund of the money (if any) you paid for this etext by sending
|
|
a request within 30 days of receiving it to the person you got
|
|
it from. If you received this etext on a physical medium (such
|
|
as a disk), you must return it with your request.
|
|
|
|
ABOUT PROJECT GUTENBERG-TM ETEXTS
|
|
|
|
This PROJECT GUTENBERG-tm etext, like most PROJECT GUTENBERG-tm
|
|
etexts, is a "public domain" work distributed by Professor
|
|
Michael S. Hart through the Project Gutenberg Association (the
|
|
"Project"). Among other things, this means that no one owns a
|
|
United States copyright on or for this work, so the Project (and
|
|
you!) can copy and distribute it in the United States without
|
|
permission and without paying copyright royalties. Special
|
|
rules, set forth below, apply if you wish to copy and distribute
|
|
this etext under the Project's "PROJECT GUTENBERG" trademark.
|
|
|
|
To create these etexts, the Project expends considerable efforts
|
|
to identify, transcribe and proofread public domain works.
|
|
Despite these efforts, the Project's etexts and any medium they
|
|
may be on may contain "Defects". Among other things, Defects
|
|
may take the form of incomplete, inaccurate or corrupt data,
|
|
transcription errors, a copyright or other intellectual property
|
|
infringement, a defective or damaged disk or other etext medium,
|
|
a computer virus, or computer codes that damage or cannot be
|
|
read by your equipment.
|
|
|
|
DISCLAIMER
|
|
|
|
But for the "Right of Replacement or Refund" described below,
|
|
[1] the Project (and any other party you may receive this etext
|
|
from as a PROJECT GUTENBERG-tm etext) disclaims all liability to
|
|
you for damages, costs and expenses, including legal fees, and
|
|
[2] YOU HAVE NO REMEDIES FOR NEGLIGENCE OR UNDER STRICT LIABILI-
|
|
TY, OR FOR BREACH OF WARRANTY OR CONTRACT, INCLUDING BUT NOT
|
|
LIMITED TO INDIRECT, CONSEQUENTIAL, PUNITIVE OR INCIDENTAL
|
|
DAMAGES, EVEN IF YOU GIVE NOTICE OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH
|
|
DAMAGES.
|
|
|
|
If you discover a Defect in this etext within 90 days of
|
|
receiving it, you can receive a refund of the money (if any) you
|
|
paid for it by sending an explanatory note within that time to
|
|
the person you received it from. If you received it on a
|
|
physical medium, you must return it with your note, and such
|
|
person may choose to alternatively give you a replacement copy.
|
|
If you received it electronically, such person may choose to
|
|
alternatively give you a second opportunity to receive it elec-
|
|
tronically.
|
|
|
|
THIS ETEXT IS OTHERWISE PROVIDED TO YOU "AS-IS". NO OTHER
|
|
WARRANTIES OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, ARE MADE TO YOU AS
|
|
TO THE ETEXT OR ANY MEDIUM IT MAY BE ON, INCLUDING BUT NOT
|
|
LIMITED TO WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY OR FITNESS FOR A
|
|
PARTICULAR PURPOSE.
|
|
|
|
Some states do not allow disclaimers of implied warranties or
|
|
the exclusion or limitation of consequential damages, so the
|
|
above disclaimers and exclusions may not apply to you, and you
|
|
may have other legal rights.
|
|
|
|
INDEMNITY
|
|
|
|
You will indemnify and hold the Project, its directors,
|
|
officers, members and agents harmless from all liability, cost
|
|
and expense, including legal fees, that arise from any
|
|
distribution of this etext for which you are responsible, and
|
|
from [1] any alteration, modification or addition to the etext
|
|
for which you are responsible, or [2] any Defect.
|
|
|
|
DISTRIBUTION UNDER "PROJECT GUTENBERG-tm"
|
|
|
|
You may distribute copies of this etext electronically, or by
|
|
disk, book or any other medium if you either delete this "Small
|
|
Print!" and all other references to Project Gutenberg, or:
|
|
|
|
[1] Only give exact copies of it. Among other things, this re-
|
|
quires that you do not remove, alter or modify the etext or
|
|
this "small print!" statement. You may however, if you
|
|
wish, distribute this etext in machine readable binary,
|
|
compressed, mark-up, or proprietary form, including any
|
|
form resulting from conversion by word processing or hyper-
|
|
text software, but only so long as *EITHER*:
|
|
|
|
[*] The etext, when displayed, is clearly readable. We
|
|
consider an etext *not* clearly readable if it
|
|
contains characters other than those intended by the
|
|
author of the work, although tilde (~), asterisk (*)
|
|
and underline (_) characters may be used to convey
|
|
punctuation intended by the author, and additional
|
|
characters may be used to indicate hypertext links.
|
|
|
|
[*] The etext may be readily converted by the reader at no
|
|
expense into plain ASCII, EBCDIC or equivalent form
|
|
by the program that displays the etext (as is the
|
|
case, for instance, with most word processors).
|
|
|
|
[*] You provide, or agree to also provide on request at no
|
|
additional cost, fee or expense, a copy of the etext
|
|
in its original plain ASCII form (or in EBCDIC or
|
|
other equivalent proprietary form).
|
|
|
|
[2] Honor the etext refund and replacement provisions of this
|
|
"Small Print!" statement.
|
|
|
|
[3] Pay a trademark license fee of 20% (twenty percent) of the
|
|
net profits you derive from distributing this etext under
|
|
the trademark, determined in accordance with generally
|
|
accepted accounting practices. The license fee:
|
|
|
|
[*] Is required only if you derive such profits. In
|
|
distributing under our trademark, you incur no
|
|
obligation to charge money or earn profits for your
|
|
distribution.
|
|
|
|
[*] Shall be paid to "Project Gutenberg Association /
|
|
Illinois Benedictine College" (or to such other person
|
|
as the Project Gutenberg Association may direct)
|
|
within the 60 days following each date you prepare (or
|
|
were legally required to prepare) your year-end tax
|
|
return with respect to your income for that year.
|
|
|
|
WHAT IF YOU *WANT* TO SEND MONEY EVEN IF YOU DON'T HAVE TO?
|
|
|
|
The Project gratefully accepts contributions in money, time,
|
|
scanning machines, OCR software, public domain etexts, royalty
|
|
free copyright licenses, and every other sort of contribution
|
|
you can think of. Money should be paid to "Project Gutenberg
|
|
Association / Illinois Benedictine College".
|
|
|
|
WRITE TO US! We can be reached at:
|
|
|
|
Project Gutenberg Director of Communications (PGDIRCOM)
|
|
|
|
Internet: pgdircom@vmd.cso.uiuc.edu
|
|
Bitnet: pgdircom@uiucvmd
|
|
CompuServe: >internet:pgdircom@.vmd.cso.uiuc.edu
|
|
Attmail: internet!vmd.cso.uiuc.edu!pgdircom
|
|
|
|
Drafted by CHARLES B. KRAMER, Attorney
|
|
CompuServe: 72600,2026
|
|
Internet: 72600.2026@compuserve.com
|
|
Tel: (212) 254-5093
|
|
*END*THE SMALL PRINT! FOR PUBLIC DOMAIN ETEXTS*Ver.07.02.92*END*
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
ANNE of the ISLAND
|
|
|
|
by
|
|
|
|
Lucy Maud Montgomery
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
to
|
|
all the girls all over the world
|
|
who have "wanted more" about
|
|
ANNE
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
All precious things discovered late
|
|
To those that seek them issue forth,
|
|
For Love in sequel works with Fate,
|
|
And draws the veil from hidden worth.
|
|
-TENNYSON
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Table of Contents
|
|
|
|
I The Shadow of Change . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9
|
|
II Garlands of Autumn . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23
|
|
III Greeting and Farewell. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 36
|
|
IV April's Lady . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 46
|
|
V Letters from Home. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 67
|
|
VI In the Park. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 80
|
|
VII Home Again . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 91
|
|
VIII Anne's First Proposal. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .105
|
|
IX An Unwelcome Lover and a Welcome Friend. . . . . . .113
|
|
X Patty's Place. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .126
|
|
XI The Round of Life. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .139
|
|
XII "Averil's Atonement" . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .153
|
|
XIII The Way of Transgressors . . . . . . . . . . . . . .165
|
|
XIV The Summons. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .181
|
|
XV A Dream Turned Upside Down . . . . . . . . . . . . .194
|
|
XVI Adjusted Relationships . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .202
|
|
XVII A Letter from Davy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .219
|
|
XVIII Miss Josepine Remembers the Anne-girl. . . . . . . .225
|
|
XIX An Interlude . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .234
|
|
XX Gilbert Speaks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .240
|
|
XXI Roses of Yesterday . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .249
|
|
XXII Spring and Anne Return to Green Gables . . . . . . .256
|
|
XXIII Paul Cannot Find the Rock People . . . . . . . . . .263
|
|
XXIV Enter Jonas. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .269
|
|
XXV Enter Prince Charming. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .278
|
|
XXVI Enter Christine. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .288
|
|
XXVII Mutual Confidences . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .294
|
|
XXVIII A June Evening . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .303
|
|
XXIX Diana's Wedding. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .311
|
|
XXX Mrs. Skinner's Romance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .317
|
|
XXXI Anne to Philippa . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .323
|
|
XXXII Tea with Mrs. Douglas. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .328
|
|
XXXIII "He Just Kept Coming and Coming" . . . . . . . . . .336
|
|
XXXIV John Douglas Speaks at Last. . . . . . . . . . . . .342
|
|
XXXV The Last Redmond Year Opens. . . . . . . . . . . . .350
|
|
XXXV1 The Gardners' Call . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .361
|
|
XXXVII Full-fledged B.A.'s. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .370
|
|
XXXVIII False Dawn . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .379
|
|
XXXIX Deals with Weddings. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .388
|
|
XL A Book of Revelation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .400
|
|
XLI Love Takes Up the Glass of Time. . . . . . . . . . .407
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
ANNE of the ISLAND
|
|
by
|
|
Lucy Maud Montgomery
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Chapter I
|
|
|
|
The Shadow of Change
|
|
|
|
|
|
"Harvest is ended and summer is gone," quoted Anne Shirley,
|
|
gazing across the shorn fields dreamily. She and Diana Barry had
|
|
been picking apples in the Green Gables orchard, but were now
|
|
resting from their labors in a sunny corner, where airy fleets of
|
|
thistledown drifted by on the wings of a wind that was still
|
|
summer-sweet with the incense of ferns in the Haunted Wood.
|
|
|
|
But everything in the landscape around them spoke of autumn.
|
|
The sea was roaring hollowly in the distance, the fields were bare
|
|
and sere, scarfed with golden rod, the brook valley below Green
|
|
Gables overflowed with asters of ethereal purple, and the Lake of
|
|
Shining Waters was blue -- blue -- blue; not the changeful blue
|
|
of spring, nor the pale azure of summer, but a clear, steadfast,
|
|
serene blue, as if the water were past all moods and tenses of emotion
|
|
and had settled down to a tranquility unbroken by fickle dreams.
|
|
|
|
"It has been a nice summer," said Diana, twisting the new ring on
|
|
her left hand with a smile. "And Miss Lavendar's wedding seemed
|
|
to come as a sort of crown to it. I suppose Mr. and Mrs. Irving
|
|
are on the Pacific coast now."
|
|
|
|
"It seems to me they have been gone long enough to go around the world,"
|
|
sighed Anne.
|
|
|
|
"I can't believe it is only a week since they were married.
|
|
Everything has changed. Miss Lavendar and Mr. and Mrs. Allan gone
|
|
-- how lonely the manse looks with the shutters all closed!
|
|
I went past it last night, and it made me feel as if everybody
|
|
in it had died."
|
|
|
|
"We'll never get another minister as nice as Mr. Allan," said Diana,
|
|
with gloomy conviction. "I suppose we'll have all kinds of supplies
|
|
this winter, and half the Sundays no preaching at all. And you and
|
|
Gilbert gone -- it will be awfully dull."
|
|
|
|
"Fred will be here," insinuated Anne slyly.
|
|
|
|
"When is Mrs. Lynde going to move up?" asked Diana, as if she
|
|
had not heard Anne's remark.
|
|
|
|
"Tomorrow. I'm glad she's coming -- but it will be another change.
|
|
Marilla and I cleared everything out of the spare room yesterday.
|
|
Do you know, I hated to do it? Of course, it was silly -- but
|
|
it did seem as if we were committing sacrilege. That old spare
|
|
room has always seemed like a shrine to me. When I was a child
|
|
I thought it the most wonderful apartment in the world. You
|
|
remember what a consuming desire I had to sleep in a spare room bed
|
|
-- but not the Green Gables spare room. Oh, no, never there!
|
|
It would have been too terrible -- I couldn't have slept a wink
|
|
from awe. I never WALKED through that room when Marilla sent me in
|
|
on an errand -- no, indeed, I tiptoed through it and held my breath,
|
|
as if I were in church, and felt relieved when I got out of it.
|
|
The pictures of George Whitefield and the Duke of Wellington
|
|
hung there, one on each side of the mirror, and frowned so sternly
|
|
at me all the time I was in, especially if I dared peep in the mirror,
|
|
which was the only one in the house that didn't twist my face a little.
|
|
I always wondered how Marilla dared houseclean that room. And now it's
|
|
not only cleaned but stripped bare. George Whitefield and the Duke
|
|
have been relegated to the upstairs hall. `So passes the glory of
|
|
this world,' " concluded Anne, with a laugh in which there was a
|
|
little note of regret. It is never pleasant to have our old
|
|
shrines desecrated, even when we have outgrown them.
|
|
|
|
"I'll be so lonesome when you go," moaned Diana for the hundredth time.
|
|
"And to think you go next week!"
|
|
|
|
"But we're together still," said Anne cheerily. "We mustn't let next
|
|
week rob us of this week's joy. I hate the thought of going myself
|
|
-- home and I are such good friends. Talk of being lonesome!
|
|
It's I who should groan. YOU'LL be here with any number of your
|
|
old friends -- AND Fred! While I shall be alone among strangers,
|
|
not knowing a soul!"
|
|
|
|
"EXCEPT Gilbert -- AND Charlie Sloane," said Diana, imitating
|
|
Anne's italics and slyness.
|
|
|
|
"Charlie Sloane will be a great comfort, of course," agreed Anne
|
|
sarcastically; whereupon both those irresponsible damsels laughed.
|
|
Diana knew exactly what Anne thought of Charlie Sloane; but,
|
|
despite sundry confidential talks, she did not know just what
|
|
Anne thought of Gilbert Blythe. To be sure, Anne herself
|
|
did not know that.
|
|
|
|
"The boys may be boarding at the other end of Kingsport, for all
|
|
I know," Anne went on. "I am glad I'm going to Redmond, and I am
|
|
sure I shall like it after a while. But for the first few weeks
|
|
I know I won't. I shan't even have the comfort of looking forward
|
|
to the weekend visit home, as I had when I went to Queen's.
|
|
Christmas will seem like a thousand years away."
|
|
|
|
"Everything is changing -- or going to change," said Diana sadly.
|
|
"I have a feeling that things will never be the same again, Anne."
|
|
|
|
"We have come to a parting of the ways, I suppose," said Anne
|
|
thoughtfully. "We had to come to it. Do you think, Diana, that
|
|
being grown-up is really as nice as we used to imagine it would
|
|
be when we were children?"
|
|
|
|
"I don't know -- there are SOME nice things about it," answered
|
|
Diana, again caressing her ring with that little smile which
|
|
always had the effect of making Anne feel suddenly left out and
|
|
inexperienced. "But there are so many puzzling things, too.
|
|
Sometimes I feel as if being grown-up just frightened me -- and
|
|
then I would give anything to be a little girl again."
|
|
|
|
"I suppose we'll get used to being grownup in time," said Anne
|
|
cheerfully. "There won't be so many unexpected things about it
|
|
by and by -- though, after all, I fancy it's the unexpected
|
|
things that give spice to life. We're eighteen, Diana. In two
|
|
more years we'll be twenty. When I was ten I thought twenty was
|
|
a green old age. In no time you'll be a staid, middle-aged
|
|
matron, and I shall be nice, old maid Aunt Anne, coming to visit
|
|
you on vacations. You'll always keep a corner for me, won't you,
|
|
Di darling? Not the spare room, of course -- old maids can't
|
|
aspire to spare rooms, and I shall be as 'umble as Uriah Heep,
|
|
and quite content with a little over-the-porch or off-the-parlor
|
|
cubby hole."
|
|
|
|
"What nonsense you do talk, Anne," laughed Diana. "You'll marry
|
|
somebody splendid and handsome and rich -- and no spare room in
|
|
Avonlea will be half gorgeous enough for you -- and you'll turn
|
|
up your nose at all the friends of your youth."
|
|
|
|
"That would be a pity; my nose is quite nice, but I fear turning
|
|
it up would spoil it," said Anne, patting that shapely organ.
|
|
"I haven't so many good features that I could afford to spoil
|
|
those I have; so, even if I should marry the King of the Cannibal
|
|
Islands, I promise you I won't turn up my nose at you, Diana."
|
|
|
|
With another gay laugh the girls separated, Diana to return to
|
|
Orchard Slope, Anne to walk to the Post Office. She found a
|
|
letter awaiting her there, and when Gilbert Blythe overtook her
|
|
on the bridge over the Lake of Shining Waters she was sparkling
|
|
with the excitement of it.
|
|
|
|
"Priscilla Grant is going to Redmond, too," she exclaimed.
|
|
"Isn't that splendid? I hoped she would, but she didn't think
|
|
her father would consent. He has, however, and we're to board
|
|
together. I feel that I can face an army with banners -- or all
|
|
the professors of Redmond in one fell phalanx -- with a chum like
|
|
Priscilla by my side."
|
|
|
|
"I think we'll like Kingsport," said Gilbert. "It's a nice old
|
|
burg, they tell me, and has the finest natural park in the world.
|
|
I've heard that the scenery in it is magnificent."
|
|
|
|
"I wonder if it will be -- can be -- any more beautiful than this,"
|
|
murmured Anne, looking around her with the loving, enraptured eyes
|
|
of those to whom "home" must always be the loveliest spot in the world,
|
|
no matter what fairer lands may lie under alien stars.
|
|
|
|
They were leaning on the bridge of the old pond, drinking deep of
|
|
the enchantment of the dusk, just at the spot where Anne had climbed
|
|
from her sinking Dory on the day Elaine floated down to Camelot.
|
|
The fine, empurpling dye of sunset still stained the western skies,
|
|
but the moon was rising and the water lay like a great, silver dream
|
|
in her light. Remembrance wove a sweet and subtle spell over the
|
|
two young creatures.
|
|
|
|
"You are very quiet, Anne," said Gilbert at last.
|
|
|
|
"I'm afraid to speak or move for fear all this wonderful beauty
|
|
will vanish just like a broken silence," breathed Anne.
|
|
|
|
Gilbert suddenly laid his hand over the slender white one lying
|
|
on the rail of the bridge. His hazel eyes deepened into darkness,
|
|
his still boyish lips opened to say something of the dream and hope
|
|
that thrilled his soul. But Anne snatched her hand away and
|
|
turned quickly. The spell of the dusk was broken for her.
|
|
|
|
"I must go home," she exclaimed, with a rather overdone carelessness.
|
|
"Marilla had a headache this afternoon, and I'm sure the twins will
|
|
be in some dreadful mischief by this time. I really shouldn't have
|
|
stayed away so long."
|
|
|
|
She chattered ceaselessly and inconsequently until they reached
|
|
the Green Gables lane. Poor Gilbert hardly had a chance to get
|
|
a word in edgewise. Anne felt rather relieved when they parted.
|
|
There had been a new, secret self-consciousness in her heart with
|
|
regard to Gilbert, ever since that fleeting moment of revelation
|
|
in the garden of Echo Lodge. Something alien had intruded into
|
|
the old, perfect, school-day comradeship -- something that
|
|
threatened to mar it.
|
|
|
|
"I never felt glad to see Gilbert go before," she thought, half-
|
|
resentfully, half-sorrowfully, as she walked alone up the lane.
|
|
"Our friendship will be spoiled if he goes on with this nonsense.
|
|
It mustn't be spoiled -- I won't let it. Oh, WHY can't boys be
|
|
just sensible!"
|
|
|
|
Anne had an uneasy doubt that it was not strictly "sensible" that
|
|
she should still feel on her hand the warm pressure of Gilbert's,
|
|
as distinctly as she had felt it for the swift second his had
|
|
rested there; and still less sensible that the sensation was far
|
|
from being an unpleasant one -- very different from that which
|
|
had attended a similar demonstration on Charlie Sloane's part,
|
|
when she had been sitting out a dance with him at a White Sands
|
|
party three nights before. Anne shivered over the disagreeable
|
|
recollection. But all problems connected with infatuated swains
|
|
vanished from her mind when she entered the homely, unsentimental
|
|
atmosphere of the Green Gables kitchen where an eight-year-old
|
|
boy was crying grievously on the sofa.
|
|
|
|
"What is the matter, Davy?" asked Anne, taking him up in her arms.
|
|
"Where are Marilla and Dora?"
|
|
|
|
"Marilla's putting Dora to bed," sobbed Davy, "and I'm crying
|
|
'cause Dora fell down the outside cellar steps, heels over head,
|
|
and scraped all the skin off her nose, and -- "
|
|
|
|
"Oh, well, don't cry about it, dear. Of course, you are sorry
|
|
for her, but crying won't help her any. She'll be all right
|
|
tomorrow. Crying never helps any one, Davy-boy, and -- "
|
|
|
|
"I ain't crying 'cause Dora fell down cellar," said Davy, cutting
|
|
short Anne's wellmeant preachment with increasing bitterness.
|
|
"I'm crying, cause I wasn't there to see her fall. I'm always
|
|
missing some fun or other, seems to me."
|
|
|
|
"Oh, Davy!" Anne choked back an unholy shriek of laughter.
|
|
"Would you call it fun to see poor little Dora fall down the
|
|
steps and get hurt?"
|
|
|
|
"She wasn't MUCH hurt," said Davy, defiantly. "'Course, if
|
|
she'd been killed I'd have been real sorry, Anne. But the Keiths
|
|
ain't so easy killed. They're like the Blewetts, I guess. Herb
|
|
Blewett fell off the hayloft last Wednesday, and rolled right
|
|
down through the turnip chute into the box stall, where they had
|
|
a fearful wild, cross horse, and rolled right under his heels.
|
|
And still he got out alive, with only three bones broke. Mrs.
|
|
Lynde says there are some folks you can't kill with a meat-axe.
|
|
Is Mrs. Lynde coming here tomorrow, Anne?"
|
|
|
|
"Yes, Davy, and I hope you'll be always very nice and good to her."
|
|
|
|
"I'll be nice and good. But will she ever put me to bed at nights, Anne?"
|
|
|
|
"Perhaps. Why?"
|
|
|
|
"'Cause," said Davy very decidedly, "if she does I won't say my
|
|
prayers before her like I do before you, Anne."
|
|
|
|
"Why not?"
|
|
|
|
"'Cause I don't think it would be nice to talk to God before
|
|
strangers, Anne. Dora can say hers to Mrs. Lynde if she likes,
|
|
but _I_ won't. I'll wait till she's gone and then say 'em. Won't
|
|
that be all right, Anne?"
|
|
|
|
"Yes, if you are sure you won't forget to say them, Davy-boy."
|
|
|
|
"Oh, I won't forget, you bet. I think saying my prayers is great fun.
|
|
But it won't be as good fun saying them alone as saying them to you.
|
|
I wish you'd stay home, Anne. I don't see what you want to go away
|
|
and leave us for."
|
|
|
|
"I don't exactly WANT to, Davy, but I feel I ought to go."
|
|
|
|
"If you don't want to go you needn't. You're grown up. When _I_'m
|
|
grown up I'm not going to do one single thing I don't want to do, Anne."
|
|
|
|
"All your life, Davy, you'll find yourself doing things you don't
|
|
want to do."
|
|
|
|
"I won't," said Davy flatly. "Catch me! I have to do things I
|
|
don't want to now 'cause you and Marilla'll send me to bed if I don't.
|
|
But when I grow up you can't do that, and there'll be nobody to tell me
|
|
not to do things. Won't I have the time! Say, Anne, Milty Boulter says
|
|
his mother says you're going to college to see if you can catch a man.
|
|
Are you, Anne? I want to know."
|
|
|
|
For a second Anne burned with resentment. Then she laughed,
|
|
reminding herself that Mrs. Boulter's crude vulgarity of thought
|
|
and speech could not harm her.
|
|
|
|
"No, Davy, I'm not. I'm going to study and grow and learn about many things."
|
|
|
|
"What things?"
|
|
|
|
"`Shoes and ships and sealing wax
|
|
And cabbages and kings,'"
|
|
|
|
quoted Anne.
|
|
|
|
"But if you DID want to catch a man how would you go about it?
|
|
I want to know," persisted Davy, for whom the subject evidently
|
|
possessed a certain fascination.
|
|
|
|
"You'd better ask Mrs. Boulter," said Anne thoughtlessly. "I
|
|
think it's likely she knows more about the process than I do."
|
|
|
|
"I will, the next time I see her," said Davy gravely.
|
|
|
|
"Davy! If you do!" cried Anne, realizing her mistake.
|
|
|
|
"But you just told me to," protested Davy aggrieved.
|
|
|
|
"It's time you went to bed," decreed Anne, by way of getting out
|
|
of the scrape.
|
|
|
|
After Davy had gone to bed Anne wandered down to Victoria Island
|
|
and sat there alone, curtained with fine-spun, moonlit gloom,
|
|
while the water laughed around her in a duet of brook and wind.
|
|
Anne had always loved that brook. Many a dream had she spun over
|
|
its sparkling water in days gone by. She forgot lovelorn youths,
|
|
and the cayenne speeches of malicious neighbors, and all the
|
|
problems of her girlish existence. In imagination she sailed
|
|
over storied seas that wash the distant shining shores of "faery
|
|
lands forlorn," where lost Atlantis and Elysium lie, with the
|
|
evening star for pilot, to the land of Heart's Desire. And she
|
|
was richer in those dreams than in realities; for things seen
|
|
pass away, but the things that are unseen are eternal.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Chapter II
|
|
|
|
Garlands of Autumn
|
|
|
|
|
|
The following week sped swiftly, crowded with innumerable "last things,"
|
|
as Anne called them. Good-bye calls had to be made and received, being
|
|
pleasant or otherwise, according to whether callers and called-upon were
|
|
heartily in sympathy with Anne's hopes, or thought she was too much
|
|
puffed-up over going to college and that it was their duty to "take her
|
|
down a peg or two."
|
|
|
|
The A.V.I.S. gave a farewell party in honor of Anne and Gilbert
|
|
one evening at the home of Josie Pye, choosing that place, partly
|
|
because Mr. Pye's house was large and convenient, partly because
|
|
it was strongly suspected that the Pye girls would have nothing
|
|
to do with the affair if their offer of the house for the party
|
|
was not accepted. It was a very pleasant little time, for the
|
|
Pye girls were gracious, and said and did nothing to mar the
|
|
harmony of the occasion -- which was not according to their wont.
|
|
Josie was unusually amiable -- so much so that she even remarked
|
|
condescendingly to Anne,
|
|
|
|
"Your new dress is rather becoming to you, Anne. Really, you
|
|
look ALMOST PRETTY in it."
|
|
|
|
"How kind of you to say so," responded Anne, with dancing eyes.
|
|
Her sense of humor was developing, and the speeches that would
|
|
have hurt her at fourteen were becoming merely food for amusement
|
|
now. Josie suspected that Anne was laughing at her behind those
|
|
wicked eyes; but she contented herself with whispering to Gertie,
|
|
as they went downstairs, that Anne Shirley would put on more airs
|
|
than ever now that she was going to college -- you'd see!
|
|
|
|
All the "old crowd" was there, full of mirth and zest and
|
|
youthful lightheartedness. Diana Barry, rosy and dimpled,
|
|
shadowed by the faithful Fred; Jane Andrews, neat and sensible
|
|
and plain; Ruby Gillis, looking her handsomest and brightest in a
|
|
cream silk blouse, with red geraniums in her golden hair; Gilbert
|
|
Blythe and Charlie Sloane, both trying to keep as near the
|
|
elusive Anne as possible; Carrie Sloane, looking pale and
|
|
melancholy because, so it was reported, her father would not
|
|
allow Oliver Kimball to come near the place; Moody Spurgeon
|
|
MacPherson, whose round face and objectionable ears were as round
|
|
and objectionable as ever; and Billy Andrews, who sat in a corner all
|
|
the evening, chuckled when any one spoke to him, and watched Anne
|
|
Shirley with a grin of pleasure on his broad, freckled countenance.
|
|
|
|
Anne had known beforehand of the party, but she had not known
|
|
that she and Gilbert were, as the founders of the Society, to be
|
|
presented with a very complimentary "address" and "tokens of
|
|
respect" -- in her case a volume of Shakespeare's plays, in
|
|
Gilbert's a fountain pen. She was so taken by surprise and
|
|
pleased by the nice things said in the address, read in Moody
|
|
Spurgeon's most solemn and ministerial tones, that the tears
|
|
quite drowned the sparkle of her big gray eyes. She had worked
|
|
hard and faithfully for the A.V.I.S., and it warmed the cockles
|
|
of her heart that the members appreciated her efforts so sincerely.
|
|
And they were all so nice and friendly and jolly -- even the Pye
|
|
girls had their merits; at that moment Anne loved all the world.
|
|
|
|
She enjoyed the evening tremendously, but the end of it rather
|
|
spoiled all. Gilbert again made the mistake of saying something
|
|
sentimental to her as they ate their supper on the moonlit
|
|
verandah; and Anne, to punish him, was gracious to Charlie Sloane
|
|
and allowed the latter to walk home with her. She found,
|
|
however, that revenge hurts nobody quite so much as the one who
|
|
tries to inflict it. Gilbert walked airily off with Ruby Gillis,
|
|
and Anne could hear them laughing and talking gaily as they
|
|
loitered along in the still, crisp autumn air. They were
|
|
evidently having the best of good times, while she was horribly
|
|
bored by Charlie Sloane, who talked unbrokenly on, and never,
|
|
even by accident, said one thing that was worth listening to.
|
|
Anne gave an occasional absent "yes" or "no," and thought how
|
|
beautiful Ruby had looked that night, how very goggly Charlie's
|
|
eyes were in the moonlight -- worse even than by daylight -- and
|
|
that the world, somehow, wasn't quite such a nice place as she
|
|
had believed it to be earlier in the evening.
|
|
|
|
"I'm just tired out -- that is what is the matter with me,"
|
|
she said, when she thankfully found herself alone in her own room.
|
|
And she honestly believed it was. But a certain little gush of joy,
|
|
as from some secret, unknown spring, bubbled up in her heart
|
|
the next evening, when she saw Gilbert striding down through the
|
|
Haunted Wood and crossing the old log bridge with that firm,
|
|
quick step of his. So Gilbert was not going to spend this last
|
|
evening with Ruby Gillis after all!
|
|
|
|
"You look tired, Anne," he said.
|
|
|
|
"I am tired, and, worse than that, I'm disgruntled. I'm tired
|
|
because I've been packing my trunk and sewing all day. But I'm
|
|
disgruntled because six women have been here to say good-bye to
|
|
me, and every one of the six managed to say something that seemed
|
|
to take the color right out of life and leave it as gray and
|
|
dismal and cheerless as a November morning."
|
|
|
|
"Spiteful old cats!" was Gilbert's elegant comment.
|
|
|
|
"Oh, no, they weren't," said Anne seriously. "That is just the
|
|
trouble. If they had been spiteful cats I wouldn't have minded
|
|
them. But they are all nice, kind, motherly souls, who like me
|
|
and whom I like, and that is why what they said, or hinted, had
|
|
such undue weight with me. They let me see they thought I was
|
|
crazy going to Redmond and trying to take a B.A., and ever since
|
|
I've been wondering if I am. Mrs. Peter Sloane sighed and said
|
|
she hoped my strength would hold out till I got through; and at
|
|
once I saw myself a hopeless victim of nervous prostration at the
|
|
end of my third year; Mrs. Eben Wright said it must cost an awful
|
|
lot to put in four years at Redmond; and I felt all over me that
|
|
it was unpardonable of me to squander Marilla's money and my own
|
|
on such a folly. Mrs. Jasper Bell said she hoped I wouldn't let
|
|
college spoil me, as it did some people; and I felt in my bones
|
|
that the end of my four Redmond years would see me a most
|
|
insufferable creature, thinking I knew it all, and looking down
|
|
on everything and everybody in Avonlea; Mrs. Elisha Wright said
|
|
she understood that Redmond girls, especially those who belonged
|
|
to Kingsport, were 'dreadful dressy and stuck-up,' and she
|
|
guessed I wouldn't feel much at home among them; and I saw
|
|
myself, a snubbed, dowdy, humiliated country girl, shuffling
|
|
through Redmond's classic halls in coppertoned boots."
|
|
|
|
Anne ended with a laugh and a sigh commingled. With her sensitive
|
|
nature all disapproval had weight, even the disapproval of those
|
|
for whose opinions she had scant respect. For the time being life
|
|
was savorless, and ambition had gone out like a snuffed candle.
|
|
|
|
"You surely don't care for what they said," protested Gilbert.
|
|
"You know exactly how narrow their outlook on life is, excellent
|
|
creatures though they are. To do anything THEY have never done
|
|
is anathema maranatha. You are the first Avonlea girl who has
|
|
ever gone to college; and you know that all pioneers are considered
|
|
to be afflicted with moonstruck madness."
|
|
|
|
"Oh, I know. But FEELING is so different from KNOWING. My common
|
|
sense tells me all you can say, but there are times when common
|
|
sense has no power over me. Common nonsense takes possession of
|
|
my soul. Really, after Mrs. Elisha went away I hardly had the
|
|
heart to finish packing."
|
|
|
|
"You're just tired, Anne. Come, forget it all and take a walk
|
|
with me -- a ramble back through the woods beyond the marsh.
|
|
There should be something there I want to show you."
|
|
|
|
"Should be! Don't you know if it is there?"
|
|
|
|
"No. I only know it should be, from something I saw there in spring.
|
|
Come on. We'll pretend we are two children again and we'll go the
|
|
way of the wind."
|
|
|
|
They started gaily off. Anne, remembering the unpleasantness of
|
|
the preceding evening, was very nice to Gilbert; and Gilbert, who
|
|
was learning wisdom, took care to be nothing save the schoolboy
|
|
comrade again. Mrs. Lynde and Marilla watched them from the
|
|
kitchen window.
|
|
|
|
"That'll be a match some day," Mrs. Lynde said approvingly.
|
|
|
|
Marilla winced slightly. In her heart she hoped it would, but it
|
|
went against her grain to hear the matter spoken of in Mrs. Lynde's
|
|
gossipy matter-of-fact way.
|
|
|
|
"They're only children yet," she said shortly.
|
|
|
|
Mrs. Lynde laughed good-naturedly.
|
|
|
|
"Anne is eighteen; I was married when I was that age. We old
|
|
folks, Marilla, are too much given to thinking children never
|
|
grow up, that's what. Anne is a young woman and Gilbert's a man,
|
|
and he worships the ground she walks on, as any one can see.
|
|
He's a fine fellow, and Anne can't do better. I hope she won't
|
|
get any romantic nonsense into her head at Redmond. I don't
|
|
approve of them coeducational places and never did, that's what.
|
|
I don't believe," concluded Mrs. Lynde solemnly, "that the
|
|
students at such colleges ever do much else than flirt."
|
|
|
|
"They must study a little," said Marilla, with a smile.
|
|
|
|
"Precious little," sniffed Mrs. Rachel. "However, I think Anne
|
|
will. She never was flirtatious. But she doesn't appreciate
|
|
Gilbert at his full value, that's what. Oh, I know girls!
|
|
Charlie Sloane is wild about her, too, but I'd never advise her
|
|
to marry a Sloane. The Sloanes are good, honest, respectable people,
|
|
of course. But when all's said and done, they're SLOANES."
|
|
|
|
Marilla nodded. To an outsider, the statement that Sloanes were
|
|
Sloanes might not be very illuminating, but she understood.
|
|
Every village has such a family; good, honest, respectable people
|
|
they may be, but SLOANES they are and must ever remain, though
|
|
they speak with the tongues of men and angels.
|
|
|
|
Gilbert and Anne, happily unconscious that their future was thus
|
|
being settled by Mrs. Rachel, were sauntering through the shadows
|
|
of the Haunted Wood. Beyond, the harvest hills were basking in
|
|
an amber sunset radiance, under a pale, aerial sky of rose and blue.
|
|
The distant spruce groves were burnished bronze, and their long shadows
|
|
barred the upland meadows. But around them a little wind sang among
|
|
the fir tassels, and in it there was the note of autumn.
|
|
|
|
"This wood really is haunted now -- by old memories," said Anne,
|
|
stooping to gather a spray of ferns, bleached to waxen whiteness
|
|
by frost. "It seems to me that the little girls Diana and I used
|
|
to be play here still, and sit by the Dryad's Bubble in the
|
|
twilights, trysting with the ghosts. Do you know, I can never go
|
|
up this path in the dusk without feeling a bit of the old fright
|
|
and shiver? There was one especially horrifying phantom which we
|
|
created -- the ghost of the murdered child that crept up behind
|
|
you and laid cold fingers on yours. I confess that, to this day,
|
|
I cannot help fancying its little, furtive footsteps behind me
|
|
when I come here after nightfall. I'm not afraid of the White
|
|
Lady or the headless man or the skeletons, but I wish I had never
|
|
imagined that baby's ghost into existence. How angry Marilla
|
|
and Mrs. Barry were over that affair," concluded Anne, with
|
|
reminiscent laughter.
|
|
|
|
The woods around the head of the marsh were full of purple vistas,
|
|
threaded with gossamers. Past a dour plantation of gnarled spruces
|
|
and a maple-fringed, sun-warm valley they found the "something"
|
|
Gilbert was looking for.
|
|
|
|
"Ah, here it is," he said with satisfaction.
|
|
|
|
"An apple tree -- and away back here!" exclaimed Anne delightedly.
|
|
|
|
"Yes, a veritable apple-bearing apple tree, too, here in the very
|
|
midst of pines and beeches, a mile away from any orchard. I was
|
|
here one day last spring and found it, all white with blossom.
|
|
So I resolved I'd come again in the fall and see if it had been
|
|
apples. See, it's loaded. They look good, too -- tawny as
|
|
russets but with a dusky red cheek. Most wild seedlings are
|
|
green and uninviting."
|
|
|
|
"I suppose it sprang years ago from some chance-sown seed," said
|
|
Anne dreamily." And how it has grown and flourished and held its
|
|
own here all alone among aliens, the brave determined thing!"
|
|
|
|
"Here's a fallen tree with a cushion of moss. Sit down, Anne --
|
|
it will serve for a woodland throne. I'll climb for some apples.
|
|
They all grow high -- the tree had to reach up to the sunlight."
|
|
|
|
The apples proved to be delicious. Under the tawny skin was a
|
|
white, white flesh, faintly veined with red; and, besides their
|
|
own proper apple taste, they had a certain wild, delightful tang
|
|
no orchard-grown apple ever possessed.
|
|
|
|
"The fatal apple of Eden couldn't have had a rarer flavor,"
|
|
commented Anne. "But it's time we were going home. See, it was
|
|
twilight three minutes ago and now it's moonlight. What a pity
|
|
we couldn't have caught the moment of transformation. But such
|
|
moments never are caught, I suppose."
|
|
|
|
"Let's go back around the marsh and home by way of Lover's Lane.
|
|
Do you feel as disgruntled now as when you started out, Anne?"
|
|
|
|
"Not I. Those apples have been as manna to a hungry soul. I feel
|
|
that I shall love Redmond and have a splendid four years there."
|
|
|
|
"And after those four years -- what?"
|
|
|
|
"Oh, there's another bend in the road at their end," answered
|
|
Anne lightly. "I've no idea what may be around it -- I don't
|
|
want to have. It's nicer not to know."
|
|
|
|
Lover's Lane was a dear place that night, still and mysteriously
|
|
dim in the pale radiance of the moonlight. They loitered through
|
|
it in a pleasant chummy silence, neither caring to talk.
|
|
|
|
"If Gilbert were always as he has been this evening how nice and
|
|
simple everything would be," reflected Anne.
|
|
|
|
Gilbert was looking at Anne, as she walked along. In her light dress,
|
|
with her slender delicacy, she made him think of a white iris.
|
|
|
|
"I wonder if I can ever make her care for me," he thought, with a
|
|
pang of self-destruct.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Chapter III
|
|
|
|
Greeting and Farewell
|
|
|
|
|
|
Charlie Sloane, Gilbert Blythe and Anne Shirley left Avonlea the
|
|
following Monday morning. Anne had hoped for a fine day. Diana
|
|
was to drive her to the station and they wanted this, their last
|
|
drive together for some time, to be a pleasant one. But when Anne
|
|
went to bed Sunday night the east wind was moaning around Green
|
|
Gables with an ominous prophecy which was fulfilled in the morning.
|
|
Anne awoke to find raindrops pattering against her window and
|
|
shadowing the pond's gray surface with widening rings; hills and
|
|
sea were hidden in mist, and the whole world seemed dim and dreary.
|
|
Anne dressed in the cheerless gray dawn, for an early start was
|
|
necessary to catch the boat train; she struggled against the tears
|
|
that WOULD well up in her eyes in spite of herself. She was leaving
|
|
the home that was so dear to her, and something told her that she was
|
|
leaving it forever, save as a holiday refuge. Things would never be
|
|
the same again; coming back for vacations would not be living there.
|
|
And oh, how dear and beloved everything was -- that little white porch room,
|
|
sacred to the dreams of girlhood, the old Snow Queen at the window,
|
|
the brook in the hollow, the Dryad's Bubble, the Haunted Woods,
|
|
and Lover's Lane -- all the thousand and one dear spots where memories
|
|
of the old years bided. Could she ever be really happy anywhere else?
|
|
|
|
Breakfast at Green Gables that morning was a rather doleful meal.
|
|
Davy, for the first time in his life probably, could not eat, but
|
|
blubbered shamelessly over his porridge. Nobody else seemed to
|
|
have much appetite, save Dora, who tucked away her rations comfortably.
|
|
Dora, like the immortal and most prudent Charlotte, who "went on
|
|
cutting bread and butter" when her frenzied lover's body had been
|
|
carried past on a shutter, was one of those fortunate creatures
|
|
who are seldom disturbed by anything. Even at eight it took a
|
|
great deal to ruffle Dora's placidity. She was sorry Anne was
|
|
going away, of course, but was that any reason why she should
|
|
fail to appreciate a poached egg on toast? Not at all. And,
|
|
seeing that Davy could not eat his, Dora ate it for him.
|
|
|
|
Promptly on time Diana appeared with horse and buggy, her rosy
|
|
face glowing above her raincoat. The good-byes had to be said
|
|
then somehow. Mrs. Lynde came in from her quarters to give Anne
|
|
a hearty embrace and warn her to be careful of her health,
|
|
whatever she did. Marilla, brusque and tearless, pecked Anne's
|
|
cheek and said she supposed they'd hear from her when she got
|
|
settled. A casual observer might have concluded that Anne's
|
|
going mattered very little to her -- unless said observer had
|
|
happened to get a good look in her eyes. Dora kissed Anne primly
|
|
and squeezed out two decorous little tears; but Davy, who had
|
|
been crying on the back porch step ever since they rose from the
|
|
table, refused to say good-bye at all. When he saw Anne coming
|
|
towards him he sprang to his feet, bolted up the back stairs, and
|
|
hid in a clothes closet, out of which he would not come. His muffled
|
|
howls were the last sounds Anne heard as she left Green Gables.
|
|
|
|
It rained heavily all the way to Bright River, to which station
|
|
they had to go, since the branch line train from Carmody did not
|
|
connect with the boat train. Charlie and Gilbert were on the
|
|
station platform when they reached it, and the train was whistling.
|
|
Anne had just time to get her ticket and trunk check, say a hurried
|
|
farewell to Diana, and hasten on board. She wished she were going back
|
|
with Diana to Avonlea; she knew she was going to die of homesickness.
|
|
And oh, if only that dismal rain would stop pouring down as if the
|
|
whole world were weeping over summer vanished and joys departed!
|
|
Even Gilbert's presence brought her no comfort, for Charlie Sloane
|
|
was there, too, and Sloanishness could be tolerated only in fine weather.
|
|
It was absolutely insufferable in rain.
|
|
|
|
But when the boat steamed out of Charlottetown harbor things took
|
|
a turn for the better. The rain ceased and the sun began to
|
|
burst out goldenly now and again between the rents in the clouds,
|
|
burnishing the gray seas with copper-hued radiance, and lighting
|
|
up the mists that curtained the Island's red shores with gleams
|
|
of gold foretokening a fine day after all. Besides, Charlie
|
|
Sloane promptly became so seasick that he had to go below, and
|
|
Anne and Gilbert were left alone on deck.
|
|
|
|
"I am very glad that all the Sloanes get seasick as soon as they
|
|
go on water," thought Anne mercilessly. "I am sure I couldn't
|
|
take my farewell look at the `ould sod' with Charlie standing
|
|
there pretending to look sentimentally at it, too."
|
|
|
|
"Well, we're off," remarked Gilbert unsentimentally.
|
|
|
|
"Yes, I feel like Byron's `Childe Harold' -- only it isn't really
|
|
my `native shore' that I'm watching," said Anne, winking her gray
|
|
eyes vigorously. "Nova Scotia is that, I suppose. But one's
|
|
native shore is the land one loves the best, and that's good old
|
|
P.E.I. for me. I can't believe I didn't always live here.
|
|
Those eleven years before I came seem like a bad dream.
|
|
It's seven years since I crossed on this boat -- the evening
|
|
Mrs. Spencer brought me over from Hopetown. I can see myself,
|
|
in that dreadful old wincey dress and faded sailor hat, exploring
|
|
decks and cabins with enraptured curiosity. It was a fine evening;
|
|
and how those red Island shores did gleam in the sunshine. Now I'm
|
|
crossing the strait again. Oh, Gilbert, I do hope I'll like Redmond
|
|
and Kingsport, but I'm sure I won't!"
|
|
|
|
"Where's all your philosophy gone, Anne?"
|
|
|
|
"It's all submerged under a great, swamping wave of loneliness
|
|
and homesickness. I've longed for three years to go to Redmond
|
|
-- and now I'm going -- and I wish I weren't! Never mind! I
|
|
shall be cheerful and philosophical again after I have just one
|
|
good cry. I MUST have that, `as a went' -- and I'll have to wait
|
|
until I get into my boardinghouse bed tonight, wherever it may
|
|
be, before I can have it. Then Anne will be herself again. I
|
|
wonder if Davy has come out of the closet yet."
|
|
|
|
It was nine that night when their train reached Kingsport, and
|
|
they found themselves in the blue-white glare of the crowded station.
|
|
Anne felt horribly bewildered, but a moment later she was seized by
|
|
Priscilla Grant, who had come to Kingsport on Saturday.
|
|
|
|
"Here you are, beloved! And I suppose you're as tired as I was
|
|
when I got here Saturday night."
|
|
|
|
"Tired! Priscilla, don't talk of it. I'm tired, and green,
|
|
and provincial, and only about ten years old. For pity's sake
|
|
take your poor, broken-down chum to some place where she can
|
|
hear herself think."
|
|
|
|
"I'll take you right up to our boardinghouse. I've a cab ready outside."
|
|
|
|
"It's such a blessing you're here, Prissy. If you weren't I
|
|
think I should just sit down on my suitcase, here and now, and
|
|
weep bitter tears. What a comfort one familiar face is in a
|
|
howling wilderness of strangers!"
|
|
|
|
"Is that Gilbert Blythe over there, Anne? How he has grown up
|
|
this past year! He was only a schoolboy when I taught in Carmody.
|
|
And of course that's Charlie Sloane. HE hasn't changed -- couldn't!
|
|
He looked just like that when he was born, and he'll look like that
|
|
when he's eighty. This way, dear. We'll be home in twenty minutes."
|
|
|
|
"Home!" groaned Anne. "You mean we'll be in some horrible boardinghouse,
|
|
in a still more horrible hall bedroom, looking out on a dingy back yard."
|
|
|
|
"It isn't a horrible boardinghouse, Anne-girl. Here's our cab.
|
|
Hop in -- the driver will get your trunk. Oh, yes, the boardinghouse
|
|
-- it's really a very nice place of its kind, as you'll admit tomorrow
|
|
morning when a good night's sleep has turned your blues rosy pink.
|
|
It's a big, old-fashioned, gray stone house on St. John Street,
|
|
just a nice little constitutional from Redmond. It used to be the
|
|
`residence' of great folk, but fashion has deserted St. John Street
|
|
and its houses only dream now of better days. They're so big that
|
|
people living in them have to take boarders just to fill up. At least,
|
|
that is the reason our landladies are very anxious to impress on us.
|
|
They're delicious, Anne -- our landladies, I mean."
|
|
|
|
"How many are there?"
|
|
|
|
"Two. Miss Hannah Harvey and Miss Ada Harvey. They were born twins
|
|
about fifty years ago."
|
|
|
|
"I can't get away from twins, it seems," smiled Anne. "Wherever I
|
|
go they confront me."
|
|
|
|
"Oh, they're not twins now, dear. After they reached the age of
|
|
thirty they never were twins again. Miss Hannah has grown old,
|
|
not too gracefully, and Miss Ada has stayed thirty, less
|
|
gracefully still. I don't know whether Miss Hannah can smile or
|
|
not; I've never caught her at it so far, but Miss Ada smiles all
|
|
the time and that's worse. However, they're nice, kind souls,
|
|
and they take two boarders every year because Miss Hannah's
|
|
economical soul cannot bear to `waste room space' -- not because
|
|
they need to or have to, as Miss Ada has told me seven times
|
|
since Saturday night. As for our rooms, I admit they are hall
|
|
bedrooms, and mine does look out on the back yard. Your room is
|
|
a front one and looks out on Old St. John's graveyard, which is
|
|
just across the street."
|
|
|
|
"That sounds gruesome," shivered Anne. "I think I'd rather have
|
|
the back yard view."
|
|
|
|
"Oh, no, you wouldn't. Wait and see. Old St. John's is a
|
|
darling place. It's been a graveyard so long that it's ceased to
|
|
be one and has become one of the sights of Kingsport. I was all
|
|
through it yesterday for a pleasure exertion. There's a big
|
|
stone wall and a row of enormous trees all around it, and rows of
|
|
trees all through it, and the queerest old tombstones, with the
|
|
queerest and quaintest inscriptions. You'll go there to study, Anne,
|
|
see if you don't. Of course, nobody is ever buried there now.
|
|
But a few years ago they put up a beautiful monument to the
|
|
memory of Nova Scotian soldiers who fell in the Crimean War.
|
|
It is just opposite the entrance gates and there's `scope for
|
|
imagination' in it, as you used to say. Here's your trunk at
|
|
last -- and the boys coming to say good night. Must I really
|
|
shake hands with Charlie Sloane, Anne? His hands are always so
|
|
cold and fishy-feeling. We must ask them to call occasionally.
|
|
Miss Hannah gravely told me we could have `young gentlemen
|
|
callers' two evenings in the week, if they went away at a
|
|
reasonable hour; and Miss Ada asked me, smiling, please to be
|
|
sure they didn't sit on her beautiful cushions. I promised to
|
|
see to it; but goodness knows where else they CAN sit, unless
|
|
they sit on the floor, for there are cushions on EVERYTHING.
|
|
Miss Ada even has an elaborate Battenburg one on top of the piano."
|
|
|
|
Anne was laughing by this time. Priscilla's gay chatter had the
|
|
intended effect of cheering her up; homesickness vanished for the
|
|
time being, and did not even return in full force when she
|
|
finally found herself alone in her little bedroom. She went to
|
|
her window and looked out. The street below was dim and quiet.
|
|
Across it the moon was shining above the trees in Old St. John's,
|
|
just behind the great dark head of the lion on the monument.
|
|
Anne wondered if it could have been only that morning that
|
|
she had left Green Gables. She had the sense of a long
|
|
passage of time which one day of change and travel gives.
|
|
|
|
"I suppose that very moon is looking down on Green Gables now,"
|
|
she mused. "But I won't think about it -- that way homesickness
|
|
lies. I'm not even going to have my good cry. I'll put that off
|
|
to a more convenient season, and just now I'll go calmly and
|
|
sensibly to bed and to sleep."
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Chapter IV
|
|
|
|
April's Lady
|
|
|
|
|
|
Kingsport is a quaint old town, hearking back to early Colonial
|
|
days, and wrapped in its ancient atmosphere, as some fine old dame
|
|
in garments fashioned like those of her youth. Here and there
|
|
it sprouts out into modernity, but at heart it is still unspoiled;
|
|
it is full of curious relics, and haloed by the romance of many
|
|
legends of the past. Once it was a mere frontier station on the
|
|
fringe of the wilderness, and those were the days when Indians
|
|
kept life from being monotonous to the settlers. Then it grew
|
|
to be a bone of contention between the British and the French,
|
|
being occupied now by the one and now by the other, emerging from
|
|
each occupation with some fresh scar of battling nations branded on it.
|
|
|
|
It has in its park a martello tower, autographed all over
|
|
by tourists, a dismantled old French fort on the hills beyond
|
|
the town, and several antiquated cannon in its public squares.
|
|
It has other historic spots also, which may be hunted out by the
|
|
curious, and none is more quaint and delightful than Old St. John's
|
|
Cemetery at the very core of the town, with streets of quiet,
|
|
old-time houses on two sides, and busy, bustling, modern
|
|
thoroughfares on the others. Every citizen of Kingsport feels a
|
|
thrill of possessive pride in Old St. John's, for, if he be of
|
|
any pretensions at all, he has an ancestor buried there, with a
|
|
queer, crooked slab at his head, or else sprawling protectively
|
|
over the grave, on which all the main facts of his history are
|
|
recorded. For the most part no great art or skill was lavished
|
|
on those old tombstones. The larger number are of roughly
|
|
chiselled brown or gray native stone, and only in a few cases is
|
|
there any attempt at ornamentation. Some are adorned with skull
|
|
and cross-bones, and this grizzly decoration is frequently
|
|
coupled with a cherub's head. Many are prostrate and in ruins.
|
|
Into almost all Time's tooth has been gnawing, until some
|
|
inscriptions have been completely effaced, and others can only be
|
|
deciphered with difficulty. The graveyard is very full and very
|
|
bowery, for it is surrounded and intersected by rows of elms and
|
|
willows, beneath whose shade the sleepers must lie very dreamlessly,
|
|
forever crooned to by the winds and leaves over them, and quite
|
|
undisturbed by the clamor of traffic just beyond.
|
|
|
|
Anne took the first of many rambles in Old St. John's the next afternoon.
|
|
She and Priscilla had gone to Redmond in the forenoon and registered as
|
|
students, after which there was nothing more to do that day. The girls
|
|
gladly made their escape, for it was not exhilarating to be surrounded
|
|
by crowds of strangers, most of whom had a rather alien appearance,
|
|
as if not quite sure where they belonged.
|
|
|
|
The "freshettes" stood about in detached groups of two or three,
|
|
looking askance at each other; the "freshies," wiser in their day
|
|
and generation, had banded themselves together on the big
|
|
staircase of the entrance hall, where they were shouting out
|
|
glees with all the vigor of youthful lungs, as a species of
|
|
defiance to their traditional enemies, the Sophomores, a few of
|
|
whom were prowling loftily about, looking properly disdainful of
|
|
the "unlicked cubs" on the stairs. Gilbert and Charlie were
|
|
nowhere to be seen.
|
|
|
|
"Little did I think the day would ever come when I'd be glad of
|
|
the sight of a Sloane," said Priscilla, as they crossed the
|
|
campus, "but I'd welcome Charlie's goggle eyes almost
|
|
ecstatically. At least, they'd be familiar eyes."
|
|
|
|
"Oh," sighed Anne. "I can't describe how I felt when I was
|
|
standing there, waiting my turn to be registered -- as
|
|
insignificant as the teeniest drop in a most enormous bucket.
|
|
It's bad enough to feel insignificant, but it's unbearable to
|
|
have it grained into your soul that you will never, can never,
|
|
be anything but insignificant, and that is how I did feel --
|
|
as if I were invisible to the naked eye and some of those Sophs
|
|
might step on me. I knew I would go down to my grave unwept,
|
|
unhonored and unsung."
|
|
|
|
"Wait till next year," comforted Priscilla. "Then we'll be able
|
|
to look as bored and sophisticated as any Sophomore of them all.
|
|
No doubt it is rather dreadful to feel insignificant; but I think
|
|
it's better than to feel as big and awkward as I did -- as if I were
|
|
sprawled all over Redmond. That's how I felt -- I suppose because
|
|
I was a good two inches taller than any one else in the crowd.
|
|
I wasn't afraid a Soph might walk over me; I was afraid they'd take
|
|
me for an elephant, or an overgrown sample of a potato-fed Islander."
|
|
|
|
"I suppose the trouble is we can't forgive big Redmond for not
|
|
being little Queen's," said Anne, gathering about her the shreds
|
|
of her old cheerful philosophy to cover her nakedness of spirit.
|
|
"When we left Queen's we knew everybody and had a place of our own.
|
|
I suppose we have been unconsciously expecting to take life
|
|
up at Redmond just where we left off at Queen's, and now we feel
|
|
as if the ground had slipped from under our feet. I'm thankful
|
|
that neither Mrs. Lynde nor Mrs. Elisha Wright know, or ever
|
|
will know, my state of mind at present. They would exult in
|
|
saying `I told you so,' and be convinced it was the beginning of
|
|
the end. Whereas it is just the end of the beginning."
|
|
|
|
"Exactly. That sounds more Anneish. In a little while we'll be
|
|
acclimated and acquainted, and all will be well. Anne, did you
|
|
notice the girl who stood alone just outside the door of the
|
|
coeds' dressing room all the morning -- the pretty one with the
|
|
brown eyes and crooked mouth?"
|
|
|
|
"Yes, I did. I noticed her particularly because she seemed the
|
|
only creature there who LOOKED as lonely and friendless as I FELT.
|
|
I had YOU, but she had no one."
|
|
|
|
"I think she felt pretty all-by-herselfish, too. Several times I
|
|
saw her make a motion as if to cross over to us, but she never
|
|
did it -- too shy, I suppose. I wished she would come. If I hadn't
|
|
felt so much like the aforesaid elephant I'd have gone to her.
|
|
But I couldn't lumber across that big hall with all those boys
|
|
howling on the stairs. She was the prettiest freshette I saw today,
|
|
but probably favor is deceitful and even beauty is vain on your
|
|
first day at Redmond," concluded Priscilla with a laugh.
|
|
|
|
"I'm going across to Old St. John's after lunch," said Anne.
|
|
"I don't know that a graveyard is a very good place to go to get
|
|
cheered up, but it seems the only get-at-able place where there
|
|
are trees, and trees I must have. I'll sit on one of those old
|
|
slabs and shut my eyes and imagine I'm in the Avonlea woods."
|
|
|
|
Anne did not do that, however, for she found enough of interest
|
|
in Old St. John's to keep her eyes wide open. They went in by
|
|
the entrance gates, past the simple, massive, stone arch
|
|
surmounted by the great lion of England.
|
|
|
|
"`And on Inkerman yet the wild bramble is gory,
|
|
And those bleak heights henceforth shall be famous in story,'"
|
|
|
|
quoted Anne, looking at it with a thrill. They found themselves
|
|
in a dim, cool, green place where winds were fond of purring.
|
|
Up and down the long grassy aisles they wandered, reading the
|
|
quaint, voluminous epitaphs, carved in an age that had more
|
|
leisure than our own.
|
|
|
|
"`Here lieth the body of Albert Crawford, Esq.,'" read Anne
|
|
from a worn, gray slab, "`for many years Keeper of His Majesty's
|
|
Ordnance at Kingsport. He served in the army till the peace of
|
|
1763, when he retired from bad health. He was a brave officer,
|
|
the best of husbands, the best of fathers, the best of friends.
|
|
He died October 29th, 1792, aged 84 years.' There's an epitaph
|
|
for you, Prissy. There is certainly some `scope for imagination'
|
|
in it. How full such a life must have been of adventure! And as
|
|
for his personal qualities, I'm sure human eulogy couldn't go
|
|
further. I wonder if they told him he was all those best things
|
|
while he was alive."
|
|
|
|
"Here's another," said Priscilla. "Listen --
|
|
|
|
`To the memory of Alexander Ross, who died on the 22nd of September,
|
|
1840, aged 43 years. This is raised as a tribute of affection by one
|
|
whom he served so faithfully for 27 years that he was regarded as a friend,
|
|
deserving the fullest confidence and attachment.' "
|
|
|
|
"A very good epitaph," commented Anne thoughtfully. "I wouldn't
|
|
wish a better. We are all servants of some sort, and if the fact
|
|
that we are faithful can be truthfully inscribed on our tombstones
|
|
nothing more need be added. Here's a sorrowful little gray stone,
|
|
Prissy -- `to the memory of a favorite child.' And here is another
|
|
`erected to the memory of one who is buried elsewhere.' I wonder
|
|
where that unknown grave is. Really, Pris, the graveyards of today
|
|
will never be as interesting as this. You were right -- I shall
|
|
come here often. I love it already. I see we're not alone here
|
|
-- there's a girl down at the end of this avenue."
|
|
|
|
"Yes, and I believe it's the very girl we saw at Redmond this morning.
|
|
I've been watching her for five minutes. She has started to come up
|
|
the avenue exactly half a dozen times, and half a dozen times has she
|
|
turned and gone back. Either she's dreadfully shy or she has got
|
|
something on her conscience. Let's go and meet her. It's easier
|
|
to get acquainted in a graveyard than at Redmond, I believe."
|
|
|
|
They walked down the long grassy arcade towards the stranger, who
|
|
was sitting on a gray slab under an enormous willow. She was
|
|
certainly very pretty, with a vivid, irregular, bewitching type
|
|
of prettiness. There was a gloss as of brown nuts on her
|
|
satin-smooth hair and a soft, ripe glow on her round cheeks.
|
|
Her eyes were big and brown and velvety, under oddly-pointed
|
|
black brows, and her crooked mouth was rose-red. She wore a
|
|
smart brown suit, with two very modish little shoes peeping
|
|
from beneath it; and her hat of dull pink straw, wreathed with
|
|
golden-brown poppies, had the indefinable, unmistakable air
|
|
which pertains to the "creation" of an artist in millinery.
|
|
Priscilla had a sudden stinging consciousness that her own hat
|
|
had been trimmed by her village store milliner, and Anne wondered
|
|
uncomfortably if the blouse she had made herself, and which Mrs.
|
|
Lynde had fitted, looked VERY countrified and home-made besides
|
|
the stranger's smart attire. For a moment both girls felt like
|
|
turning back.
|
|
|
|
But they had already stopped and turned towards the gray slab.
|
|
It was too late to retreat, for the brown-eyed girl had evidently
|
|
concluded that they were coming to speak to her. Instantly she
|
|
sprang up and came forward with outstretched hand and a gay,
|
|
friendly smile in which there seemed not a shadow of either
|
|
shyness or burdened conscience.
|
|
|
|
"Oh, I want to know who you two girls are," she exclaimed eagerly.
|
|
"I've been DYING to know. I saw you at Redmond this morning.
|
|
Say, wasn't it AWFUL there? For the time I wished I had stayed
|
|
home and got married."
|
|
|
|
Anne and Priscilla both broke into unconstrained laughter at this
|
|
unexpected conclusion. The brown-eyed girl laughed, too.
|
|
|
|
"I really did. I COULD have, you know. Come, let's all sit down
|
|
on this gravestone and get acquainted. It won't be hard. I know
|
|
we're going to adore each other -- I knew it as soon as I saw you
|
|
at Redmond this morning. I wanted so much to go right over and
|
|
hug you both."
|
|
|
|
"Why didn't you?" asked Priscilla.
|
|
|
|
"Because I simply couldn't make up my mind to do it. I never can
|
|
make up my mind about anything myself -- I'm always afflicted
|
|
with indecision. Just as soon as I decide to do something I feel
|
|
in my bones that another course would be the correct one. It's a
|
|
dreadful misfortune, but I was born that way, and there is no use
|
|
in blaming me for it, as some people do. So I couldn't make up
|
|
my mind to go and speak to you, much as I wanted to."
|
|
|
|
"We thought you were too shy," said Anne.
|
|
|
|
"No, no, dear. Shyness isn't among the many failings -- or
|
|
virtues -- of Philippa Gordon -- Phil for short. Do call me Phil
|
|
right off. Now, what are your handles?"
|
|
|
|
"She's Priscilla Grant," said Anne, pointing.
|
|
|
|
"And SHE'S Anne Shirley," said Priscilla, pointing in turn.
|
|
|
|
"And we're from the Island," said both together.
|
|
|
|
"I hail from Bolingbroke, Nova Scotia," said Philippa.
|
|
|
|
"Bolingbroke!" exclaimed Anne. "Why, that is where I was born."
|
|
|
|
"Do you really mean it? Why, that makes you a Bluenose after all."
|
|
|
|
"No, it doesn't," retorted Anne. "Wasn't it Dan O'Connell who
|
|
said that if a man was born in a stable it didn't make him a horse?
|
|
I'm Island to the core."
|
|
|
|
"Well, I'm glad you were born in Bolingbroke anyway. It makes us
|
|
kind of neighbors, doesn't it? And I like that, because when I tell
|
|
you secrets it won't be as if I were telling them to a stranger.
|
|
I have to tell them. I can't keep secrets -- it's no use to try.
|
|
That's my worst failing -- that, and indecision, as aforesaid.
|
|
Would you believe it? -- it took me half an hour to decide which
|
|
hat to wear when I was coming here -- HERE, to a graveyard!
|
|
At first I inclined to my brown one with the feather;
|
|
but as soon as I put it on I thought this pink one with the
|
|
floppy brim would be more becoming. When I got IT pinned in
|
|
place I liked the brown one better. At last I put them close
|
|
together on the bed, shut my eyes, and jabbed with a hat pin.
|
|
The pin speared the pink one, so I put it on. It is becoming,
|
|
isn't it? Tell me, what do you think of my looks?"
|
|
|
|
At this naive demand, made in a perfectly serious tone, Priscilla
|
|
laughed again. But Anne said, impulsively squeezing Philippa's
|
|
hand,
|
|
|
|
"We thought this morning that you were the prettiest girl we saw
|
|
at Redmond."
|
|
|
|
Philippa's crooked mouth flashed into a bewitching, crooked smile
|
|
over very white little teeth.
|
|
|
|
"I thought that myself," was her next astounding statement,
|
|
"but I wanted some one else's opinion to bolster mine up.
|
|
I can't decide even on my own appearance. Just as soon as I've
|
|
decided that I'm pretty I begin to feel miserably that I'm not.
|
|
Besides, have a horrible old great-aunt who is always saying to me,
|
|
with a mournful sigh, `You were such a pretty baby. It's strange how
|
|
children change when they grow up.' I adore aunts, but I detest great-
|
|
aunts. Please tell me quite often that I am pretty, if you don't mind.
|
|
I feel so much more comfortable when I can believe I'm pretty. And
|
|
I'll be just as obliging to you if you want me to -- I CAN be, with
|
|
a clear conscience."
|
|
|
|
"Thanks," laughed Anne, "but Priscilla and I are so firmly convinced
|
|
of our own good looks that we don't need any assurance about them,
|
|
so you needn't trouble."
|
|
|
|
"Oh, you're laughing at me. I know you think I'm abominably vain,
|
|
but I'm not. There really isn't one spark of vanity in me.
|
|
And I'm never a bit grudging about paying compliments to other
|
|
girls when they deserve them. I'm so glad I know you folks.
|
|
I came up on Saturday and I've nearly died of homesickness
|
|
ever since. It's a horrible feeling, isn't it? In Bolingbroke
|
|
I'm an important personage, and in Kingsport I'm just nobody!
|
|
There were times when I could feel my soul turning a delicate blue.
|
|
Where do you hang out?"
|
|
|
|
"Thirty-eight St. John's Street."
|
|
|
|
"Better and better. Why, I'm just around the corner on Wallace Street.
|
|
I don't like my boardinghouse, though. It's bleak and lonesome, and
|
|
my room looks out on such an unholy back yard. It's the ugliest place
|
|
in the world. As for cats -- well, surely ALL the Kingsport cats can't
|
|
congregate there at night, but half of them must. I adore cats on
|
|
hearth rugs, snoozing before nice, friendly fires, but cats in back
|
|
yards at midnight are totally different animals. The first night
|
|
I was here I cried all night, and so did the cats. You should have
|
|
seen my nose in the morning. How I wished I had never left home!"
|
|
|
|
"I don't know how you managed to make up your mind to come to
|
|
Redmond at all, if you are really such an undecided person," said
|
|
amused Priscilla.
|
|
|
|
"Bless your heart, honey, I didn't. It was father who wanted me
|
|
to come here. His heart was set on it -- why, I don't know. It
|
|
seems perfectly ridiculous to think of me studying for a B.A.
|
|
degree, doesn't it? Not but what I can do it, all right.
|
|
I have heaps of brains."
|
|
|
|
"Oh!" said Priscilla vaguely.
|
|
|
|
"Yes. But it's such hard work to use them. And B.A.'s are such
|
|
learned, dignified, wise, solemn creatures -- they must be. No,
|
|
_I_ didn't want to come to Redmond. I did it just to oblige father.
|
|
He IS such a duck. Besides, I knew if I stayed home I'd have to
|
|
get married. Mother wanted that -- wanted it decidedly. Mother
|
|
has plenty of decision. But I really hated the thought of
|
|
being married for a few years yet. I want to have heaps of fun
|
|
before I settle down. And, ridiculous as the idea of my being a
|
|
B.A. is, the idea of my being an old married woman is still more
|
|
absurd, isn't it? I'm only eighteen. No, I concluded I would
|
|
rather come to Redmond than be married. Besides, how could I
|
|
ever have made up my mind which man to marry?"
|
|
|
|
"Were there so many?" laughed Anne.
|
|
|
|
"Heaps. The boys like me awfully -- they really do. But there
|
|
were only two that mattered. The rest were all too young and too
|
|
poor. I must marry a rich man, you know."
|
|
|
|
"Why must you?"
|
|
|
|
"Honey, you couldn't imagine ME being a poor man's wife, could you?
|
|
I can't do a single useful thing, and I am VERY extravagant. Oh, no,
|
|
my husband must have heaps of money. So that narrowed them down to two.
|
|
But I couldn't decide between two any easier than between two hundred.
|
|
I knew perfectly well that whichever one I chose I'd regret all my life
|
|
that I hadn't married the other."
|
|
|
|
"Didn't you -- love -- either of them?" asked Anne, a little hesitatingly.
|
|
It was not easy for her to speak to a stranger of the great mystery and
|
|
transformation of life.
|
|
|
|
"Goodness, no. _I_ couldn't love anybody. It isn't in me.
|
|
Besides I wouldn't want to. Being in love makes you a perfect
|
|
slave, _I_ think. And it would give a man such power to hurt you.
|
|
I'd be afraid. No, no, Alec and Alonzo are two dear boys, and I like
|
|
them both so much that I really don't know which I like the better.
|
|
That is the trouble. Alec is the best looking, of course, and I
|
|
simply couldn't marry a man who wasn't handsome. He is good-tempered
|
|
too, and has lovely, curly, black hair. He's rather too perfect --
|
|
I don't believe I'd like a perfect husband -- somebody I could never
|
|
find fault with."
|
|
|
|
"Then why not marry Alonzo?" asked Priscilla gravely.
|
|
|
|
"Think of marrying a name like Alonzo!" said Phil dolefully.
|
|
"I don't believe I could endure it. But he has a classic nose,
|
|
and it WOULD be a comfort to have a nose in the family that could
|
|
be depended on. I can't depend on mine. So far, it takes after the
|
|
Gordon pattern, but I'm so afraid it will develop Byrne tendencies
|
|
as I grow older. I examine it every day anxiously to make sure it's
|
|
still Gordon. Mother was a Byrne and has the Byrne nose in the
|
|
Byrnest degree. Wait till you see it. I adore nice noses.
|
|
Your nose is awfully nice, Anne Shirley. Alonzo's nose nearly
|
|
turned the balance in his favor. But ALONZO! No, I couldn't decide.
|
|
If I could have done as I did with the hats -- stood them both up
|
|
together, shut my eyes, and jabbed with a hatpin -- it would have
|
|
been quite easy."
|
|
|
|
"What did Alec and Alonzo feel like when you came away?" queried Priscilla.
|
|
|
|
"Oh, they still have hope. I told them they'd have to wait
|
|
till I could make up my mind. They're quite willing to wait.
|
|
They both worship me, you know. Meanwhile, I intend to have
|
|
a good time. I expect I shall have heaps of beaux at Redmond.
|
|
I can't be happy unless I have, you know. But don't you think
|
|
the freshmen are fearfully homely?
|
|
|
|
I saw only one really handsome fellow among them. He went away
|
|
before you came. I heard his chum call him Gilbert. His chum
|
|
had eyes that stuck out THAT FAR. But you're not going yet, girls?
|
|
Don't go yet."
|
|
|
|
"I think we must," said Anne, rather coldly. "It's getting late,
|
|
and I've some work to do."
|
|
|
|
"But you'll both come to see me, won't you?" asked Philippa,
|
|
getting up and putting an arm around each. "And let me come to
|
|
see you. I want to be chummy with you. I've taken such a fancy
|
|
to you both. And I haven't quite disgusted you with my frivolity,
|
|
have I?"
|
|
|
|
"Not quite," laughed Anne, responding to Phil's squeeze, with a
|
|
return of cordiality.
|
|
|
|
"Because I'm not half so silly as I seem on the surface, you
|
|
know. You just accept Philippa Gordon, as the Lord made her,
|
|
with all her faults, and I believe you'll come to like her.
|
|
Isn't this graveyard a sweet place? I'd love to be buried here.
|
|
Here's a grave I didn't see before -- this one in the iron
|
|
railing -- oh, girls, look, see -- the stone says it's the grave
|
|
of a middy who was killed in the fight between the Shannon and
|
|
the Chesapeake. Just fancy!"
|
|
|
|
Anne paused by the railing and looked at the worn stone, her pulses
|
|
thrilling with sudden excitement. The old graveyard, with its
|
|
over-arching trees and long aisles of shadows, faded from her sight.
|
|
Instead, she saw the Kingsport Harbor of nearly a century agone.
|
|
Out of the mist came slowly a great frigate, brilliant with
|
|
"the meteor flag of England." Behind her was another, with
|
|
a still, heroic form, wrapped in his own starry flag, lying on
|
|
the quarter deck -- the gallant Lawrence. Time's finger had
|
|
turned back his pages, and that was the Shannon sailing
|
|
triumphant up the bay with the Chesapeake as her prize.
|
|
|
|
"Come back, Anne Shirley -- come back," laughed Philippa, pulling
|
|
her arm. "You're a hundred years away from us. Come back."
|
|
|
|
Anne came back with a sigh; her eyes were shining softly.
|
|
|
|
"I've always loved that old story," she said, "and although the
|
|
English won that victory, I think it was because of the brave,
|
|
defeated commander I love it. This grave seems to bring it so
|
|
near and make it so real. This poor little middy was only
|
|
eighteen. He `died of desperate wounds received in gallant
|
|
action' -- so reads his epitaph. It is such as a soldier might
|
|
wish for."
|
|
|
|
Before she turned away, Anne unpinned the little cluster of
|
|
purple pansies she wore and dropped it softly on the grave of the
|
|
boy who had perished in the great sea-duel.
|
|
|
|
"Well, what do you think of our new friend?" asked Priscilla,
|
|
when Phil had left them.
|
|
|
|
"I like her. There is something very lovable about her, in spite
|
|
of all her nonsense. I believe, as she says herself, that she
|
|
isn't half as silly as she sounds. She's a dear, kissable baby
|
|
-- and I don't know that she'll ever really grow up."
|
|
|
|
"I like her, too," said Priscilla, decidedly. "She talks as much
|
|
about boys as Ruby Gillis does. But it always enrages or sickens
|
|
me to hear Ruby, whereas I just wanted to laugh good-naturedly at
|
|
Phil. Now, what is the why of that?"
|
|
|
|
"There is a difference," said Anne meditatively. "I think it's
|
|
because Ruby is really so CONSCIOUS of boys. She plays at love
|
|
and love-making. Besides, you feel, when she is boasting of her
|
|
beaux that she is doing it to rub it well into you that you
|
|
haven't half so many. Now, when Phil talks of her beaux it
|
|
sounds as if she was just speaking of chums. She really looks
|
|
upon boys as good comrades, and she is pleased when she has
|
|
dozens of them tagging round, simply because she likes to be
|
|
popular and to be thought popular. Even Alex and Alonzo -- I'll
|
|
never be able to think of those two names separately after this
|
|
-- are to her just two playfellows who want her to play with them
|
|
all their lives. I'm glad we met her, and I'm glad we went to
|
|
Old St. John's. I believe I've put forth a tiny soul-root into
|
|
Kingsport soil this afternoon. I hope so. I hate to feel transplanted."
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Chapter V
|
|
|
|
Letters from Home
|
|
|
|
|
|
For the next three weeks Anne and Priscilla continued to feel as
|
|
strangers in a strange land. Then, suddenly, everything seemed
|
|
to fall into focus -- Redmond, professors, classes, students,
|
|
studies, social doings. Life became homogeneous again, instead
|
|
of being made up of detached fragments. The Freshmen, instead of
|
|
being a collection of unrelated individuals, found themselves a
|
|
class, with a class spirit, a class yell, class interests, class
|
|
antipathies and class ambitions. They won the day in the annual
|
|
"Arts Rush" against the Sophomores, and thereby gained the
|
|
respect of all the classes, and an enormous, confidence-giving
|
|
opinion of themselves. For three years the Sophomores had won in
|
|
the "rush"; that the victory of this year perched upon the
|
|
Freshmen's banner was attributed to the strategic generalship of
|
|
Gilbert Blythe, who marshalled the campaign and originated
|
|
certain new tactics, which demoralized the Sophs and swept the
|
|
Freshmen to triumph. As a reward of merit he was elected
|
|
president of the Freshman Class, a position of honor and
|
|
responsibility -- from a Fresh point of view, at least -- coveted
|
|
by many. He was also invited to join the "Lambs" -- Redmondese
|
|
for Lamba Theta -- a compliment rarely paid to a Freshman. As a
|
|
preparatory initiation ordeal he had to parade the principal
|
|
business streets of Kingsport for a whole day wearing a sunbonnet
|
|
and a voluminous kitchen apron of gaudily flowered calico. This
|
|
he did cheerfully, doffing his sunbonnet with courtly grace when
|
|
he met ladies of his acquaintance. Charlie Sloane, who had not
|
|
been asked to join the Lambs, told Anne he did not see how Blythe
|
|
could do it, and HE, for his part, could never humiliate himself so.
|
|
|
|
"Fancy Charlie Sloane in a `caliker' apron and a `sunbunnit,' "
|
|
giggled Priscilla. "He'd look exactly like his old Grandmother
|
|
Sloane. Gilbert, now, looked as much like a man in them as in
|
|
his own proper habiliments."
|
|
|
|
Anne and Priscilla found themselves in the thick of the social
|
|
life of Redmond. That this came about so speedily was due in
|
|
great measure to Philippa Gordon. Philippa was the daughter of a
|
|
rich and well-known man, and belonged to an old and exclusive
|
|
"Bluenose" family. This, combined with her beauty and charm -- a
|
|
charm acknowledged by all who met her -- promptly opened the
|
|
gates of all cliques, clubs and classes in Redmond to her; and
|
|
where she went Anne and Priscilla went, too. Phil "adored" Anne
|
|
and Priscilla, especially Anne. She was a loyal little soul,
|
|
crystal-free from any form of snobbishness. "Love me, love my
|
|
friends" seemed to be her unconscious motto. Without effort,
|
|
she took them with her into her ever widening circle of
|
|
acquaintanceship, and the two Avonlea girls found their social
|
|
pathway at Redmond made very easy and pleasant for them, to the
|
|
envy and wonderment of the other freshettes, who, lacking
|
|
Philippa's sponsorship, were doomed to remain rather on the
|
|
fringe of things during their first college year.
|
|
|
|
To Anne and Priscilla, with their more serious views of life,
|
|
Phil remained the amusing, lovable baby she had seemed on their
|
|
first meeting. Yet, as she said herself, she had "heaps" of
|
|
brains. When or where she found time to study was a mystery, for
|
|
she seemed always in demand for some kind of "fun," and her home
|
|
evenings were crowded with callers. She had all the "beaux" that
|
|
heart could desire, for nine-tenths of the Freshmen and a big
|
|
fraction of all the other classes were rivals for her smiles.
|
|
She was naively delighted over this, and gleefully recounted each
|
|
new conquest to Anne and Priscilla, with comments that might have
|
|
made the unlucky lover's ears burn fiercely.
|
|
|
|
"Alec and Alonzo don't seem to have any serious rival yet,"
|
|
remarked Anne, teasingly.
|
|
|
|
"Not one," agreed Philippa. "I write them both every week and
|
|
tell them all about my young men here. I'm sure it must amuse them.
|
|
But, of course, the one I like best I can't get. Gilbert Blythe
|
|
won't take any notice of me, except to look at me as if I were a
|
|
nice little kitten he'd like to pat. Too well I know the reason.
|
|
I owe you a grudge, Queen Anne. I really ought to hate you and
|
|
instead I love you madly, and I'm miserable if I don't see you
|
|
every day. You're different from any girl I ever knew before.
|
|
When you look at me in a certain way I feel what an
|
|
insignificant, frivolous little beast I am, and I long to
|
|
be better and wiser and stronger. And then I make good
|
|
resolutions; but the first nice-looking mannie who comes my way
|
|
knocks them all out of my head. Isn't college life magnificent?
|
|
It's so funny to think I hated it that first day. But if I hadn't
|
|
I might never got really acquainted with you. Anne, please tell me
|
|
over again that you like me a little bit. I yearn to hear it."
|
|
|
|
"I like you a big bit -- and I think you're a dear, sweet,
|
|
adorable, velvety, clawless, little -- kitten," laughed Anne,
|
|
"but I don't see when you ever get time to learn your lessons."
|
|
|
|
Phil must have found time for she held her own in every class of
|
|
her year. Even the grumpy old professor of Mathematics, who
|
|
detested coeds, and had bitterly opposed their admission to
|
|
Redmond, couldn't floor her. She led the freshettes everywhere,
|
|
except in English, where Anne Shirley left her far behind. Anne
|
|
herself found the studies of her Freshman year very easy, thanks
|
|
in great part to the steady work she and Gilbert had put in
|
|
during those two past years in Avonlea. This left her more time
|
|
for a social life which she thoroughly enjoyed. But never for a
|
|
moment did she forget Avonlea and the friends there. To her, the
|
|
happiest moments in each week were those in which letters came
|
|
from home. It was not until she had got her first letters that
|
|
she began to think she could ever like Kingsport or feel at home
|
|
there. Before they came, Avonlea had seemed thousands of miles
|
|
away; those letters brought it near and linked the old life to
|
|
the new so closely that they began to seem one and the same,
|
|
instead of two hopelessly segregated existences. The first batch
|
|
contained six letters, from Jane Andrews, Ruby Gillis, Diana
|
|
Barry, Marilla, Mrs. Lynde and Davy. Jane's was a copperplate
|
|
production, with every "t" nicely crossed and every "i" precisely
|
|
dotted, and not an interesting sentence in it. She never
|
|
mentioned the school, concerning which Anne was avid to hear; she
|
|
never answered one of the questions Anne had asked in her letter.
|
|
But she told Anne how many yards of lace she had recently
|
|
crocheted, and the kind of weather they were having in Avonlea,
|
|
and how she intended to have her new dress made, and the way she
|
|
felt when her head ached. Ruby Gillis wrote a gushing epistle
|
|
deploring Anne's absence, assuring her she was horribly missed in
|
|
everything, asking what the Redmond "fellows" were like, and
|
|
filling the rest with accounts of her own harrowing experiences
|
|
with her numerous admirers. It was a silly, harmless letter, and
|
|
Anne would have laughed over it had it not been for the postscript.
|
|
"Gilbert seems to be enjoying Redmond, judging from his letters,"
|
|
wrote Ruby. "I don't think Charlie is so stuck on it."
|
|
|
|
So Gilbert was writing to Ruby! Very well. He had a perfect
|
|
right to, of course. Only -- !! Anne did not know that Ruby had
|
|
written the first letter and that Gilbert had answered it from
|
|
mere courtesy. She tossed Ruby's letter aside contemptuously.
|
|
But it took all Diana's breezy, newsy, delightful epistle to
|
|
banish the sting of Ruby's postscript. Diana's letter contained
|
|
a little too much Fred, but was otherwise crowded and crossed
|
|
with items of interest, and Anne almost felt herself back in
|
|
Avonlea while reading it. Marilla's was a rather prim and
|
|
colorless epistle, severely innocent of gossip or emotion.
|
|
Yet somehow it conveyed to Anne a whiff of the wholesome, simple
|
|
life at Green Gables, with its savor of ancient peace, and the
|
|
steadfast abiding love that was there for her. Mrs. Lynde's
|
|
letter was full of church news. Having broken up housekeeping,
|
|
Mrs. Lynde had more time than ever to devote to church affairs
|
|
and had flung herself into them heart and soul. She was at
|
|
present much worked up over the poor "supplies" they were having
|
|
in the vacant Avonlea pulpit.
|
|
|
|
"I don't believe any but fools enter the ministry nowadays," she
|
|
wrote bitterly. "Such candidates as they have sent us, and such
|
|
stuff as they preach! Half of it ain't true, and, what's worse,
|
|
it ain't sound doctrine. The one we have now is the worst of the
|
|
lot. He mostly takes a text and preaches about something else.
|
|
And he says he doesn't believe all the heathen will be eternally
|
|
lost. The idea! If they won't all the money we've been giving
|
|
to Foreign Missions will be clean wasted, that's what! Last
|
|
Sunday night he announced that next Sunday he'd preach on the
|
|
axe-head that swam. I think he'd better confine himself to the
|
|
Bible and leave sensational subjects alone. Things have come to
|
|
a pretty pass if a minister can't find enough in Holy Writ to
|
|
preach about, that's what. What church do you attend, Anne? I
|
|
hope you go regularly. People are apt to get so careless about
|
|
church-going away from home, and I understand college students
|
|
are great sinners in this respect. I'm told many of them actually
|
|
study their lessons on Sunday. I hope you'll never sink that low,
|
|
Anne. Remember how you were brought up. And be very careful what
|
|
friends you make. You never know what sort of creatures are in
|
|
them colleges. Outwardly they may be as whited sepulchers and
|
|
inwardly as ravening wolves, that's what. You'd better not have
|
|
anything to say to any young man who isn't from the Island.
|
|
|
|
"I forgot to tell you what happened the day the minister called
|
|
here. It was the funniest thing I ever saw. I said to Marilla,
|
|
`If Anne had been here wouldn't she have had a laugh?' Even
|
|
Marilla laughed. You know he's a very short, fat little man with
|
|
bow legs. Well, that old pig of Mr. Harrison's -- the big, tall
|
|
one -- had wandered over here that day again and broke into the
|
|
yard, and it got into the back porch, unbeknowns to us, and it
|
|
was there when the minister appeared in the doorway. It made one
|
|
wild bolt to get out, but there was nowhere to bolt to except
|
|
between them bow legs. So there it went, and, being as it was so
|
|
big and the minister so little, it took him clean off his feet
|
|
and carried him away. His hat went one way and his cane another,
|
|
just as Marilla and I got to the door. I'll never forget the
|
|
look of him. And that poor pig was near scared to death. I'll
|
|
never be able to read that account in the Bible of the swine that
|
|
rushed madly down the steep place into the sea without seeing
|
|
Mr. Harrison's pig careering down the hill with that minister.
|
|
I guess the pig thought he had the Old Boy on his back instead
|
|
of inside of him. I was thankful the twins weren't about.
|
|
It wouldn't have been the right thing for them to have seen
|
|
a minister in such an undignified predicament. Just before
|
|
they got to the brook the minister jumped off or fell off.
|
|
The pig rushed through the brook like mad and up through the woods.
|
|
Marilla and I run down and helped the minister get up and brush
|
|
his coat. He wasn't hurt, but he was mad. He seemed to hold
|
|
Marilla and me responsible for it all, though we told him the pig
|
|
didn't belong to us, and had been pestering us all summer.
|
|
Besides, what did he come to the back door for? You'd never have
|
|
caught Mr. Allan doing that. It'll be a long time before we get
|
|
a man like Mr. Allan. But it's an ill wind that blows no good.
|
|
We've never seen hoof or hair of that pig since, and it's my
|
|
belief we never will.
|
|
|
|
"Things is pretty quiet in Avonlea. I don't find Green Gables
|
|
as lonesome as I expected. I think I'll start another cotton
|
|
warp quilt this winter. Mrs. Silas Sloane has a handsome new
|
|
apple-leaf pattern.
|
|
|
|
"When I feel that I must have some excitement I read the murder
|
|
trials in that Boston paper my niece sends me. I never used to
|
|
do it, but they're real interesting. The States must be an awful
|
|
place. I hope you'll never go there, Anne. But the way girls
|
|
roam over the earth now is something terrible. It always makes
|
|
me think of Satan in the Book of Job, going to and fro and walking
|
|
up and down. I don't believe the Lord ever intended it, that's what.
|
|
|
|
"Davy has been pretty good since you went away. One day he was
|
|
bad and Marilla punished him by making him wear Dora's apron all
|
|
day, and then he went and cut all Dora's aprons up. I spanked
|
|
him for that and then he went and chased my rooster to death.
|
|
|
|
"The MacPhersons have moved down to my place. She's a great
|
|
housekeeper and very particular. She's rooted all my June lilies
|
|
up because she says they make a garden look so untidy. Thomas
|
|
set them lilies out when we were married. Her husband seems a
|
|
nice sort of a man, but she can't get over being an old maid,
|
|
that's what.
|
|
|
|
"Don't study too hard, and be sure and put your winter
|
|
underclothes on as soon as the weather gets cool.
|
|
Marilla worries a lot about you, but I tell her you've
|
|
got a lot more sense than I ever thought you would have
|
|
at one time, and that you'll be all right."
|
|
|
|
Davy's letter plunged into a grievance at the start.
|
|
|
|
"Dear anne, please write and tell marilla not to tie me to the
|
|
rale of the bridge when I go fishing the boys make fun of me when
|
|
she does. Its awful lonesome here without you but grate fun in
|
|
school. Jane andrews is crosser than you. I scared mrs. lynde
|
|
with a jacky lantern last nite. She was offel mad and she was
|
|
mad cause I chased her old rooster round the yard till he fell
|
|
down ded. I didn't mean to make him fall down ded. What made
|
|
him die, anne, I want to know. mrs. lynde threw him into the
|
|
pig pen she mite of sold him to mr. blair. mr. blair is giving
|
|
50 sense apeace for good ded roosters now. I herd mrs. lynde
|
|
asking the minister to pray for her. What did she do that was so
|
|
bad, anne, I want to know. I've got a kite with a magnificent
|
|
tail, anne. Milty bolter told me a grate story in school
|
|
yesterday. it is troo. old Joe Mosey and Leon were playing
|
|
cards one nite last week in the woods. The cards were on a stump
|
|
and a big black man bigger than the trees come along and grabbed
|
|
the cards and the stump and disapered with a noys like thunder.
|
|
Ill bet they were skared. Milty says the black man was the old
|
|
harry. was he, anne, I want to know. Mr. kimball over at
|
|
spenservale is very sick and will have to go to the hospitable.
|
|
please excuse me while I ask marilla if thats spelled rite.
|
|
Marilla says its the silem he has to go to not the other place.
|
|
He thinks he has a snake inside of him. whats it like to have a
|
|
snake inside of you, anne. I want to know. mrs. lawrence bell
|
|
is sick to. mrs. lynde says that all that is the matter with
|
|
her is that she thinks too much about her insides."
|
|
|
|
"I wonder," said Anne, as she folded up her letters, "what Mrs.
|
|
Lynde would think of Philippa."
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Chapter VI
|
|
|
|
In the Park
|
|
|
|
|
|
"What are you going to do with yourselves today, girls?"
|
|
asked Philippa, popping into Anne's room one Saturday afternoon.
|
|
|
|
"We are going for a walk in the park," answered Anne. "I ought to
|
|
stay in and finish my blouse. But I couldn't sew on a day like this.
|
|
There's something in the air that gets into my blood and makes a sort
|
|
of glory in my soul. My fingers would twitch and I'd sew a crooked seam.
|
|
So it's ho for the park and the pines."
|
|
|
|
"Does `we' include any one but yourself and Priscilla?"
|
|
|
|
"Yes, it includes Gilbert and Charlie, and we'll be very glad if
|
|
it will include you, also."
|
|
|
|
"But," said Philippa dolefully, "if I go I'll have to be gooseberry,
|
|
and that will be a new experience for Philippa Gordon."
|
|
|
|
"Well, new experiences are broadening. Come along, and you'll be
|
|
able to sympathize with all poor souls who have to play
|
|
gooseberry often. But where are all the victims?"
|
|
|
|
"Oh, I was tired of them all and simply couldn't be bothered with
|
|
any of them today. Besides, I've been feeling a little blue --
|
|
just a pale, elusive azure. It isn't serious enough for anything
|
|
darker. I wrote Alec and Alonzo last week. I put the letters
|
|
into envelopes and addressed them, but I didn't seal them up.
|
|
That evening something funny happened. That is, Alec would think
|
|
it funny, but Alonzo wouldn't be likely to. I was in a hurry, so
|
|
I snatched Alec's letter -- as I thought -- out of the envelope
|
|
and scribbled down a postscript. Then I mailed both letters. I
|
|
got Alonzo's reply this morning. Girls, I had put that postscript
|
|
to his letter and he was furious. Of course he'll get over it --
|
|
and I don't care if he doesn't -- but it spoiled my day.
|
|
So I thought I'd come to you darlings to get cheered up.
|
|
After the football season opens I won't have any spare Saturday
|
|
afternoons. I adore football. I've got the most gorgeous
|
|
cap and sweater striped in Redmond colors to wear to the games.
|
|
To be sure, a little way off I'll look like a walking barber's pole.
|
|
Do you know that that Gilbert of yours has been elected Captain of
|
|
the Freshman football team?"
|
|
|
|
"Yes, he told us so last evening," said Priscilla, seeing that
|
|
outraged Anne would not answer. "He and Charlie were down.
|
|
We knew they were coming, so we painstakingly put out of sight
|
|
or out of reach all Miss Ada's cushions. That very elaborate one
|
|
with the raised embroidery I dropped on the floor in the corner
|
|
behind the chair it was on. I thought it would be safe there.
|
|
But would you believe it? Charlie Sloane made for that chair,
|
|
noticed the cushion behind it, solemnly fished it up, and sat on
|
|
it the whole evening. Such a wreck of a cushion as it was! Poor
|
|
Miss Ada asked me today, still smiling, but oh, so reproachfully,
|
|
why I had allowed it to be sat upon. I told her I hadn't -- that
|
|
it was a matter of predestination coupled with inveterate
|
|
Sloanishness and I wasn't a match for both combined."
|
|
|
|
"Miss Ada's cushions are really getting on my nerves," said Anne.
|
|
"She finished two new ones last week, stuffed and embroidered
|
|
within an inch of their lives. There being absolutely no other
|
|
cushionless place to put them she stood them up against the wall
|
|
on the stair landing. They topple over half the time and if we
|
|
come up or down the stairs in the dark we fall over them. Last
|
|
Sunday, when Dr. Davis prayed for all those exposed to the
|
|
perils of the sea, I added in thought `and for all those who live
|
|
in houses where cushions are loved not wisely but too well!'
|
|
There! we're ready, and I see the boys coming through Old St. John's.
|
|
Do you cast in your lot with us, Phil?"
|
|
|
|
"I'll go, if I can walk with Priscilla and Charlie. That will be
|
|
a bearable degree of gooseberry. That Gilbert of yours is a
|
|
darling, Anne, but why does he go around so much with Goggle-eyes?"
|
|
|
|
Anne stiffened. She had no great liking for Charlie Sloane; but
|
|
he was of Avonlea, so no outsider had any business to laugh at him.
|
|
|
|
"Charlie and Gilbert have always been friends," she said coldly.
|
|
"Charlie is a nice boy. He's not to blame for his eyes."
|
|
|
|
"Don't tell me that! He is! He must have done something
|
|
dreadful in a previous existence to be punished with such eyes.
|
|
Pris and I are going to have such sport with him this afternoon.
|
|
We'll make fun of him to his face and he'll never know it."
|
|
|
|
Doubtless, "the abandoned P's," as Anne called them, did carry
|
|
out their amiable intentions. But Sloane was blissfully
|
|
ignorant; he thought he was quite a fine fellow to be walking
|
|
with two such coeds, especially Philippa Gordon, the class beauty
|
|
and belle. It must surely impress Anne. She would see that some
|
|
people appreciated him at his real value.
|
|
|
|
Gilbert and Anne loitered a little behind the others, enjoying
|
|
the calm, still beauty of the autumn afternoon under the pines of
|
|
the park, on the road that climbed and twisted round the harbor shore.
|
|
|
|
"The silence here is like a prayer, isn't it?" said Anne,
|
|
her face upturned to the shining sky. "How I love the pines!
|
|
They seem to strike their roots deep into the romance of all the ages.
|
|
It is so comforting to creep away now and then for a good talk with them.
|
|
I always feel so happy out here."
|
|
|
|
"`And so in mountain solitudes o'ertaken
|
|
As by some spell divine,
|
|
Their cares drop from them like the needles shaken
|
|
From out the gusty pine,'"
|
|
|
|
quoted Gilbert.
|
|
|
|
"They make our little ambitions seem rather petty, don't they, Anne?"
|
|
|
|
"I think, if ever any great sorrow came to me, I would come to the
|
|
pines for comfort," said Anne dreamily.
|
|
|
|
"I hope no great sorrow ever will come to you, Anne," said Gilbert,
|
|
who could not connect the idea of sorrow with the vivid, joyous
|
|
creature beside him, unwitting that those who can soar to the
|
|
highest heights can also plunge to the deepest depths, and that
|
|
the natures which enjoy most keenly are those which also suffer
|
|
most sharply.
|
|
|
|
"But there must -- sometime," mused Anne. "Life seems like a cup
|
|
of glory held to my lips just now. But there must be some
|
|
bitterness in it -- there is in every cup. I shall taste mine
|
|
some day. Well, I hope I shall be strong and brave to meet it.
|
|
And I hope it won't be through my own fault that it will come.
|
|
Do you remember what Dr. Davis said last Sunday evening -- that
|
|
the sorrows God sent us brought comfort and strength with them,
|
|
while the sorrows we brought on ourselves, through folly or
|
|
wickedness, were by far the hardest to bear? But we mustn't talk
|
|
of sorrow on an afternoon like this. It's meant for the sheer
|
|
joy of living, isn't it?"
|
|
|
|
"If I had my way I'd shut everything out of your life but
|
|
happiness and pleasure, Anne," said Gilbert in the tone that
|
|
meant "danger ahead."
|
|
|
|
"Then you would be very unwise," rejoined Anne hastily. "I'm sure
|
|
no life can be properly developed and rounded out without some
|
|
trial and sorrow -- though I suppose it is only when we are pretty
|
|
comfortable that we admit it. Come -- the others have got to the
|
|
pavilion and are beckoning to us."
|
|
|
|
They all sat down in the little pavilion to watch an autumn
|
|
sunset of deep red fire and pallid gold. To their left lay
|
|
Kingsport, its roofs and spires dim in their shroud of violet smoke.
|
|
To their right lay the harbor, taking on tints of rose and copper as
|
|
it stretched out into the sunset. Before them the water shimmered,
|
|
satin smooth and silver gray, and beyond, clean shaven William's
|
|
Island loomed out of the mist, guarding the town like a sturdy bulldog.
|
|
Its lighthouse beacon flared through the mist like a baleful star,
|
|
and was answered by another in the far horizon.
|
|
|
|
"Did you ever see such a strong-looking place?" asked Philippa.
|
|
"I don't want William's Island especially, but I'm sure I couldn't
|
|
get it if I did. Look at that sentry on the summit of the fort,
|
|
right beside the flag. Doesn't he look as if he had stepped out
|
|
of a romance?"
|
|
|
|
"Speaking of romance," said Priscilla, "we've been looking for
|
|
heather -- but, of course, we couldn't find any. It's too late
|
|
in the season, I suppose."
|
|
|
|
"Heather!" exclaimed Anne. "Heather doesn't grow in America,
|
|
does it?"
|
|
|
|
"There are just two patches of it in the whole continent," said Phil,
|
|
"one right here in the park, and one somewhere else in Nova Scotia,
|
|
I forget where. The famous Highland Regiment, the Black Watch,
|
|
camped here one year, and, when the men shook out the straw of
|
|
their beds in the spring, some seeds of heather took root."
|
|
|
|
"Oh, how delightful!" said enchanted Anne.
|
|
|
|
"Let's go home around by Spofford Avenue," suggested Gilbert.
|
|
"We can see all `the handsome houses where the wealthy nobles
|
|
dwell.' Spofford Avenue is the finest residential street in
|
|
Kingsport. Nobody can build on it unless he's a millionaire."
|
|
|
|
"Oh, do," said Phil. "There's a perfectly killing little place I
|
|
want to show you, Anne. IT wasn't built by a millionaire. It's
|
|
the first place after you leave the park, and must have grown
|
|
while Spofford Avenue was still a country road. It DID grow --
|
|
it wasn't built! I don't care for the houses on the Avenue.
|
|
They're too brand new and plateglassy. But this little spot is a
|
|
dream -- and its name -- but wait till you see it."
|
|
|
|
They saw it as they walked up the pine-fringed hill from the park.
|
|
Just on the crest, where Spofford Avenue petered out into a
|
|
plain road, was a little white frame house with groups of pines
|
|
on either side of it, stretching their arms protectingly over its
|
|
low roof. It was covered with red and gold vines, through which
|
|
its green-shuttered windows peeped. Before it was a tiny garden,
|
|
surrounded by a low stone wall. October though it was, the
|
|
garden was still very sweet with dear, old-fashioned, unworldly
|
|
flowers and shrubs -- sweet may, southern-wood, lemon verbena,
|
|
alyssum, petunias, marigolds and chrysanthemums. A tiny brick
|
|
wall, in herring-bone pattern, led from the gate to the front
|
|
porch. The whole place might have been transplanted from some
|
|
remote country village; yet there was something about it that
|
|
made its nearest neighbor, the big lawn-encircled palace of a
|
|
tobacco king, look exceedingly crude and showy and ill-bred by
|
|
contrast. As Phil said, it was the difference between being born
|
|
and being made.
|
|
|
|
"It's the dearest place I ever saw," said Anne delightedly. "It
|
|
gives me one of my old, delightful funny aches. It's dearer and
|
|
quainter than even Miss Lavendar's stone house."
|
|
|
|
"It's the name I want you to notice especially," said Phil.
|
|
"Look -- in white letters, around the archway over the gate.
|
|
`Patty's Place.' Isn't that killing? Especially on this Avenue
|
|
of Pinehursts and Elmwolds and Cedarcrofts? `Patty's Place,'
|
|
if you please! I adore it."
|
|
|
|
"Have you any idea who Patty is?" asked Priscilla.
|
|
|
|
"Patty Spofford is the name of the old lady who owns it, I've
|
|
discovered. She lives there with her niece, and they've lived
|
|
there for hundreds of years, more or less -- maybe a little less,
|
|
Anne. Exaggeration is merely a flight of poetic fancy. I understand
|
|
that wealthy folk have tried to buy the lot time and again -- it's
|
|
really worth a small fortune now, you know -- but `Patty' won't sell
|
|
upon any consideration. And there's an apple orchard behind the house
|
|
in place of a back yard -- you'll see it when we get a little past --
|
|
a real apple orchard on Spofford Avenue!"
|
|
|
|
"I'm going to dream about `Patty's Place' tonight," said Anne.
|
|
"Why, I feel as if I belonged to it. I wonder if, by any chance,
|
|
we'll ever see the inside of it."
|
|
|
|
"It isn't likely," said Priscilla.
|
|
|
|
Anne smiled mysteriously.
|
|
|
|
"No, it isn't likely. But I believe it will happen. I have a
|
|
queer, creepy, crawly feeling -- you can call it a presentiment,
|
|
if you like -- that `Patty's Place' and I are going to be better
|
|
acquainted yet."
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Chapter VII
|
|
|
|
Home Again
|
|
|
|
|
|
Those first three weeks at Redmond had seemed long; but the rest
|
|
of the term flew by on wings of wind. Before they realized it
|
|
the Redmond students found themselves in the grind of Christmas
|
|
examinations, emerging therefrom more or less triumphantly. The
|
|
honor of leading in the Freshman classes fluctuated between Anne,
|
|
Gilbert and Philippa; Priscilla did very well; Charlie Sloane
|
|
scraped through respectably, and comported himself as complacently
|
|
as if he had led in everything.
|
|
|
|
"I can't really believe that this time tomorrow I'll be in Green Gables,"
|
|
said Anne on the night before departure. "But I shall be. And you, Phil,
|
|
will be in Bolingbroke with Alec and Alonzo."
|
|
|
|
"I'm longing to see them," admitted Phil, between the chocolate
|
|
she was nibbling. "They really are such dear boys, you know.
|
|
There's to be no end of dances and drives and general jamborees.
|
|
I shall never forgive you, Queen Anne, for not coming home with
|
|
me for the holidays."
|
|
|
|
"`Never' means three days with you, Phil. It was dear of you to
|
|
ask me -- and I'd love to go to Bolingbroke some day. But I
|
|
can't go this year -- I MUST go home. You don't know how my
|
|
heart longs for it."
|
|
|
|
"You won't have much of a time," said Phil scornfully. "There'll
|
|
be one or two quilting parties, I suppose; and all the old
|
|
gossips will talk you over to your face and behind your back.
|
|
You'll die of lonesomeness, child."
|
|
|
|
"In Avonlea?" said Anne, highly amused.
|
|
|
|
"Now, if you'd come with me you'd have a perfectly gorgeous time.
|
|
Bolingbroke would go wild over you, Queen Anne -- your hair and
|
|
your style and, oh, everything! You're so DIFFERENT. You'd be
|
|
such a success -- and I would bask in reflected glory -- `not the
|
|
rose but near the rose.' Do come, after all, Anne."
|
|
|
|
"Your picture of social triumphs is quite fascinating, Phil, but
|
|
I'll paint one to offset it. I'm going home to an old country
|
|
farmhouse, once green, rather faded now, set among leafless apple
|
|
orchards. There is a brook below and a December fir wood beyond,
|
|
where I've heard harps swept by the fingers of rain and wind.
|
|
There is a pond nearby that will be gray and brooding now. There
|
|
will be two oldish ladies in the house, one tall and thin, one
|
|
short and fat; and there will be two twins, one a perfect model,
|
|
the other what Mrs. Lynde calls a `holy terror.' There will be a
|
|
little room upstairs over the porch, where old dreams hang thick,
|
|
and a big, fat, glorious feather bed which will almost seem the
|
|
height of luxury after a boardinghouse mattress. How do you like
|
|
my picture, Phil?"
|
|
|
|
"It seems a very dull one," said Phil, with a grimace.
|
|
|
|
"Oh, but I've left out the transforming thing," said Anne softly.
|
|
"There'll be love there, Phil -- faithful, tender love, such as
|
|
I'll never find anywhere else in the world -- love that's waiting
|
|
for me. That makes my picture a masterpiece, doesn't it, even if
|
|
the colors are not very brilliant?"
|
|
|
|
Phil silently got up, tossed her box of chocolates away, went up
|
|
to Anne, and put her arms about her.
|
|
|
|
"Anne, I wish I was like you," she said soberly.
|
|
|
|
Diana met Anne at the Carmody station the next night, and they
|
|
drove home together under silent, star-sown depths of sky. Green
|
|
Gables had a very festal appearance as they drove up the lane.
|
|
There was a light in every window, the glow breaking out through
|
|
the darkness like flame-red blossoms swung against the dark
|
|
background of the Haunted Wood. And in the yard was a brave
|
|
bonfire with two gay little figures dancing around it, one of
|
|
which gave an unearthly yell as the buggy turned in under the poplars.
|
|
|
|
"Davy means that for an Indian war-whoop," said Diana. "Mr.
|
|
Harrison's hired boy taught it to him, and he's been practicing
|
|
it up to welcome you with. Mrs. Lynde says it has worn her
|
|
nerves to a frazzle. He creeps up behind her, you know, and then
|
|
lets go. He was determined to have a bonfire for you, too. He's
|
|
been piling up branches for a fortnight and pestering Marilla to
|
|
be let pour some kerosene oil over it before setting it on fire.
|
|
I guess she did, by the smell, though Mrs. Lynde said up to the last
|
|
that Davy would blow himself and everybody else up if he was let."
|
|
|
|
Anne was out of the buggy by this time, and Davy was rapturously
|
|
hugging her knees, while even Dora was clinging to her hand.
|
|
|
|
"Isn't that a bully bonfire, Anne? Just let me show you how to
|
|
poke it -- see the sparks? I did it for you, Anne, 'cause I was
|
|
so glad you were coming home."
|
|
|
|
The kitchen door opened and Marilla's spare form darkened against
|
|
the inner light. She preferred to meet Anne in the shadows, for
|
|
she was horribly afraid that she was going to cry with joy --
|
|
she, stern, repressed Marilla, who thought all display of deep
|
|
emotion unseemly. Mrs. Lynde was behind her, sonsy, kindly,
|
|
matronly, as of yore. The love that Anne had told Phil was
|
|
waiting for her surrounded her and enfolded her with its blessing
|
|
and its sweetness. Nothing, after all, could compare with old ties,
|
|
old friends, and old Green Gables! How starry Anne's eyes were
|
|
as they sat down to the loaded supper table, how pink her cheeks,
|
|
how silver-clear her laughter! And Diana was going to stay all
|
|
night, too. How like the dear old times it was! And the
|
|
rose-bud tea-set graced the table! With Marilla the force of
|
|
nature could no further go.
|
|
|
|
"I suppose you and Diana will now proceed to talk all night,"
|
|
said Marilla sarcastically, as the girls went upstairs.
|
|
Marilla was always sarcastic after any self-betrayal.
|
|
|
|
"Yes," agreed Anne gaily, "but I'm going to put Davy to bed first.
|
|
He insists on that."
|
|
|
|
"You bet," said Davy, as they went along the hall. "I want somebody
|
|
to say my prayers to again. It's no fun saying them alone."
|
|
|
|
"You don't say them alone, Davy. God is always with you to hear you."
|
|
|
|
"Well, I can't see Him," objected Davy. "I want to pray to somebody
|
|
I can see, but I WON'T say them to Mrs. Lynde or Marilla, there now!"
|
|
|
|
Nevertheless, when Davy was garbed in his gray flannel nighty, he
|
|
did not seem in a hurry to begin. He stood before Anne,
|
|
shuffling one bare foot over the other, and looked undecided.
|
|
|
|
"Come, dear, kneel down," said Anne.
|
|
|
|
Davy came and buried his head in Anne's lap, but he did not kneel down.
|
|
|
|
"Anne," he said in a muffled voice. "I don't feel like praying after all.
|
|
I haven't felt like it for a week now. I -- I DIDN'T pray last night nor
|
|
the night before."
|
|
|
|
"Why not, Davy?" asked Anne gently.
|
|
|
|
"You -- you won't be mad if I tell you?" implored Davy.
|
|
|
|
Anne lifted the little gray-flannelled body on her knee and
|
|
cuddled his head on her arm.
|
|
|
|
"Do I ever get `mad' when you tell me things, Davy?"
|
|
|
|
"No-o-o, you never do. But you get sorry, and that's worse.
|
|
You'll be awful sorry when I tell you this, Anne -- and you'll
|
|
be 'shamed of me, I s'pose."
|
|
|
|
"Have you done something naughty, Davy, and is that why you can't
|
|
say your prayers?"
|
|
|
|
"No, I haven't done anything naughty -- yet. But I want to do it."
|
|
|
|
"What is it, Davy?"
|
|
|
|
"I -- I want to say a bad word, Anne," blurted out Davy, with a
|
|
desperate effort. "I heard Mr. Harrison's hired boy say it one
|
|
day last week, and ever since I've been wanting to say it ALL the
|
|
time -- even when I'm saying my prayers."
|
|
|
|
"Say it then, Davy."
|
|
|
|
Davy lifted his flushed face in amazement.
|
|
|
|
"But, Anne, it's an AWFUL bad word."
|
|
|
|
"SAY IT!"
|
|
|
|
Davy gave her another incredulous look, then in a low voice he
|
|
said the dreadful word. The next minute his face was burrowing
|
|
against her.
|
|
|
|
"Oh, Anne, I'll never say it again -- never. I'll never WANT to
|
|
say it again. I knew it was bad, but I didn't s'pose it was so
|
|
-- so -- I didn't s'pose it was like THAT."
|
|
|
|
"No, I don't think you'll ever want to say it again, Davy -- or
|
|
think it, either. And I wouldn't go about much with Mr. Harrison's
|
|
hired boy if I were you."
|
|
|
|
"He can make bully war-whoops," said Davy a little regretfully.
|
|
|
|
"But you don't want your mind filled with bad words, do you, Davy
|
|
-- words that will poison it and drive out all that is good and manly?"
|
|
|
|
"No," said Davy, owl-eyed with introspection.
|
|
|
|
"Then don't go with those people who use them. And now do you
|
|
feel as if you could say your prayers, Davy?"
|
|
|
|
"Oh, yes," said Davy, eagerly wriggling down on his knees, "I can
|
|
say them now all right. I ain't scared now to say `if I should
|
|
die before I wake,' like I was when I was wanting to say that word."
|
|
|
|
Probably Anne and Diana did empty out their souls to each other
|
|
that night, but no record of their confidences has been preserved.
|
|
They both looked as fresh and bright-eyed at breakfast as only
|
|
youth can look after unlawful hours of revelry and confession.
|
|
There had been no snow up to this time, but as Diana crossed
|
|
the old log bridge on her homeward way the white flakes were
|
|
beginning to flutter down over the fields and woods, russet
|
|
and gray in their dreamless sleep. Soon the far-away slopes
|
|
and hills were dim and wraith-like through their gauzy scarfing,
|
|
as if pale autumn had flung a misty bridal veil over her hair
|
|
and was waiting for her wintry bridegroom. So they had a white
|
|
Christmas after all, and a very pleasant day it was. In the
|
|
forenoon letters and gifts came from Miss Lavendar and Paul;
|
|
Anne opened them in the cheerful Green Gables kitchen, which was
|
|
filled with what Davy, sniffing in ecstasy, called "pretty smells."
|
|
|
|
"Miss Lavendar and Mr. Irving are settled in their new home now,"
|
|
reported Anne. "I am sure Miss Lavendar is perfectly happy --
|
|
I know it by the general tone of her letter -- but there's a
|
|
note from Charlotta the Fourth. She doesn't like Boston at all,
|
|
and she is fearfully homesick. Miss Lavendar wants me to go
|
|
through to Echo Lodge some day while I'm home and light a fire to
|
|
air it, and see that the cushions aren't getting moldy. I think
|
|
I'll get Diana to go over with me next week, and we can spend the
|
|
evening with Theodora Dix. I want to see Theodora. By the way,
|
|
is Ludovic Speed still going to see her?"
|
|
|
|
"They say so," said Marilla, "and he's likely to continue it.
|
|
Folks have given up expecting that that courtship will ever
|
|
arrive anywhere."
|
|
|
|
"I'd hurry him up a bit, if I was Theodora, that's what," said
|
|
Mrs. Lynde. And there is not the slightest doubt but that she would.
|
|
|
|
There was also a characteristic scrawl from Philippa, full of
|
|
Alec and Alonzo, what they said and what they did, and how they
|
|
looked when they saw her.
|
|
|
|
"But I can't make up my mind yet which to marry," wrote Phil.
|
|
"I do wish you had come with me to decide for me. Some one
|
|
will have to. When I saw Alec my heart gave a great thump and I
|
|
thought, `He might be the right one.' And then, when Alonzo came,
|
|
thump went my heart again. So that's no guide, though it should be,
|
|
according to all the novels I've ever read. Now, Anne, YOUR heart
|
|
wouldn't thump for anybody but the genuine Prince Charming, would it?
|
|
There must be something radically wrong with mine. But I'm having a
|
|
perfectly gorgeous time. How I wish you were here! It's snowing
|
|
today, and I'm rapturous. I was so afraid we'd have a green
|
|
Christmas and I loathe them. You know, when Christmas is a dirty
|
|
grayey-browney affair, looking as if it had been left over a hundred
|
|
years ago and had been in soak ever since, it is called a GREEN Christmas!
|
|
Don't ask me why. As Lord Dundreary says, `there are thome thingth no
|
|
fellow can underthtand.'
|
|
|
|
"Anne, did you ever get on a street car and then discover that you
|
|
hadn't any money with you to pay your fare? I did, the other day.
|
|
It's quite awful. I had a nickel with me when I got on the car.
|
|
I thought it was in the left pocket of my coat. When I got
|
|
settled down comfortably I felt for it. It wasn't there.
|
|
I had a cold chill. I felt in the other pocket. Not there.
|
|
I had another chill. Then I felt in a little inside pocket.
|
|
All in vain. I had two chills at once.
|
|
|
|
"I took off my gloves, laid them on the seat, and went over all
|
|
my pockets again. It was not there. I stood up and shook myself,
|
|
and then looked on the floor. The car was full of people, who
|
|
were going home from the opera, and they all stared at me, but
|
|
I was past caring for a little thing like that.
|
|
|
|
"But I could not find my fare. I concluded I must have put it in
|
|
my mouth and swallowed it inadvertently.
|
|
|
|
"I didn't know what to do. Would the conductor, I wondered, stop
|
|
the car and put me off in ignominy and shame? Was it possible
|
|
that I could convince him that I was merely the victim of my own
|
|
absentmindedness, and not an unprincipled creature trying to
|
|
obtain a ride upon false pretenses? How I wished that Alec
|
|
or Alonzo were there. But they weren't because I wanted them.
|
|
If I HADN'T wanted them they would have been there by the dozen.
|
|
And I couldn't decide what to say to the conductor when he came
|
|
around. As soon as I got one sentence of explanation mapped out
|
|
in my mind I felt nobody could believe it and I must compose
|
|
another. It seemed there was nothing to do but trust in
|
|
Providence, and for all the comfort that gave me I might as well
|
|
have been the old lady who, when told by the captain during a
|
|
storm that she must put her trust in the Almighty exclaimed,
|
|
`Oh, Captain, is it as bad as that?'
|
|
|
|
"Just at the conventional moment, when all hope had fled, and
|
|
the conductor was holding out his box to the passenger next to me,
|
|
I suddenly remembered where I had put that wretched coin of the realm.
|
|
I hadn't swallowed it after all. I meekly fished it out of the
|
|
index finger of my glove and poked it in the box. I smiled at
|
|
everybody and felt that it was a beautiful world."
|
|
|
|
The visit to Echo Lodge was not the least pleasant of many
|
|
pleasant holiday outings. Anne and Diana went back to it by the
|
|
old way of the beech woods, carrying a lunch basket with them.
|
|
Echo Lodge, which had been closed ever since Miss Lavendar's
|
|
wedding, was briefly thrown open to wind and sunshine once more,
|
|
and firelight glimmered again in the little rooms. The perfume
|
|
of Miss Lavendar's rose bowl still filled the air. It was hardly
|
|
possible to believe that Miss Lavendar would not come tripping in
|
|
presently, with her brown eyes a-star with welcome, and that
|
|
Charlotta the Fourth, blue of bow and wide of smile, would not
|
|
pop through the door. Paul, too, seemed hovering around, with
|
|
his fairy fancies.
|
|
|
|
"It really makes me feel a little bit like a ghost revisiting the
|
|
old time glimpses of the moon," laughed Anne. "Let's go out and
|
|
see if the echoes are at home. Bring the old horn. It is still
|
|
behind the kitchen door."
|
|
|
|
The echoes were at home, over the white river, as silver-clear
|
|
and multitudinous as ever; and when they had ceased to answer the
|
|
girls locked up Echo Lodge again and went away in the perfect
|
|
half hour that follows the rose and saffron of a winter sunset.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Chapter VIII
|
|
|
|
Anne's First Proposal
|
|
|
|
|
|
The old year did not slip away in a green twilight, with a
|
|
pinky-yellow sunset. Instead, it went out with a wild, white
|
|
bluster and blow. It was one of the nights when the storm-wind
|
|
hurtles over the frozen meadows and black hollows, and moans
|
|
around the eaves like a lost creature, and drives the snow
|
|
sharply against the shaking panes.
|
|
|
|
"Just the sort of night people like to cuddle down between their
|
|
blankets and count their mercies," said Anne to Jane Andrews, who
|
|
had come up to spend the afternoon and stay all night. But when
|
|
they were cuddled between their blankets, in Anne's little porch
|
|
room, it was not her mercies of which Jane was thinking.
|
|
|
|
"Anne," she said very solemnly, "I want to tell you something. May I"
|
|
|
|
Anne was feeling rather sleepy after the party Ruby Gillis had
|
|
given the night before. She would much rather have gone to sleep
|
|
than listen to Jane's confidences, which she was sure would bore her.
|
|
She had no prophetic inkling of what was coming. Probably Jane was
|
|
engaged, too; rumor averred that Ruby Gillis was engaged to the
|
|
Spencervale schoolteacher, about whom all the girls were said
|
|
to be quite wild.
|
|
|
|
"I'll soon be the only fancy-free maiden of our old quartet,"
|
|
thought Anne, drowsily. Aloud she said, "Of course."
|
|
|
|
"Anne," said Jane, still more solemnly, "what do you think of my
|
|
brother Billy?"
|
|
|
|
Anne gasped over this unexpected question, and floundered
|
|
helplessly in her thoughts. Goodness, what DID she think of
|
|
Billy Andrews? She had never thought ANYTHING about him --
|
|
round-faced, stupid, perpetually smiling, good-natured Billy
|
|
Andrews. Did ANYBODY ever think about Billy Andrews?
|
|
|
|
"I -- I don't understand, Jane," she stammered. "What do you
|
|
mean -- exactly?"
|
|
|
|
"Do you like Billy?" asked Jane bluntly.
|
|
|
|
"Why -- why -- yes, I like him, of course," gasped Anne,
|
|
wondering if she were telling the literal truth. Certainly she
|
|
did not DISlike Billy. But could the indifferent tolerance with
|
|
which she regarded him, when he happened to be in her range of
|
|
vision, be considered positive enough for liking? WHAT was Jane
|
|
trying to elucidate?
|
|
|
|
"Would you like him for a husband?" asked Jane calmly.
|
|
|
|
"A husband!" Anne had been sitting up in bed, the better to
|
|
wrestle with the problem of her exact opinion of Billy Andrews.
|
|
Now she fell flatly back on her pillows, the very breath gone
|
|
out of her. "Whose husband?"
|
|
|
|
"Yours, of course," answered Jane. "Billy wants to marry you.
|
|
He's always been crazy about you -- and now father has given him
|
|
the upper farm in his own name and there's nothing to prevent him
|
|
from getting married. But he's so shy he couldn't ask you
|
|
himself if you'd have him, so he got me to do it. I'd rather not
|
|
have, but he gave me no peace till I said I would, if I got a
|
|
good chance. What do you think about it, Anne?"
|
|
|
|
Was it a dream? Was it one of those nightmare things in which
|
|
you find yourself engaged or married to some one you hate or
|
|
don't know, without the slightest idea how it ever came about?
|
|
No, she, Anne Shirley, was lying there, wide awake, in her own bed,
|
|
and Jane Andrews was beside her, calmly proposing for her brother Billy.
|
|
Anne did not know whether she wanted to writhe or laugh; but she could
|
|
do neither, for Jane's feelings must not be hurt.
|
|
|
|
"I -- I couldn't marry Bill, you know, Jane," she managed to gasp.
|
|
"Why, such an idea never occurred to me -- never!"
|
|
|
|
"I don't suppose it did," agreed Jane. "Billy has always been far
|
|
too shy to think of courting. But you might think it over, Anne.
|
|
Billy is a good fellow. I must say that, if he is my brother.
|
|
He has no bad habits and he's a great worker, and you can depend
|
|
on him. `A bird in the hand is worth two in the bush.' He told me to
|
|
tell you he'd be quite willing to wait till you got through college,
|
|
if you insisted, though he'd RATHER get married this spring before
|
|
the planting begins. He'd always be very good to you, I'm sure,
|
|
and you know, Anne, I'd love to have you for a sister."
|
|
|
|
"I can't marry Billy," said Anne decidedly. She had recovered
|
|
her wits, and was even feeling a little angry. It was all so
|
|
ridiculous. "There is no use thinking of it, Jane. I don't care
|
|
anything for him in that way, and you must tell him so."
|
|
|
|
"Well, I didn't suppose you would," said Jane with a resigned
|
|
sigh, feeling that she had done her best. "I told Billy I didn't
|
|
believe it was a bit of use to ask you, but he insisted. Well,
|
|
you've made your decision, Anne, and I hope you won't regret it."
|
|
|
|
Jane spoke rather coldly. She had been perfectly sure that the
|
|
enamored Billy had no chance at all of inducing Anne to marry him.
|
|
Nevertheless, she felt a little resentment that Anne Shirley,
|
|
who was, after all, merely an adopted orphan, without kith or kin,
|
|
should refuse her brother -- one of the Avonlea Andrews. Well,
|
|
pride sometimes goes before a fall, Jane reflected ominously.
|
|
|
|
Anne permitted herself to smile in the darkness over the idea
|
|
that she might ever regret not marrying Billy Andrews.
|
|
|
|
"I hope Billy won't feel very badly over it," she said nicely.
|
|
|
|
Jane made a movement as if she were tossing her head on her pillow.
|
|
|
|
"Oh, he won't break his heart. Billy has too much good sense for that.
|
|
He likes Nettie Blewett pretty well, too, and mother would rather he
|
|
married her than any one. She's such a good manager and saver.
|
|
I think, when Billy is once sure you won't have him, he'll take Nettie.
|
|
Please don't mention this to any one, will you, Anne?"
|
|
|
|
"Certainly not," said Anne, who had no desire whatever to publish
|
|
abroad the fact that Billy Andrews wanted to marry her, preferring her,
|
|
when all was said and done, to Nettie Blewett. Nettie Blewett!
|
|
|
|
"And now I suppose we'd better go to sleep," suggested Jane.
|
|
|
|
To sleep went Jane easily and speedily; but, though very unlike
|
|
MacBeth in most respects, she had certainly contrived to murder
|
|
sleep for Anne. That proposed-to damsel lay on a wakeful pillow
|
|
until the wee sma's, but her meditations were far from being romantic.
|
|
It was not, however, until the next morning that she had an opportunity
|
|
to indulge in a good laugh over the whole affair. When Jane had gone home
|
|
-- still with a hint of frost in voice and manner because Anne had declined
|
|
so ungratefully and decidedly the honor of an alliance with the House of
|
|
Andrews -- Anne retreated to the porch room, shut the door, and had her
|
|
laugh out at last.
|
|
|
|
"If I could only share the joke with some one!" she thought.
|
|
"But I can't. Diana is the only one I'd want to tell, and, even
|
|
if I hadn't sworn secrecy to Jane, I can't tell Diana things now.
|
|
She tells everything to Fred -- I know she does. Well, I've had
|
|
my first proposal. I supposed it would come some day -- but I
|
|
certainly never thought it would be by proxy. It's awfully funny
|
|
-- and yet there's a sting in it, too, somehow."
|
|
|
|
Anne knew quite well wherein the sting consisted, though she
|
|
did not put it into words. She had had her secret dreams of
|
|
the first time some one should ask her the great question.
|
|
And it had, in those dreams, always been very romantic and beautiful:
|
|
and the "some one" was to be very handsome and dark-eyed and
|
|
distinguished-looking and eloquent, whether he were Prince Charming
|
|
to be enraptured with "yes," or one to whom a regretful, beautifully
|
|
worded, but hopeless refusal must be given. If the latter, the
|
|
refusal was to be expressed so delicately that it would be next best
|
|
thing to acceptance, and he would go away, after kissing her hand,
|
|
assuring her of his unalterable, life-long devotion. And it would
|
|
always be a beautiful memory, to be proud of and a little sad about, also.
|
|
|
|
And now, this thrilling experience had turned out to be merely grotesque.
|
|
Billy Andrews had got his sister to propose for him because his father had
|
|
given him the upper farm; and if Anne wouldn't "have him" Nettie Blewett would.
|
|
There was romance for you, with a vengeance! Anne laughed -- and then sighed.
|
|
The bloom had been brushed from one little maiden dream. Would the painful
|
|
process go on until everything became prosaic and hum-drum?
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Chapter IX
|
|
|
|
|
|
An Unwelcome Lover and a Welcome Friend
|
|
|
|
|
|
The second term at Redmond sped as quickly as had the first --
|
|
"actually whizzed away," Philippa said. Anne enjoyed it
|
|
thoroughly in all its phases -- the stimulating class rivalry,
|
|
the making and deepening of new and helpful friendships, the gay
|
|
little social stunts, the doings of the various societies of
|
|
which she was a member, the widening of horizons and interests.
|
|
She studied hard, for she had made up her mind to win the Thorburn
|
|
Scholarship in English. This being won, meant that she could
|
|
come back to Redmond the next year without trenching on Marilla's
|
|
small savings -- something Anne was determined she would not do.
|
|
|
|
Gilbert, too, was in full chase after a scholarship, but found
|
|
plenty of time for frequent calls at Thirty-eight, St. John's.
|
|
He was Anne's escort at nearly all the college affairs, and she
|
|
knew that their names were coupled in Redmond gossip. Anne raged
|
|
over this but was helpless; she could not cast an old friend like
|
|
Gilbert aside, especially when he had grown suddenly wise and
|
|
wary, as behooved him in the dangerous proximity of more than one
|
|
Redmond youth who would gladly have taken his place by the side
|
|
of the slender, red-haired coed, whose gray eyes were as alluring
|
|
as stars of evening. Anne was never attended by the crowd of
|
|
willing victims who hovered around Philippa's conquering march
|
|
through her Freshman year; but there was a lanky, brainy Freshie,
|
|
a jolly, little, round Sophomore, and a tall, learned Junior who
|
|
all liked to call at Thirty-eight, St. John's, and talk over
|
|
'ologies and 'isms, as well as lighter subjects, with Anne, in
|
|
the becushioned parlor of that domicile. Gilbert did not love
|
|
any of them, and he was exceedingly careful to give none of them
|
|
the advantage over him by any untimely display of his real
|
|
feelings Anne-ward. To her he had become again the boy-comrade
|
|
of Avonlea days, and as such could hold his own against any
|
|
smitten swain who had so far entered the lists against him.
|
|
As a companion, Anne honestly acknowledged nobody could be so
|
|
satisfactory as Gilbert; she was very glad, so she told herself,
|
|
that he had evidently dropped all nonsensical ideas -- though she
|
|
spent considerable time secretly wondering why.
|
|
|
|
Only one disagreeable incident marred that winter. Charlie Sloane,
|
|
sitting bolt upright on Miss Ada's most dearly beloved cushion,
|
|
asked Anne one night if she would promise "to become Mrs. Charlie
|
|
Sloane some day." Coming after Billy Andrews' proxy effort,
|
|
this was not quite the shock to Anne's romantic sensibilities
|
|
that it would otherwise have been; but it was certainly another
|
|
heart-rending disillusion. She was angry, too, for she felt that
|
|
she had never given Charlie the slightest encouragement to suppose
|
|
such a thing possible. But what could you expect of a Sloane,
|
|
as Mrs. Rachel Lynde would ask scornfully? Charlie's whole attitude,
|
|
tone, air, words, fairly reeked with Sloanishness. "He was conferring
|
|
a great honor -- no doubt whatever about that. And when Anne, utterly
|
|
insensible to the honor, refused him, as delicately and considerately
|
|
as she could -- for even a Sloane had feelings which ought not to be
|
|
unduly lacerated -- Sloanishness still further betrayed itself.
|
|
Charlie certainly did not take his dismissal as Anne's imaginary
|
|
rejected suitors did. Instead, he became angry, and showed it;
|
|
he said two or three quite nasty things; Anne's temper flashed up
|
|
mutinously and she retorted with a cutting little speech whose
|
|
keenness pierced even Charlie's protective Sloanishness and
|
|
reached the quick; he caught up his hat and flung himself out of
|
|
the house with a very red face; Anne rushed upstairs, falling twice
|
|
over Miss Ada's cushions on the way, and threw herself on her bed,
|
|
in tears of humiliation and rage. Had she actually stooped to
|
|
quarrel with a Sloane? Was it possible anything Charlie Sloane
|
|
could say had power to make her angry? Oh, this was degradation,
|
|
indeed -- worse even than being the rival of Nettie Blewett!
|
|
|
|
"I wish I need never see the horrible creature again," she sobbed
|
|
vindictively into her pillows.
|
|
|
|
She could not avoid seeing him again, but the outraged Charlie
|
|
took care that it should not be at very close quarters. Miss
|
|
Ada's cushions were henceforth safe from his depredations,
|
|
and when he met Anne on the street, or in Redmond's halls,
|
|
his bow was icy in the extreme. Relations between these two
|
|
old schoolmates continued to be thus strained for nearly a year!
|
|
Then Charlie transferred his blighted affections to a round,
|
|
rosy, snub-nosed, blue-eyed, little Sophomore who appreciated
|
|
them as they deserved, whereupon he forgave Anne and condescended
|
|
to be civil to her again; in a patronizing manner intended to
|
|
show her just what she had lost.
|
|
|
|
One day Anne scurried excitedly into Priscilla's room.
|
|
|
|
"Read that," she cried, tossing Priscilla a letter. "It's from
|
|
Stella -- and she's coming to Redmond next year -- and what do
|
|
you think of her idea? I think it's a perfectly splendid one,
|
|
if we can only carry it out. Do you suppose we can, Pris?"
|
|
|
|
"I'll be better able to tell you when I find out what it is,"
|
|
said Priscilla, casting aside a Greek lexicon and taking up
|
|
Stella's letter. Stella Maynard had been one of their chums at
|
|
Queen's Academy and had been teaching school ever since.
|
|
|
|
"But I'm going to give it up, Anne dear," she wrote, "and go to
|
|
college next year. As I took the third year at Queen's I can
|
|
enter the Sophomore year. I'm tired of teaching in a back
|
|
country school. Some day I'm going to write a treatise on
|
|
`The Trials of a Country Schoolmarm.' It will be a harrowing bit
|
|
of realism. It seems to be the prevailing impression that we live
|
|
in clover, and have nothing to do but draw our quarter's salary.
|
|
My treatise shall tell the truth about us. Why, if a week should
|
|
pass without some one telling me that I am doing easy work for
|
|
big pay I would conclude that I might as well order my ascension
|
|
robe `immediately and to onct.' `Well, you get your money easy,'
|
|
some rate-payer will tell me, condescendingly. `All you have to
|
|
do is to sit there and hear lessons.' I used to argue the matter
|
|
at first, but I'm wiser now. Facts are stubborn things, but
|
|
as some one has wisely said, not half so stubborn as fallacies.
|
|
So I only smile loftily now in eloquent silence. Why, I have nine
|
|
grades in my school and I have to teach a little of everything,
|
|
from investigating the interiors of earthworms to the study of
|
|
the solar system. My youngest pupil is four -- his mother sends
|
|
him to school to `get him out of the way' -- and my oldest twenty
|
|
-- it `suddenly struck him' that it would be easier to go to
|
|
school and get an education than follow the plough any longer.
|
|
In the wild effort to cram all sorts of research into six hours a
|
|
day I don't wonder if the children feel like the little boy who
|
|
was taken to see the biograph. `I have to look for what's coming
|
|
next before I know what went last,' he complained. I feel like
|
|
that myself.
|
|
|
|
"And the letters I get, Anne! Tommy's mother writes me that
|
|
Tommy is not coming on in arithmetic as fast as she would like.
|
|
He is only in simple reduction yet, and Johnny Johnson is in
|
|
fractions, and Johnny isn't half as smart as her Tommy, and she
|
|
can't understand it. And Susy's father wants to know why Susy
|
|
can't write a letter without misspelling half the words, and
|
|
Dick's aunt wants me to change his seat, because that bad Brown
|
|
boy he is sitting with is teaching him to say naughty words.
|
|
|
|
"As to the financial part -- but I'll not begin on that. Those
|
|
whom the gods wish to destroy they first make country schoolmarms!
|
|
|
|
"There, I feel better, after that growl. After all, I've enjoyed
|
|
these past two years. But I'm coming to Redmond.
|
|
|
|
"And now, Anne, I've a little plan. You know how I loathe boarding.
|
|
I've boarded for four years and I'm so tired of it. I don't feel like
|
|
enduring three years more of it.
|
|
|
|
Now, why can't you and Priscilla and I club together, rent
|
|
a little house somewhere in Kingsport, and board ourselves?
|
|
It would be cheaper than any other way. Of course, we would
|
|
have to have a housekeeper and I have one ready on the spot.
|
|
You've heard me speak of Aunt Jamesina? She's the sweetest
|
|
aunt that ever lived, in spite of her name. She can't help that!
|
|
She was called Jamesina because her father, whose name was James,
|
|
was drowned at sea a month before she was born. I always call her
|
|
Aunt Jimsie. Well, her only daughter has recently married and
|
|
gone to the foreign mission field. Aunt Jamesina is left alone
|
|
in a great big house, and she is horribly lonesome. She will
|
|
come to Kingsport and keep house for us if we want her, and I
|
|
know you'll both love her. The more I think of the plan the more
|
|
I like it. We could have such good, independent times.
|
|
|
|
"Now, if you and Priscilla agree to it, wouldn't it be a good
|
|
idea for you, who are on the spot, to look around and see if you
|
|
can find a suitable house this spring? That would be better than
|
|
leaving it till the fall. If you could get a furnished one so
|
|
much the better, but if not, we can scare up a few sticks of
|
|
finiture between us and old family friends with attics. Anyhow,
|
|
decide as soon as you can and write me, so that Aunt Jamesina
|
|
will know what plans to make for next year."
|
|
|
|
"I think it's a good idea," said Priscilla.
|
|
|
|
"So do I," agreed Anne delightedly. "Of course, we have a nice
|
|
boardinghouse here, but, when all's said and done, a boardinghouse
|
|
isn't home. So let's go house-hunting at once, before exams come on."
|
|
|
|
"I'm afraid it will be hard enough to get a really suitable house,"
|
|
warned Priscilla. "Don't expect too much, Anne. Nice houses in
|
|
nice localities will probably be away beyond our means. We'll likely
|
|
have to content ourselves with a shabby little place on some street
|
|
whereon live people whom to know is to be unknown, and make life
|
|
inside compensate for the outside."
|
|
|
|
Accordingly they went house-hunting, but to find just what
|
|
they wanted proved even harder than Priscilla had feared.
|
|
Houses there were galore, furnished and unfurnished; but one
|
|
was too big, another too small; this one too expensive, that
|
|
one too far from Redmond. Exams were on and over; the last
|
|
week of the term came and still their "house o'dreams," as
|
|
Anne called it, remained a castle in the air.
|
|
|
|
"We shall have to give up and wait till the fall, I suppose," said
|
|
Priscilla wearily, as they rambled through the park on one of April's
|
|
darling days of breeze and blue, when the harbor was creaming and
|
|
shimmering beneath the pearl-hued mists floating over it. "We may
|
|
find some shack to shelter us then; and if not, boardinghouses we
|
|
shall have always with us."
|
|
|
|
"I'm not going to worry about it just now, anyway, and spoil this
|
|
lovely afternoon," said Anne, gazing around her with delight.
|
|
The fresh chill air was faintly charged with the aroma of pine
|
|
balsam, and the sky above was crystal clear and blue -- a great
|
|
inverted cup of blessing. "Spring is singing in my blood today,
|
|
and the lure of April is abroad on the air. I'm seeing visions
|
|
and dreaming dreams, Pris. That's because the wind is from the
|
|
west. I do love the west wind. It sings of hope and gladness,
|
|
doesn't it? When the east wind blows I always think of sorrowful
|
|
rain on the eaves and sad waves on a gray shore. When I get old
|
|
I shall have rheumatism when the wind is east."
|
|
|
|
"And isn't it jolly when you discard furs and winter garments
|
|
for the first time and sally forth, like this, in spring attire?"
|
|
laughed Priscilla. "Don't you feel as if you had been made over new?"
|
|
|
|
"Everything is new in the spring," said Anne. "Springs themselves
|
|
are always so new, too. No spring is ever just like any other spring.
|
|
It always has something of its own to be its own peculiar sweetness.
|
|
See how green the grass is around that little pond, and how the willow
|
|
buds are bursting."
|
|
|
|
"And exams are over and gone -- the time of Convocation will come
|
|
soon -- next Wednesday. This day next week we'll be home."
|
|
|
|
"I'm glad," said Anne dreamily. "There are so many things I want
|
|
to do. I want to sit on the back porch steps and feel the breeze
|
|
blowing down over Mr. Harrison's fields. I want to hunt ferns
|
|
in the Haunted Wood and gather violets in Violet Vale. Do you
|
|
remember the day of our golden picnic, Priscilla? I want to hear
|
|
the frogs singing and the poplars whispering. But I've learned
|
|
to love Kingsport, too, and I'm glad I'm coming back next fall.
|
|
If I hadn't won the Thorburn I don't believe I could have. I
|
|
COULDN'T take any of Marilla's little hoard."
|
|
|
|
"If we could only find a house!" sighed Priscilla. "Look over
|
|
there at Kingsport, Anne -- houses, houses everywhere, and not
|
|
one for us."
|
|
|
|
"Stop it, Pris. `The best is yet to be.' Like the old Roman,
|
|
we'll find a house or build one. On a day like this there's
|
|
no such word as fail in my bright lexicon."
|
|
|
|
They lingered in the park until sunset, living in the amazing
|
|
miracle and glory and wonder of the springtide; and they went
|
|
home as usual, by way of Spofford Avenue, that they might have
|
|
the delight of looking at Patty's Place.
|
|
|
|
"I feel as if something mysterious were going to happen right
|
|
away -- `by the pricking of my thumbs,' " said Anne, as they went
|
|
up the slope. "It's a nice story-bookish feeling. Why -- why --
|
|
why! Priscilla Grant, look over there and tell me if it's true,
|
|
or am I seein' things?"
|
|
|
|
Priscilla looked. Anne's thumbs and eyes had not deceived her.
|
|
Over the arched gateway of Patty's Place dangled a little, modest
|
|
sign. It said "To Let, Furnished. Inquire Within."
|
|
|
|
"Priscilla," said Anne, in a whisper, "do you suppose it's
|
|
possible that we could rent Patty's Place?"
|
|
|
|
"No, I don't," averred Priscilla. "It would be too good to be
|
|
true. Fairy tales don't happen nowadays. I won't hope, Anne.
|
|
The disappointment would be too awful to bear. They're sure to
|
|
want more for it than we can afford. Remember, it's on Spofford
|
|
Avenue."
|
|
|
|
"We must find out anyhow," said Anne resolutely. "It's too late
|
|
to call this evening, but we'll come tomorrow. Oh, Pris, if we
|
|
can get this darling spot! I've always felt that my fortunes
|
|
were linked with Patty's Place, ever since I saw it first."
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Chapter X
|
|
|
|
Patty's Place
|
|
|
|
|
|
The next evening found them treading resolutely the herring-bone
|
|
walk through the tiny garden. The April wind was filling the
|
|
pine trees with its roundelay, and the grove was alive with robins
|
|
-- great, plump, saucy fellows, strutting along the paths.
|
|
The girls rang rather timidly, and were admitted by a grim and
|
|
ancient handmaiden. The door opened directly into a large
|
|
living-room, where by a cheery little fire sat two other ladies,
|
|
both of whom were also grim and ancient. Except that one looked
|
|
to be about seventy and the other fifty, there seemed little
|
|
difference between them. Each had amazingly big, light-blue eyes
|
|
behind steel-rimmed spectacles; each wore a cap and a gray shawl;
|
|
each was knitting without haste and without rest; each rocked
|
|
placidly and looked at the girls without speaking; and just
|
|
behind each sat a large white china dog, with round green spots
|
|
all over it, a green nose and green ears. Those dogs captured
|
|
Anne's fancy on the spot; they seemed like the twin guardian
|
|
deities of Patty's Place.
|
|
|
|
For a few minutes nobody spoke. The girls were too nervous to
|
|
find words, and neither the ancient ladies nor the china dogs
|
|
seemed conversationally inclined. Anne glanced about the room.
|
|
What a dear place it was! Another door opened out of it directly
|
|
into the pine grove and the robins came boldly up on the very step.
|
|
The floor was spotted with round, braided mats, such as Marilla
|
|
made at Green Gables, but which were considered out of date
|
|
everywhere else, even in Avonlea. And yet here they were on
|
|
Spofford Avenue! A big, polished grandfather's clock ticked
|
|
loudly and solemnly in a corner. There were delightful little
|
|
cupboards over the mantelpiece, behind whose glass doors gleamed
|
|
quaint bits of china. The walls were hung with old prints and
|
|
silhouettes. In one corner the stairs went up, and at the first
|
|
low turn was a long window with an inviting seat. It was all
|
|
just as Anne had known it must be.
|
|
|
|
By this time the silence had grown too dreadful, and Priscilla
|
|
nudged Anne to intimate that she must speak.
|
|
|
|
"We -- we -- saw by your sign that this house is to let," said Anne
|
|
faintly, addressing the older lady, who was evidently Miss Patty Spofford.
|
|
|
|
"Oh, yes," said Miss Patty. "I intended to take that sign down today."
|
|
|
|
"Then -- then we are too late," said Anne sorrowfully. "You've let it
|
|
to some one else?"
|
|
|
|
"No, but we have decided not to let it at all."
|
|
|
|
"Oh, I'm so sorry," exclaimed Anne impulsively. "I love this place so.
|
|
I did hope we could have got it."
|
|
|
|
Then did Miss Patty lay down her knitting, take off her specs,
|
|
rub them, put them on again, and for the first time look at Anne
|
|
as at a human being. The other lady followed her example so
|
|
perfectly that she might as well have been a reflection in a mirror.
|
|
|
|
"You LOVE it," said Miss Patty with emphasis. "Does that mean
|
|
that you really LOVE it? Or that you merely like the looks of it?
|
|
The girls nowadays indulge in such exaggerated statements that one
|
|
never can tell what they DO mean. It wasn't so in my young days.
|
|
THEN a girl did not say she LOVED turnips, in just the same tone
|
|
as she might have said she loved her mother or her Savior."
|
|
|
|
Anne's conscience bore her up.
|
|
|
|
"I really do love it," she said gently. "I've loved it ever since
|
|
I saw it last fall. My two college chums and I want to keep house
|
|
next year instead of boarding, so we are looking for a little place
|
|
to rent; and when I saw that this house was to let I was so happy."
|
|
|
|
"If you love it, you can have it," said Miss Patty. "Maria and I
|
|
decided today that we would not let it after all, because we did
|
|
not like any of the people who have wanted it. We don't HAVE to
|
|
let it. We can afford to go to Europe even if we don't let it.
|
|
It would help us out, but not for gold will I let my home pass
|
|
into the possession of such people as have come here and looked
|
|
at it. YOU are different. I believe you do love it and will be
|
|
good to it. You can have it."
|
|
|
|
"If -- if we can afford to pay what you ask for it," hesitated Anne.
|
|
|
|
Miss Patty named the amount required. Anne and Priscilla looked
|
|
at each other. Priscilla shook her head.
|
|
|
|
"I'm afraid we can't afford quite so much," said Anne, choking
|
|
back her disappointment. "You see, we are only college girls
|
|
and we are poor."
|
|
|
|
"What were you thinking you could afford?" demanded Miss Patty,
|
|
ceasing not to knit.
|
|
|
|
Anne named her amount. Miss Patty nodded gravely.
|
|
|
|
"That will do. As I told you, it is not strictly necessary that
|
|
we should let it at all. We are not rich, but we have enough to
|
|
go to Europe on. I have never been in Europe in my life, and never
|
|
expected or wanted to go. But my niece there, Maria Spofford, has
|
|
taken a fancy to go. Now, you know a young person like Maria can't
|
|
go globetrotting alone."
|
|
|
|
"No -- I -- I suppose not," murmured Anne, seeing that Miss Patty
|
|
was quite solemnly in earnest.
|
|
|
|
"Of course not. So I have to go along to look after her. I expect to
|
|
enjoy it, too; I'm seventy years old, but I'm not tired of living yet.
|
|
I daresay I'd have gone to Europe before if the idea had occurred to me.
|
|
We shall be away for two years, perhaps three. We sail in June and we
|
|
shall send you the key, and leave all in order for you to take
|
|
possession when you choose. We shall pack away a few things we
|
|
prize especially, but all the rest will be left."
|
|
|
|
"Will you leave the china dogs?" asked Anne timidly.
|
|
|
|
"Would you like me to?"
|
|
|
|
"Oh, indeed, yes. They are delightful."
|
|
|
|
A pleased expression came into Miss Patty's face.
|
|
|
|
"I think a great deal of those dogs," she said proudly. "They are
|
|
over a hundred years old, and they have sat on either side of this
|
|
fireplace ever since my brother Aaron brought them from London
|
|
fifty years ago. Spofford Avenue was called after my brother Aaron."
|
|
|
|
"A fine man he was," said Miss Maria, speaking for the first time.
|
|
"Ah, you don't see the like of him nowadays."
|
|
|
|
"He was a good uncle to you, Maria," said Miss Patty, with evident emotion.
|
|
"You do well to remember him."
|
|
|
|
"I shall always remember him," said Miss Maria solemnly. "I can see him,
|
|
this minute, standing there before that fire, with his hands under his
|
|
coat-tails, beaming on us."
|
|
|
|
Miss Maria took out her handkerchief and wiped her eyes; but Miss Patty
|
|
came resolutely back from the regions of sentiment to those of business.
|
|
|
|
"I shall leave the dogs where they are, if you will promise to be
|
|
very careful of them," she said. "Their names are Gog and Magog.
|
|
Gog looks to the right and Magog to the left. And there's just
|
|
one thing more. You don't object, I hope, to this house being
|
|
called Patty's Place?"
|
|
|
|
"No, indeed. We think that is one of the nicest things about it."
|
|
|
|
"You have sense, I see," said Miss Patty in a tone of great satisfaction.
|
|
"Would you believe it? All the people who came here to rent the house
|
|
wanted to know if they couldn't take the name off the gate during their
|
|
occupation of it. I told them roundly that the name went with the house.
|
|
This has been Patty's Place ever since my brother Aaron left it to me in
|
|
his will, and Patty's Place it shall remain until I die and Maria dies.
|
|
After that happens the next possessor can call it any fool name he likes,"
|
|
concluded Miss Patty, much as she might have said, "After that -- the deluge."
|
|
"And now, wouldn't you like to go over the house and see it all before we
|
|
consider the bargain made?"
|
|
|
|
Further exploration still further delighted the girls. Besides the
|
|
big living-room, there was a kitchen and a small bedroom downstairs.
|
|
Upstairs were three rooms, one large and two small. Anne took an
|
|
especial fancy to one of the small ones, looking out into the big pines,
|
|
and hoped it would be hers. It was papered in pale blue and had a
|
|
little, old-timey toilet table with sconces for candles. There was
|
|
a diamond-paned window with a seat under the blue muslin frills that
|
|
would be a satisfying spot for studying or dreaming.
|
|
|
|
"It's all so delicious that I know we are going to wake up and find
|
|
it a fleeting vision of the night," said Priscilla as they went away.
|
|
|
|
"Miss Patty and Miss Maria are hardly such stuff as dreams are
|
|
made of," laughed Anne. "Can you fancy them `globe-trotting' --
|
|
especially in those shawls and caps?"
|
|
|
|
"I suppose they'll take them off when they really begin to trot,"
|
|
said Priscilla, "but I know they'll take their knitting with
|
|
them everywhere. They simply couldn't be parted from it.
|
|
They will walk about Westminster Abbey and knit, I feel sure.
|
|
Meanwhile, Anne, we shall be living in Patty's Place -- and on
|
|
Spofford Avenue. I feel like a millionairess even now."
|
|
|
|
"I feel like one of the morning stars that sang for joy," said Anne.
|
|
|
|
Phil Gordon crept into Thirty-eight, St. John's, that night and
|
|
flung herself on Anne's bed.
|
|
|
|
"Girls, dear, I'm tired to death. I feel like the man without a country --
|
|
or was it without a shadow? I forget which. Anyway, I've been packing up."
|
|
|
|
"And I suppose you are worn out because you couldn't decide which
|
|
things to pack first, or where to put them," laughed Priscilla.
|
|
|
|
"E-zackly. And when I had got everything jammed in somehow, and
|
|
my landlady and her maid had both sat on it while I locked it, I
|
|
discovered I had packed a whole lot of things I wanted for
|
|
Convocation at the very bottom. I had to unlock the old thing
|
|
and poke and dive into it for an hour before I fished out what I
|
|
wanted. I would get hold of something that felt like what I was
|
|
looking for, and I'd yank it up, and it would be something else.
|
|
No, Anne, I did NOT swear."
|
|
|
|
"I didn't say you did."
|
|
|
|
"Well, you looked it. But I admit my thoughts verged on the profane.
|
|
And I have such a cold in the head -- I can do nothing but sniffle,
|
|
sigh and sneeze. Isn't that alliterative agony for you? Queen Anne,
|
|
do say something to cheer me up."
|
|
|
|
"Remember that next Thursday night, you'll be back in the land of
|
|
Alec and Alonzo," suggested Anne.
|
|
|
|
Phil shook her head dolefully.
|
|
|
|
"More alliteration. No, I don't want Alec and Alonzo when I have
|
|
a cold in the head. But what has happened you two? Now that I look
|
|
at you closely you seem all lighted up with an internal iridescence.
|
|
Why, you're actually SHINING! What's up?"
|
|
|
|
"We are going to live in Patty's Place next winter," said Anne triumphantly.
|
|
"Live, mark you, not board! We've rented it, and Stella Maynard is coming,
|
|
and her aunt is going to keep house for us."
|
|
|
|
Phil bounced up, wiped her nose, and fell on her knees before Anne.
|
|
|
|
"Girls -- girls -- let me come, too. Oh, I'll be so good. If
|
|
there's no room for me I'll sleep in the little doghouse in the
|
|
orchard -- I've seen it. Only let me come."
|
|
|
|
"Get up, you goose."
|
|
|
|
"I won't stir off my marrow bones till you tell me I can live
|
|
with you next winter."
|
|
|
|
Anne and Priscilla looked at each other. Then Anne said slowly,
|
|
"Phil dear, we'd love to have you. But we may as well speak plainly.
|
|
I'm poor -- Pris is poor -- Stella Maynard is poor -- our housekeeping
|
|
will have to be very simple and our table plain. You'd have to live as
|
|
we would. Now, you are rich and your boardinghouse fare attests the fact."
|
|
|
|
"Oh, what do I care for that?" demanded Phil tragically.
|
|
"Better a dinner of herbs where your chums are than a stalled ox
|
|
in a lonely boardinghouse. Don't think I'm ALL stomach, girls.
|
|
I'll be willing to live on bread and water -- with just a LEETLE
|
|
jam -- if you'll let me come."
|
|
|
|
"And then," continued Anne, "there will be a good deal of work to be done.
|
|
Stella's aunt can't do it all. We all expect to have our chores to do.
|
|
Now, you -- "
|
|
|
|
"Toil not, neither do I spin," finished Philippa. "But I'll learn
|
|
to do things. You'll only have to show me once. I CAN make my
|
|
own bed to begin with. And remember that, though I can't cook,
|
|
I CAN keep my temper. That's something. And I NEVER growl about
|
|
the weather. That's more. Oh, please, please! I never wanted
|
|
anything so much in my life -- and this floor is awfully hard."
|
|
|
|
"There's just one more thing," said Priscilla resolutely.
|
|
"You, Phil, as all Redmond knows, entertain callers almost every
|
|
evening. Now, at Patty's Place we can't do that. We have decided
|
|
that we shall be at home to our friends on Friday evenings only.
|
|
If you come with us you'll have to abide by that rule."
|
|
|
|
"Well, you don't think I'll mind that, do you? Why, I'm glad of it.
|
|
I knew I should have had some such rule myself, but I hadn't
|
|
enough decision to make it or stick to it. When I can shuffle
|
|
off the responsibility on you it will be a real relief. If you
|
|
won't let me cast in my lot with you I'll die of the disappointment
|
|
and then I'll come back and haunt you. I'll camp on the very doorstep
|
|
of Patty's Place and you won't be able to go out or come in without
|
|
falling over my spook."
|
|
|
|
Again Anne and Priscilla exchanged eloquent looks.
|
|
|
|
"Well," said Anne, "of course we can't promise to take you until
|
|
we've consulted with Stella; but I don't think she'll object,
|
|
and, as far as we are concerned, you may come and glad welcome."
|
|
|
|
"If you get tired of our simple life you can leave us, and no
|
|
questions asked," added Priscilla.
|
|
|
|
Phil sprang up, hugged them both jubilantly, and went on her way
|
|
rejoicing.
|
|
|
|
"I hope things will go right," said Priscilla soberly.
|
|
|
|
"We must MAKE them go right," avowed Anne. "I think Phil will
|
|
fit into our 'appy little 'ome very well."
|
|
|
|
"Oh, Phil's a dear to rattle round with and be chums. And, of course,
|
|
the more there are of us the easier it will be on our slim purses.
|
|
But how will she be to live with? You have to summer and winter with
|
|
any one before you know if she's LIVABLE or not."
|
|
|
|
"Oh, well, we'll all be put to the test, as far as that goes.
|
|
And we must quit us like sensible folk, living and let live.
|
|
Phil isn't selfish, though she's a little thoughtless, and I
|
|
believe we will all get on beautifully in Patty's Place."
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Chapter XI
|
|
|
|
The Round of Life
|
|
|
|
|
|
Anne was back in Avonlea with the luster of the Thorburn Scholarship
|
|
on her brow. People told her she hadn't changed much, in a tone
|
|
which hinted they were surprised and a little disappointed she hadn't.
|
|
Avonlea had not changed, either. At least, so it seemed at first.
|
|
But as Anne sat in the Green Gables pew, on the first Sunday after
|
|
her return, and looked over the congregation, she saw several little
|
|
changes which, all coming home to her at once, made her realize that
|
|
time did not quite stand still, even in Avonlea. A new minister was in
|
|
the pulpit. In the pews more than one familiar face was missing forever.
|
|
Old "Uncle Abe," his prophesying over and done with, Mrs. Peter Sloane,
|
|
who had sighed, it was to be hoped, for the last time, Timothy Cotton,
|
|
who, as Mrs. Rachel Lynde said "had actually managed to die at last
|
|
after practicing at it for twenty years," and old Josiah Sloane, whom
|
|
nobody knew in his coffin because he had his whiskers neatly trimmed,
|
|
were all sleeping in the little graveyard behind the church. And Billy
|
|
Andrews was married to Nettie Blewett! They "appeared out" that Sunday.
|
|
When Billy, beaming with pride and happiness, showed his be-plumed and
|
|
be-silked bride into the Harmon Andrews' pew, Anne dropped her lids to
|
|
hide her dancing eyes. She recalled the stormy winter night of the
|
|
Christmas holidays when Jane had proposed for Billy. He certainly
|
|
had not broken his heart over his rejection. Anne wondered if Jane
|
|
had also proposed to Nettie for him, or if he had mustered enough
|
|
spunk to ask the fateful question himself. All the Andrews family
|
|
seemed to share in his pride and pleasure, from Mrs. Harmon in the
|
|
pew to Jane in the choir. Jane had resigned from the Avonlea school
|
|
and intended to go West in the fall.
|
|
|
|
"Can't get a beau in Avonlea, that's what," said Mrs. Rachel Lynde
|
|
scornfully. "SAYS she thinks she'll have better health out West.
|
|
I never heard her health was poor before."
|
|
|
|
"Jane is a nice girl," Anne had said loyally. "She never tried
|
|
to attract attention, as some did."
|
|
|
|
"Oh, she never chased the boys, if that's what you mean," said
|
|
Mrs. Rachel. "But she'd like to be married, just as much as
|
|
anybody, that's what. What else would take her out West to some
|
|
forsaken place whose only recommendation is that men are plenty
|
|
and women scarce? Don't you tell me!"
|
|
|
|
But it was not at Jane, Anne gazed that day in dismay and surprise.
|
|
It was at Ruby Gillis, who sat beside her in the choir. What had
|
|
happened to Ruby? She was even handsomer than ever; but her blue
|
|
eyes were too bright and lustrous, and the color of her cheeks was
|
|
hectically brilliant; besides, she was very thin; the hands that
|
|
held her hymn-book were almost transparent in their delicacy.
|
|
|
|
"Is Ruby Gillis ill?" Anne asked of Mrs. Lynde, as they went
|
|
home from church.
|
|
|
|
"Ruby Gillis is dying of galloping consumption," said Mrs. Lynde
|
|
bluntly. "Everybody knows it except herself and her FAMILY.
|
|
They won't give in. If you ask THEM, she's perfectly well.
|
|
She hasn't been able to teach since she had that attack of
|
|
congestion in the winter, but she says she's going to teach
|
|
again in the fall, and she's after the White Sands school.
|
|
She'll be in her grave, poor girl, when White Sands school opens,
|
|
that's what."
|
|
|
|
Anne listened in shocked silence. Ruby Gillis, her old school-chum,
|
|
dying? Could it be possible? Of late years they had grown apart;
|
|
but the old tie of school-girl intimacy was there, and made itself
|
|
felt sharply in the tug the news gave at Anne's heartstrings.
|
|
Ruby, the brilliant, the merry, the coquettish! It was impossible
|
|
to associate the thought of her with anything like death. She had
|
|
greeted Anne with gay cordiality after church, and urged her to
|
|
come up the next evening.
|
|
|
|
"I'll be away Tuesday and Wednesday evenings," she had whispered
|
|
triumphantly. "There's a concert at Carmody and a party at White
|
|
Sands. Herb Spencer's going to take me. He's my LATEST. Be sure
|
|
to come up tomorrow. I'm dying for a good talk with you. I want
|
|
to hear all about your doings at Redmond."
|
|
|
|
Anne knew that Ruby meant that she wanted to tell Anne all about
|
|
her own recent flirtations, but she promised to go, and Diana
|
|
offered to go with her.
|
|
|
|
"I've been wanting to go to see Ruby for a long while," she told Anne,
|
|
when they left Green Gables the next evening, "but I really couldn't
|
|
go alone. It's so awful to hear Ruby rattling on as she does, and
|
|
pretending there is nothing the matter with her, even when she can
|
|
hardly speak for coughing. She's fighting so hard for her life,
|
|
and yet she hasn't any chance at all, they say."
|
|
|
|
The girls walked silently down the red, twilit road. The robins
|
|
were singing vespers in the high treetops, filling the golden air
|
|
with their jubilant voices. The silver fluting of the frogs came
|
|
from marshes and ponds, over fields where seeds were beginning to
|
|
stir with life and thrill to the sunshine and rain that had
|
|
drifted over them. The air was fragrant with the wild, sweet,
|
|
wholesome smell of young raspberry copses. White mists were
|
|
hovering in the silent hollows and violet stars were shining
|
|
bluely on the brooklands.
|
|
|
|
"What a beautiful sunset," said Diana. "Look, Anne, it's just like
|
|
a land in itself, isn't it? That long, low back of purple cloud
|
|
is the shore, and the clear sky further on is like a golden sea."
|
|
|
|
"If we could sail to it in the moonshine boat Paul wrote of in
|
|
his old composition -- you remember? -- how nice it would be,"
|
|
said Anne, rousing from her reverie. "Do you think we could find
|
|
all our yesterdays there, Diana -- all our old springs and
|
|
blossoms? The beds of flowers that Paul saw there are the roses
|
|
that have bloomed for us in the past?"
|
|
|
|
"Don't!" said Diana. "You make me feel as if we were old women
|
|
with everything in life behind us."
|
|
|
|
"I think I've almost felt as if we were since I heard about poor Ruby,"
|
|
said Anne. "If it is true that she is dying any other sad thing might
|
|
be true, too."
|
|
|
|
"You don't mind calling in at Elisha Wright's for a moment, do you?"
|
|
asked Diana. "Mother asked me to leave this little dish of jelly
|
|
for Aunt Atossa."
|
|
|
|
"Who is Aunt Atossa?"
|
|
|
|
"Oh, haven't you heard? She's Mrs. Samson Coates of Spencervale
|
|
-- Mrs. Elisha Wright's aunt. She's father's aunt, too. Her
|
|
husband died last winter and she was left very poor and lonely,
|
|
so the Wrights took her to live with them. Mother thought we
|
|
ought to take her, but father put his foot down. Live with Aunt
|
|
Atossa he would not."
|
|
|
|
"Is she so terrible?" asked Anne absently.
|
|
|
|
"You'll probably see what she's like before we can get away,"
|
|
said Diana significantly. "Father says she has a face like a
|
|
hatchet -- it cuts the air. But her tongue is sharper still."
|
|
|
|
Late as it was Aunt Atossa was cutting potato sets in the Wright
|
|
kitchen. She wore a faded old wrapper, and her gray hair was
|
|
decidedly untidy. Aunt Atossa did not like being "caught in a
|
|
kilter," so she went out of her way to be disagreeable.
|
|
|
|
"Oh, so you're Anne Shirley?" she said, when Diana introduced Anne.
|
|
"I've heard of you." Her tone implied that she had heard nothing good.
|
|
"Mrs. Andrews was telling me you were home. She said you had improved
|
|
a good deal."
|
|
|
|
There was no doubt Aunt Atossa thought there was plenty of room for
|
|
further improvement. She ceased not from cutting sets with much energy.
|
|
|
|
"Is it any use to ask you to sit down?" she inquired sarcastically.
|
|
"Of course, there's nothing very entertaining here for you. The rest
|
|
are all away."
|
|
|
|
"Mother sent you this little pot of rhubarb jelly," said Diana
|
|
pleasantly. "She made it today and thought you might like some."
|
|
|
|
"Oh, thanks," said Aunt Atossa sourly. "I never fancy your
|
|
mother's jelly -- she always makes it too sweet. However, I'll
|
|
try to worry some down. My appetite's been dreadful poor this
|
|
spring. I'm far from well," continued Aunt Atossa solemnly, "but
|
|
still I keep a-doing. People who can't work aren't wanted here.
|
|
If it isn't too much trouble will you be condescending enough
|
|
to set the jelly in the pantry? I'm in a hurry to get these spuds
|
|
done tonight. I suppose you two LADIES never do anything like this.
|
|
You'd be afraid of spoiling your hands."
|
|
|
|
"I used to cut potato sets before we rented the farm," smiled Anne.
|
|
|
|
"I do it yet," laughed Diana. "I cut sets three days last week.
|
|
Of course," she added teasingly, "I did my hands up in lemon
|
|
juice and kid gloves every night after it."
|
|
|
|
Aunt Atossa sniffed.
|
|
|
|
"I suppose you got that notion out of some of those silly
|
|
magazines you read so many of. I wonder your mother allows you.
|
|
But she always spoiled you. We all thought when George married
|
|
her she wouldn't be a suitable wife for him."
|
|
|
|
Aunt Atossa sighed heavily, as if all forebodings upon the
|
|
occasion of George Barry's marriage had been amply and darkly
|
|
fulfilled.
|
|
|
|
"Going, are you?" she inquired, as the girls rose. "Well, I
|
|
suppose you can't find much amusement talking to an old woman
|
|
like me. It's such a pity the boys ain't home."
|
|
|
|
"We want to run in and see Ruby Gillis a little while," explained Diana.
|
|
|
|
"Oh, anything does for an excuse, of course," said Aunt Atossa, amiably.
|
|
"Just whip in and whip out before you have time to say how-do decently.
|
|
It's college airs, I s'pose. You'd be wiser to keep away from Ruby Gillis.
|
|
The doctors say consumption's catching. I always knew Ruby'd get something,
|
|
gadding off to Boston last fall for a visit. People who ain't content to
|
|
stay home always catch something."
|
|
|
|
"People who don't go visiting catch things, too. Sometimes they even die,"
|
|
said Diana solemnly.
|
|
|
|
"Then they don't have themselves to blame for it," retorted Aunt Atossa
|
|
triumphantly. "I hear you are to be married in June, Diana."
|
|
|
|
"There is no truth in that report," said Diana, blushing.
|
|
|
|
"Well, don't put it off too long," said Aunt Atossa significantly.
|
|
"You'll fade soon -- you're all complexion and hair. And the Wrights
|
|
are terrible fickle. You ought to wear a hat, MISS SHIRLEY. Your nose
|
|
is freckling scandalous. My, but you ARE redheaded! Well, I s'pose
|
|
we're all as the Lord made us! Give Marilla Cuthbert my respects.
|
|
She's never been to see me since I come to Avonlea, but I s'pose I
|
|
oughtn't to complain. The Cuthberts always did think themselves
|
|
a cut higher than any one else round here."
|
|
|
|
"Oh, isn't she dreadful?" gasped Diana, as they escaped down the lane.
|
|
|
|
"She's worse than Miss Eliza Andrews," said Anne. "But then think
|
|
of living all your life with a name like Atossa! Wouldn't it sour
|
|
almost any one? She should have tried to imagine her name was Cordelia.
|
|
It might have helped her a great deal. It certainly helped me in the
|
|
days when I didn't like ANNE."
|
|
|
|
"Josie Pye will be just like her when she grows up," said Diana.
|
|
"Josie's mother and Aunt Atossa are cousins, you know. Oh, dear,
|
|
I'm glad that's over. She's so malicious -- she seems to put a
|
|
bad flavor in everything. Father tells such a funny story about her.
|
|
One time they had a minister in Spencervale who was a very good,
|
|
spiritual man but very deaf. He couldn't hear any ordinary
|
|
conversation at all. Well, they used to have a prayer meeting on
|
|
Sunday evenings, and all the church members present would get up
|
|
and pray in turn, or say a few words on some Bible verse. But
|
|
one evening Aunt Atossa bounced up. She didn't either pray or
|
|
preach. Instead, she lit into everybody else in the church and
|
|
gave them a fearful raking down, calling them right out by name
|
|
and telling them how they all had behaved, and casting up all the
|
|
quarrels and scandals of the past ten years. Finally she wound
|
|
up by saying that she was disgusted with Spencervale church and
|
|
she never meant to darken its door again, and she hoped a fearful
|
|
judgment would come upon it. Then she sat down out of breath,
|
|
and the minister, who hadn't heard a word she said, immediately
|
|
remarked, in a very devout voice, `amen! The Lord grant our dear
|
|
sister's prayer!' You ought to hear father tell the story."
|
|
|
|
"Speaking of stories, Diana," remarked Anne, in a significant,
|
|
confidential tone, "do you know that lately I have been wondering
|
|
if I could write a short story -- a story that would be good
|
|
enough to be published?"
|
|
|
|
"Why, of course you could," said Diana, after she had grasped the
|
|
amazing suggestion. "You used to write perfectly thrilling stories
|
|
years ago in our old Story Club."
|
|
|
|
"Well, I hardly meant one of that kind of stories," smiled Anne.
|
|
"I've been thinking about it a little of late, but I'm almost
|
|
afraid to try, for, if I should fail, it would be too humiliating."
|
|
|
|
"I heard Priscilla say once that all Mrs. Morgan's first stories
|
|
were rejected. But I'm sure yours wouldn't be, Anne, for it's
|
|
likely editors have more sense nowadays."
|
|
|
|
"Margaret Burton, one of the Junior girls at Redmond, wrote a
|
|
story last winter and it was published in the Canadian Woman.
|
|
I really do think I could write one at least as good."
|
|
|
|
"And will you have it published in the Canadian Woman?"
|
|
|
|
"I might try one of the bigger magazines first. It all depends
|
|
on what kind of a story I write."
|
|
|
|
"What is it to be about?"
|
|
|
|
"I don't know yet. I want to get hold of a good plot. I believe
|
|
this is very necessary from an editor's point of view. The only
|
|
thing I've settled on is the heroine's name. It is to be AVERIL
|
|
LESTER. Rather pretty, don't you think? Don't mention this to
|
|
any one, Diana. I haven't told anybody but you and Mr. Harrison.
|
|
HE wasn't very encouraging -- he said there was far too much
|
|
trash written nowadays as it was, and he'd expected something
|
|
better of me, after a year at college."
|
|
|
|
"What does Mr. Harrison know about it?" demanded Diana scornfully.
|
|
|
|
They found the Gillis home gay with lights and callers. Leonard
|
|
Kimball, of Spencervale, and Morgan Bell, of Carmody, were glaring
|
|
at each other across the parlor. Several merry girls had dropped in.
|
|
Ruby was dressed in white and her eyes and cheeks were very brilliant.
|
|
She laughed and chattered incessantly, and after the other girls had
|
|
gone she took Anne upstairs to display her new summer dresses.
|
|
|
|
"I've a blue silk to make up yet, but it's a little heavy for
|
|
summer wear. I think I'll leave it until the fall. I'm going
|
|
to teach in White Sands, you know. How do you like my hat?
|
|
That one you had on in church yesterday was real dinky.
|
|
But I like something brighter for myself. Did you notice
|
|
those two ridiculous boys downstairs? They've both come
|
|
determined to sit each other out. I don't care a single bit
|
|
about either of them, you know. Herb Spencer is the one I like.
|
|
Sometimes I really do think he's MR. RIGHT. At Christmas I
|
|
thought the Spencervale schoolmaster was that. But I found
|
|
out something about him that turned me against him. He nearly
|
|
went insane when I turned him down. I wish those two boys hadn't
|
|
come tonight. I wanted to have a nice good talk with you, Anne,
|
|
and tell you such heaps of things. You and I were always good
|
|
chums, weren't we?"
|
|
|
|
Ruby slipped her arm about Anne's waist with a shallow little laugh.
|
|
But just for a moment their eyes met, and, behind all the luster
|
|
of Ruby's, Anne saw something that made her heart ache.
|
|
|
|
"Come up often, won't you, Anne?" whispered Ruby. "Come alone --
|
|
I want you."
|
|
|
|
"Are you feeling quite well, Ruby?"
|
|
|
|
"Me! Why, I'm perfectly well. I never felt better in my life.
|
|
Of course, that congestion last winter pulled me down a little.
|
|
But just see my color. I don't look much like an invalid, I'm sure."
|
|
|
|
Ruby's voice was almost sharp. She pulled her arm away from Anne,
|
|
as if in resentment, and ran downstairs, where she was gayer than
|
|
ever, apparently so much absorbed in bantering her two swains that
|
|
Diana and Anne felt rather out of it and soon went away.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Chapter XII
|
|
|
|
"Averil's Atonement"
|
|
|
|
|
|
"What are you dreaming of, Anne?"
|
|
|
|
The two girls were loitering one evening in a fairy hollow of the
|
|
brook. Ferns nodded in it, and little grasses were green, and
|
|
wild pears hung finely-scented, white curtains around it.
|
|
|
|
Anne roused herself from her reverie with a happy sigh.
|
|
|
|
"I was thinking out my story, Diana."
|
|
|
|
"Oh, have you really begun it?" cried Diana, all alight with
|
|
eager interest in a moment.
|
|
|
|
"Yes, I have only a few pages written, but I have it all pretty
|
|
well thought out. I've had such a time to get a suitable plot.
|
|
None of the plots that suggested themselves suited a girl named
|
|
AVERIL."
|
|
|
|
"Couldn't you have changed her name?"
|
|
|
|
"No, the thing was impossible. I tried to, but I couldn't do it,
|
|
any more than I could change yours. AVERIL was so real to me
|
|
that no matter what other name I tried to give her I just thought
|
|
of her as AVERIL behind it all. But finally I got a plot that
|
|
matched her. Then came the excitement of choosing names for
|
|
all my characters. You have no idea how fascinating that is.
|
|
I've lain awake for hours thinking over those names. The hero's
|
|
name is PERCEVAL DALRYMPLE."
|
|
|
|
"Have you named ALL the characters?" asked Diana wistfully. "If
|
|
you hadn't I was going to ask you to let me name one -- just some
|
|
unimportant person. I'd feel as if I had a share in the story then."
|
|
|
|
"You may name the little hired boy who lived with the LESTERS,"
|
|
conceded Anne. "He is not very important, but he is the only one
|
|
left unnamed."
|
|
|
|
"Call him RAYMOND FITZOSBORNE," suggested Diana, who had a store
|
|
of such names laid away in her memory, relics of the old "Story
|
|
Club," which she and Anne and Jane Andrews and Ruby Gillis had
|
|
had in their schooldays.
|
|
|
|
Anne shook her head doubtfully.
|
|
|
|
"I'm afraid that is too aristocratic a name for a chore boy,
|
|
Diana. I couldn't imagine a Fitzosborne feeding pigs and picking
|
|
up chips, could you?"
|
|
|
|
Diana didn't see why, if you had an imagination at all, you
|
|
couldn't stretch it to that extent; but probably Anne knew best,
|
|
and the chore boy was finally christened ROBERT RAY, to be called
|
|
BOBBY should occasion require.
|
|
|
|
"How much do you suppose you'll get for it?" asked Diana.
|
|
|
|
But Anne had not thought about this at all. She was in pursuit
|
|
of fame, not filthy lucre, and her literary dreams were as yet
|
|
untainted by mercenary considerations.
|
|
|
|
"You'll let me read it, won't you?" pleaded Diana.
|
|
|
|
"When it is finished I'll read it to you and Mr. Harrison, and I
|
|
shall want you to criticize it SEVERELY. No one else shall see
|
|
it until it is published."
|
|
|
|
"How are you going to end it -- happily or unhappily?"
|
|
|
|
"I'm not sure. I'd like it to end unhappily, because that would
|
|
be so much more romantic. But I understand editors have a prejudice
|
|
against sad endings. I heard Professor Hamilton say once that nobody
|
|
but a genius should try to write an unhappy ending.
|
|
|
|
And," concluded Anne modestly, "I'm anything but a genius."
|
|
|
|
"Oh I like happy endings best. You'd better let him marry her,"
|
|
said Diana, who, especially since her engagement to Fred, thought
|
|
this was how every story should end.
|
|
|
|
"But you like to cry over stories?"
|
|
|
|
"Oh, yes, in the middle of them. But I like everything to come
|
|
right at last."
|
|
|
|
"I must have one pathetic scene in it," said Anne thoughtfully.
|
|
"I might let ROBERT RAY be injured in an accident and have a
|
|
death scene."
|
|
|
|
"No, you mustn't kill BOBBY off," declared Diana, laughing.
|
|
"He belongs to me and I want him to live and flourish. Kill
|
|
somebody else if you have to."
|
|
|
|
For the next fortnight Anne writhed or reveled, according to
|
|
mood, in her literary pursuits. Now she would be jubilant over a
|
|
brilliant idea, now despairing because some contrary character
|
|
would NOT behave properly. Diana could not understand this.
|
|
|
|
"MAKE them do as you want them to," she said.
|
|
|
|
"I can't," mourned Anne. "Averil is such an unmanageable heroine.
|
|
She WILL do and say things I never meant her to. Then that spoils
|
|
everything that went before and I have to write it all over again."
|
|
|
|
Finally, however, the story was finished, and Anne read it to
|
|
Diana in the seclusion of the porch gable. She had achieved her
|
|
"pathetic scene" without sacrificing ROBERT RAY, and she kept a
|
|
watchful eye on Diana as she read it. Diana rose to the occasion
|
|
and cried properly; but, when the end came, she looked a little
|
|
disappointed.
|
|
|
|
"Why did you kill MAURICE LENNOX?" she asked reproachfully.
|
|
|
|
"He was the villain," protested Anne. "He had to be punished."
|
|
|
|
"I like him best of them all," said unreasonable Diana.
|
|
|
|
"Well, he's dead, and he'll have to stay dead," said Anne,
|
|
rather resentfully. "If I had let him live he'd have gone
|
|
on persecuting AVERIL and PERCEVAL."
|
|
|
|
"Yes -- unless you had reformed him."
|
|
|
|
"That wouldn't have been romantic, and, besides, it would have
|
|
made the story too long."
|
|
|
|
"Well, anyway, it's a perfectly elegant story, Anne, and will
|
|
make you famous, of that I'm sure. Have you got a title for it?"
|
|
|
|
"Oh, I decided on the title long ago. I call it AVERIL'S
|
|
ATONEMENT. Doesn't that sound nice and alliterative? Now,
|
|
Diana, tell me candidly, do you see any faults in my story?"
|
|
|
|
"Well," hesitated Diana, "that part where AVERIL makes the cake
|
|
doesn't seem to me quite romantic enough to match the rest. It's
|
|
just what anybody might do. Heroines shouldn't do cooking, _I_ think."
|
|
|
|
"Why, that is where the humor comes in, and it's one of the best
|
|
parts of the whole story," said Anne. And it may be stated that
|
|
in this she was quite right.
|
|
|
|
Diana prudently refrained from any further criticism, but
|
|
Mr. Harrison was much harder to please. First he told her
|
|
there was entirely too much description in the story.
|
|
|
|
"Cut out all those flowery passages," he said unfeelingly.
|
|
|
|
Anne had an uncomfortable conviction that Mr. Harrison was right,
|
|
and she forced herself to expunge most of her beloved descriptions,
|
|
though it took three re-writings before the story could be pruned
|
|
down to please the fastidious Mr. Harrison.
|
|
|
|
"I've left out ALL the descriptions but the sunset," she said at last.
|
|
"I simply COULDN'T let it go. It was the best of them all."
|
|
|
|
"It hasn't anything to do with the story," said Mr. Harrison,
|
|
"and you shouldn't have laid the scene among rich city people.
|
|
What do you know of them? Why didn't you lay it right here in
|
|
Avonlea -- changing the name, of course, or else Mrs. Rachel
|
|
Lynde would probably think she was the heroine."
|
|
|
|
"Oh, that would never have done," protested Anne. "Avonlea is
|
|
the dearest place in the world, but it isn't quite romantic
|
|
enough for the scene of a story."
|
|
|
|
"I daresay there's been many a romance in Avonlea -- and many a
|
|
tragedy, too," said Mr. Harrison drily. "But your folks ain't
|
|
like real folks anywhere. They talk too much and use too
|
|
high-flown language. There's one place where that DALRYMPLE chap
|
|
talks even on for two pages, and never lets the girl get a word in
|
|
edgewise. If he'd done that in real life she'd have pitched him."
|
|
|
|
"I don't believe it," said Anne flatly. In her secret soul she
|
|
thought that the beautiful, poetical things said to AVERIL would
|
|
win any girl's heart completely. Besides, it was gruesome to hear
|
|
of AVERIL, the stately, queen-like AVERIL, "pitching" any one.
|
|
AVERIL "declined her suitors."
|
|
|
|
"Anyhow," resumed the merciless Mr. Harrison, "I don't see why
|
|
MAURICE LENNOX didn't get her. He was twice the man the other is.
|
|
He did bad things, but he did them. Perceval hadn't time for
|
|
anything but mooning."
|
|
|
|
"Mooning." That was even worse than "pitching!"
|
|
|
|
"MAURICE LENNOX was the villain," said Anne indignantly.
|
|
"I don't see why every one likes him better than PERCEVAL."
|
|
|
|
"Perceval is too good. He's aggravating. Next time you write
|
|
about a hero put a little spice of human nature in him."
|
|
|
|
"AVERIL couldn't have married MAURICE. He was bad."
|
|
|
|
"She'd have reformed him. You can reform a man; you can't reform
|
|
a jelly-fish, of course. Your story isn't bad -- it's kind of
|
|
interesting, I'll admit. But you're too young to write a story
|
|
that would be worth while. Wait ten years."
|
|
|
|
Anne made up her mind that the next time she wrote a story she
|
|
wouldn't ask anybody to criticize it. It was too discouraging.
|
|
She would not read the story to Gilbert, although she told him
|
|
about it.
|
|
|
|
"If it is a success you'll see it when it is published, Gilbert,
|
|
but if it is a failure nobody shall ever see it."
|
|
|
|
Marilla knew nothing about the venture. In imagination Anne saw
|
|
herself reading a story out of a magazine to Marilla, entrapping
|
|
her into praise of it -- for in imagination all things are
|
|
possible -- and then triumphantly announcing herself the author.
|
|
|
|
One day Anne took to the Post Office a long, bulky envelope,
|
|
addressed, with the delightful confidence of youth and
|
|
inexperience, to the very biggest of the "big" magazines.
|
|
Diana was as excited over it as Anne herself.
|
|
|
|
"How long do you suppose it will be before you hear from it?"
|
|
she asked.
|
|
|
|
"It shouldn't be longer than a fortnight. Oh, how happy and
|
|
proud I shall be if it is accepted!"
|
|
|
|
"Of course it will be accepted, and they will likely ask you to
|
|
send them more. You may be as famous as Mrs. Morgan some day,
|
|
Anne, and then how proud I'll be of knowing you," said Diana, who
|
|
possessed, at least, the striking merit of an unselfish
|
|
admiration of the gifts and graces of her friends.
|
|
|
|
A week of delightful dreaming followed, and then came a bitter awakening.
|
|
One evening Diana found Anne in the porch gable, with suspicious-looking
|
|
eyes. On the table lay a long envelope and a crumpled manuscript.
|
|
|
|
"Anne, your story hasn't come back?" cried Diana incredulously.
|
|
|
|
"Yes, it has," said Anne shortly.
|
|
|
|
"Well, that editor must be crazy. What reason did he give?"
|
|
|
|
"No reason at all. There is just a printed slip saying that it
|
|
wasn't found acceptable."
|
|
|
|
"I never thought much of that magazine, anyway," said Diana hotly.
|
|
"The stories in it are not half as interesting as those in the
|
|
Canadian Woman, although it costs so much more. I suppose
|
|
the editor is prejudiced against any one who isn't a Yankee.
|
|
Don't be discouraged, Anne. Remember how Mrs. Morgan's stories
|
|
came back. Send yours to the Canadian Woman."
|
|
|
|
"I believe I will," said Anne, plucking up heart. "And if it is
|
|
published I'll send that American editor a marked copy. But I'll
|
|
cut the sunset out. I believe Mr. Harrison was right."
|
|
|
|
Out came the sunset; but in spite of this heroic mutilation the
|
|
editor of the Canadian Woman sent Averil's Atonement back so
|
|
promptly that the indignant Diana declared that it couldn't have
|
|
been read at all, and vowed she was going to stop her subscription
|
|
immediately. Anne took this second rejection with the calmness of
|
|
despair. She locked the story away in the garret trunk where the
|
|
old Story Club tales reposed; but first she yielded to Diana's
|
|
entreaties and gave her a copy.
|
|
|
|
"This is the end of my literary ambitions," she said bitterly.
|
|
|
|
She never mentioned the matter to Mr. Harrison, but one evening
|
|
he asked her bluntly if her story had been accepted.
|
|
|
|
"No, the editor wouldn't take it," she answered briefly.
|
|
|
|
Mr. Harrison looked sidewise at the flushed, delicate profile.
|
|
|
|
"Well, I suppose you'll keep on writing them," he said encouragingly.
|
|
|
|
"No, I shall never try to write a story again," declared Anne, with
|
|
the hopeless finality of nineteen when a door is shut in its face.
|
|
|
|
"I wouldn't give up altogether," said Mr. Harrison reflectively. "I'd
|
|
write a story once in a while, but I wouldn't pester editors with it.
|
|
I'd write of people and places like I knew, and I'd make my characters
|
|
talk everyday English; and I'd let the sun rise and set in the usual
|
|
quiet way without much fuss over the fact. If I had to have villains
|
|
at all, I'd give them a chance, Anne -- I'd give them a chance.
|
|
There are some terrible bad men in the world, I suppose, but you'd
|
|
have to go a long piece to find them -- though Mrs. Lynde believes we're
|
|
all bad. But most of us have got a little decency somewhere in us.
|
|
Keep on writing, Anne."
|
|
|
|
"No. It was very foolish of me to attempt it. When I'm through
|
|
Redmond I'll stick to teaching. I can teach. I can't write stories."
|
|
|
|
"It'll be time for you to be getting a husband when you're
|
|
through Redmond," said Mr. Harrison. "I don't believe in
|
|
putting marrying off too long -- like I did."
|
|
|
|
Anne got up and marched home. There were times when Mr. Harrison
|
|
was really intolerable. "Pitching," "mooning," and "getting a
|
|
husband." Ow!!
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Chapter XIII
|
|
|
|
The Way of Transgressors
|
|
|
|
|
|
Davy and Dora were ready for Sunday School. They were going alone,
|
|
which did not often happen, for Mrs. Lynde always attended Sunday School.
|
|
But Mrs. Lynde had twisted her ankle and was lame, so she was staying
|
|
home this morning. The twins were also to represent the family at church,
|
|
for Anne had gone away the evening before to spend Sunday with friends
|
|
in Carmody, and Marilla had one of her headaches.
|
|
|
|
Davy came downstairs slowly. Dora was waiting in the hall for him, having
|
|
been made ready by Mrs. Lynde. Davy had attended to his own preparations.
|
|
He had a cent in his pocket for the Sunday School collection, and a five-cent
|
|
piece for the church collection; he carried his Bible in one hand and his
|
|
Sunday School quarterly in the other; he knew his lesson and his Golden Text
|
|
and his catechism question perfectly. Had he not studied them -- perforce
|
|
-- in Mrs. Lynde's kitchen, all last Sunday afternoon? Davy, therefore,
|
|
should have been in a placid frame of mind. As a matter of fact, despite
|
|
text and catechism, he was inwardly as a ravening wolf.
|
|
|
|
Mrs. Lynde limped out of her kitchen as he joined Dora.
|
|
|
|
"Are you clean?" she demanded severely.
|
|
|
|
"Yes -- all of me that shows," Davy answered with a defiant scowl.
|
|
|
|
Mrs. Rachel sighed. She had her suspicions about Davy's neck
|
|
and ears. But she knew that if she attempted to make a personal
|
|
examination Davy would likely take to his heels and she could not
|
|
pursue him today.
|
|
|
|
"Well, be sure you behave yourselves," she warned them. "Don't walk
|
|
in the dust. Don't stop in the porch to talk to the other children.
|
|
Don't squirm or wriggle in your places. Don't forget the Golden Text.
|
|
Don't lose your collection or forget to put it in. Don't whisper at
|
|
prayer time, and don't forget to pay attention to the sermon."
|
|
|
|
Davy deigned no response. He marched away down the lane,
|
|
followed by the meek Dora. But his soul seethed within.
|
|
Davy had suffered, or thought he had suffered, many things at the
|
|
hands and tongue of Mrs. Rachel Lynde since she had come to Green
|
|
Gables, for Mrs. Lynde could not live with anybody, whether they
|
|
were nine or ninety, without trying to bring them up properly.
|
|
And it was only the preceding afternoon that she had interfered
|
|
to influence Marilla against allowing Davy to go fishing with the
|
|
Timothy Cottons. Davy was still boiling over this.
|
|
|
|
As soon as he was out of the lane Davy stopped and twisted his
|
|
countenance into such an unearthly and terrific contortion that Dora,
|
|
although she knew his gifts in that respect, was honestly alarmed lest
|
|
he should never in the world be able to get it straightened out again.
|
|
|
|
"Darn her," exploded Davy.
|
|
|
|
"Oh, Davy, don't swear," gasped Dora in dismay.
|
|
|
|
"`Darn' isn't swearing -- not real swearing. And I don't care
|
|
if it is," retorted Davy recklessly.
|
|
|
|
"Well, if you MUST say dreadful words don't say them on Sunday," pleaded Dora.
|
|
|
|
Davy was as yet far from repentance, but in his secret soul he felt that,
|
|
perhaps, he had gone a little too far.
|
|
|
|
"I'm going to invent a swear word of my own," he declared.
|
|
|
|
"God will punish you if you do," said Dora solemnly.
|
|
|
|
"Then I think God is a mean old scamp," retorted Davy. "Doesn't
|
|
He know a fellow must have some way of 'spressing his feelings?"
|
|
|
|
"Davy!!!" said Dora. She expected that Davy would be struck down
|
|
dead on the spot. But nothing happened.
|
|
|
|
"Anyway, I ain't going to stand any more of Mrs. Lynde's bossing,"
|
|
spluttered Davy. "Anne and Marilla may have the right to boss me,
|
|
but SHE hasn't. I'm going to do every single thing she told me not to do.
|
|
You watch me."
|
|
|
|
In grim, deliberate silence, while Dora watched him with the
|
|
fascination of horror, Davy stepped off the green grass of the
|
|
roadside, ankle deep into the fine dust which four weeks of
|
|
rainless weather had made on the road, and marched along in it,
|
|
shuffling his feet viciously until he was enveloped in a hazy cloud.
|
|
|
|
"That's the beginning," he announced triumphantly." And I'm
|
|
going to stop in the porch and talk as long as there's anybody
|
|
there to talk to. I'm going to squirm and wriggle and whisper,
|
|
and I'm going to say I don't know the Golden Text. And I'm going
|
|
to throw away both of my collections RIGHT NOW."
|
|
|
|
And Davy hurled cent and nickel over Mr. Barry's fence with
|
|
fierce delight.
|
|
|
|
"Satan made you do that," said Dora reproachfully.
|
|
|
|
"He didn't," cried Davy indignantly. "I just thought it out for myself.
|
|
And I've thought of something else. I'm not going to Sunday School or
|
|
church at all. I'm going up to play with the Cottons. They told me
|
|
yesterday they weren't going to Sunday School today, 'cause their mother
|
|
was away and there was nobody to make them. Come along, Dora, we'll have
|
|
a great time."
|
|
|
|
"I don't want to go," protested Dora.
|
|
|
|
"You've got to," said Davy. "If you don't come I'll tell Marilla
|
|
that Frank Bell kissed you in school last Monday."
|
|
|
|
"I couldn't help it. I didn't know he was going to," cried Dora,
|
|
blushing scarlet.
|
|
|
|
"Well, you didn't slap him or seem a bit cross," retorted Davy.
|
|
"I'll tell her THAT, too, if you don't come. We'll take the
|
|
short cut up this field."
|
|
|
|
"I'm afraid of those cows," protested poor Dora, seeing a
|
|
prospect of escape.
|
|
|
|
"The very idea of your being scared of those cows," scoffed Davy.
|
|
"Why, they're both younger than you."
|
|
|
|
"They're bigger," said Dora.
|
|
|
|
"They won't hurt you. Come along, now. This is great. When I
|
|
grow up I ain't going to bother going to church at all. I
|
|
believe I can get to heaven by myself."
|
|
|
|
"You'll go to the other place if you break the Sabbath day,"
|
|
said unhappy Dora, following him sorely against her will.
|
|
|
|
But Davy was not scared -- yet. Hell was very far off, and the
|
|
delights of a fishing expedition with the Cottons were very near.
|
|
He wished Dora had more spunk. She kept looking back as if she
|
|
were going to cry every minute, and that spoiled a fellow's fun.
|
|
Hang girls, anyway. Davy did not say "darn" this time, even in thought.
|
|
He was not sorry -- yet -- that he had said it once, but it might be
|
|
as well not to tempt the Unknown Powers too far on one day.
|
|
|
|
The small Cottons were playing in their back yard, and hailed
|
|
Davy's appearance with whoops of delight. Pete, Tommy, Adolphus,
|
|
and Mirabel Cotton were all alone. Their mother and older
|
|
sisters were away. Dora was thankful Mirabel was there, at least.
|
|
She had been afraid she would be alone in a crowd of boys. Mirabel
|
|
was almost as bad as a boy -- she was so noisy and sunburned and reckless.
|
|
But at least she wore dresses.
|
|
|
|
"We've come to go fishing," announced Davy.
|
|
|
|
"Whoop," yelled the Cottons. They rushed away to dig worms at once,
|
|
Mirabel leading the van with a tin can. Dora could have sat down
|
|
and cried. Oh, if only that hateful Frank Bell had never kissed her!
|
|
Then she could have defied Davy, and gone to her beloved Sunday School.
|
|
|
|
They dared not, of course, go fishing on the pond, where they
|
|
would be seen by people going to church. They had to resort to
|
|
the brook in the woods behind the Cotton house. But it was full
|
|
of trout, and they had a glorious time that morning -- at least
|
|
the Cottons certainly had, and Davy seemed to have it. Not being
|
|
entirely bereft of prudence, he had discarded boots and stockings
|
|
and borrowed Tommy Cotton's overalls. Thus accoutered, bog and
|
|
marsh and undergrowth had no terrors for him. Dora was frankly
|
|
and manifestly miserable. She followed the others in their
|
|
peregrinations from pool to pool, clasping her Bible and
|
|
quarterly tightly and thinking with bitterness of soul of her
|
|
beloved class where she should be sitting that very moment,
|
|
before a teacher she adored. Instead, here she was roaming the
|
|
woods with those half-wild Cottons, trying to keep her boots clean
|
|
and her pretty white dress free from rents and stains. Mirabel
|
|
had offered the loan of an apron but Dora had scornfully refused.
|
|
|
|
The trout bit as they always do on Sundays. In an hour the
|
|
transgressors had all the fish they wanted, so they returned to
|
|
the house, much to Dora's relief. She sat primly on a hencoop in
|
|
the yard while the others played an uproarious game of tag; and
|
|
then they all climbed to the top of the pig-house roof and cut
|
|
their initials on the saddleboard. The flat-roofed henhouse and
|
|
a pile of straw beneath gave Davy another inspiration. They
|
|
spent a splendid half hour climbing on the roof and diving off
|
|
into the straw with whoops and yells.
|
|
|
|
But even unlawful pleasures must come to an end. When the rumble
|
|
of wheels over the pond bridge told that people were going home
|
|
from church Davy knew they must go. He discarded Tommy's overalls,
|
|
resumed his own rightful attire, and turned away from his string
|
|
of trout with a sigh. No use to think of taking them home.
|
|
|
|
"Well, hadn't we a splendid time?" he demanded defiantly, as they
|
|
went down the hill field.
|
|
|
|
"I hadn't," said Dora flatly. "And I don't believe you had --
|
|
really -- either," she added, with a flash of insight that was
|
|
not to be expected of her.
|
|
|
|
"I had so," cried Davy, but in the voice of one who doth protest too much.
|
|
"No wonder you hadn't -- just sitting there like a -- like a mule."
|
|
|
|
"I ain't going to, 'sociate with the Cottons," said Dora loftily.
|
|
|
|
"The Cottons are all right," retorted Davy. "And they have far better
|
|
times than we have. They do just as they please and say just what they
|
|
like before everybody. _I_'m going to do that, too, after this."
|
|
|
|
"There are lots of things you wouldn't dare say before everybody,"
|
|
averred Dora.
|
|
|
|
"No, there isn't."
|
|
|
|
"There is, too. Would you," demanded Dora gravely, "would you
|
|
say `tomcat' before the minister?"
|
|
|
|
This was a staggerer. Davy was not prepared for such a concrete
|
|
example of the freedom of speech. But one did not have to be
|
|
consistent with Dora.
|
|
|
|
"Of course not," he admitted sulkily.
|
|
|
|
"`Tomcat' isn't a holy word. I wouldn't mention such an animal
|
|
before a minister at all."
|
|
|
|
"But if you had to?" persisted Dora.
|
|
|
|
"I'd call it a Thomas pussy," said Davy.
|
|
|
|
"_I_ think `gentleman cat' would be more polite," reflected Dora.
|
|
|
|
"YOU thinking!" retorted Davy with withering scorn.
|
|
|
|
Davy was not feeling comfortable, though he would have died
|
|
before he admitted it to Dora. Now that the exhilaration of
|
|
truant delights had died away, his conscience was beginning to
|
|
give him salutary twinges. After all, perhaps it would have been
|
|
better to have gone to Sunday School and church. Mrs. Lynde
|
|
might be bossy; but there was always a box of cookies in her
|
|
kitchen cupboard and she was not stingy. At this inconvenient
|
|
moment Davy remembered that when he had torn his new school pants
|
|
the week before, Mrs. Lynde had mended them beautifully and
|
|
never said a word to Marilla about them.
|
|
|
|
But Davy's cup of iniquity was not yet full. He was to discover
|
|
that one sin demands another to cover it. They had dinner with
|
|
Mrs. Lynde that day, and the first thing she asked Davy was,
|
|
|
|
"Were all your class in Sunday School today?"
|
|
|
|
"Yes'm," said Davy with a gulp. "All were there -- 'cept one."
|
|
|
|
"Did you say your Golden Text and catechism?"
|
|
|
|
"Yes'm."
|
|
|
|
"Did you put your collection in?"
|
|
|
|
"Yes'm."
|
|
|
|
"Was Mrs. Malcolm MacPherson in church?"
|
|
|
|
"I don't know." This, at least, was the truth, thought wretched Davy.
|
|
|
|
"Was the Ladies' Aid announced for next week?"
|
|
|
|
"Yes'm" -- quakingly.
|
|
|
|
"Was prayer-meeting?"
|
|
|
|
"I -- I don't know."
|
|
|
|
"YOU should know. You should listen more attentively to the announcements.
|
|
What was Mr. Harvey's text?"
|
|
|
|
Davy took a frantic gulp of water and swallowed it and the last
|
|
protest of conscience together. He glibly recited an old Golden
|
|
Text learned several weeks ago. Fortunately Mrs. Lynde now
|
|
stopped questioning him; but Davy did not enjoy his dinner.
|
|
|
|
He could only eat one helping of pudding.
|
|
|
|
"What's the matter with you?" demanded justly astonished Mrs. Lynde.
|
|
"Are you sick?"
|
|
|
|
"No," muttered Davy.
|
|
|
|
"You look pale. You'd better keep out of the sun this afternoon,"
|
|
admonished Mrs. Lynde.
|
|
|
|
"Do you know how many lies you told Mrs. Lynde?" asked Dora
|
|
reproachfully, as soon as they were alone after dinner.
|
|
|
|
Davy, goaded to desperation, turned fiercely.
|
|
|
|
"I don't know and I don't care," he said. "You just shut up,
|
|
Dora Keith."
|
|
|
|
Then poor Davy betook himself to a secluded retreat behind the
|
|
woodpile to think over the way of transgressors.
|
|
|
|
Green Gables was wrapped in darkness and silence when Anne
|
|
reached home. She lost no time going to bed, for she was very
|
|
tired and sleepy. There had been several Avonlea jollifications
|
|
the preceding week, involving rather late hours. Anne's head was
|
|
hardly on her pillow before she was half asleep; but just then
|
|
her door was softly opened and a pleading voice said, "Anne."
|
|
|
|
Anne sat up drowsily.
|
|
|
|
"Davy, is that you? What is the matter?"
|
|
|
|
A white-clad figure flung itself across the floor and on to the bed.
|
|
|
|
"Anne," sobbed Davy, getting his arms about her neck. "I'm awful
|
|
glad you're home. I couldn't go to sleep till I'd told somebody."
|
|
|
|
"Told somebody what?"
|
|
|
|
"How mis'rubul I am."
|
|
|
|
"Why are you miserable, dear?"
|
|
|
|
"'Cause I was so bad today, Anne. Oh, I was awful bad --
|
|
badder'n I've ever been yet."
|
|
|
|
"What did you do?"
|
|
|
|
"Oh, I'm afraid to tell you. You'll never like me again, Anne.
|
|
I couldn't say my prayers tonight. I couldn't tell God what
|
|
I'd done. I was 'shamed to have Him know."
|
|
|
|
"But He knew anyway, Davy."
|
|
|
|
"That's what Dora said. But I thought p'raps He mightn't have
|
|
noticed just at the time. Anyway, I'd rather tell you first."
|
|
|
|
"WHAT is it you did?"
|
|
|
|
Out it all came in a rush.
|
|
|
|
"I run away from Sunday School -- and went fishing with the
|
|
Cottons -- and I told ever so many whoppers to Mrs. Lynde -- oh!
|
|
'most half a dozen -- and -- and -- I -- I said a swear word,
|
|
Anne -- a pretty near swear word, anyhow -- and I called God names."
|
|
|
|
There was silence. Davy didn't know what to make of it. Was
|
|
Anne so shocked that she never would speak to him again?
|
|
|
|
"Anne, what are you going to do to me?" he whispered.
|
|
|
|
"Nothing, dear. You've been punished already, I think."
|
|
|
|
"No, I haven't. Nothing's been done to me."
|
|
|
|
"You've been very unhappy ever since you did wrong, haven't you?"
|
|
|
|
"You bet!" said Davy emphatically.
|
|
|
|
"That was your conscience punishing you, Davy."
|
|
|
|
"What's my conscience? I want to know."
|
|
|
|
"It's something in you, Davy, that always tells you when you are
|
|
doing wrong and makes you unhappy if you persist in doing it.
|
|
Haven't you noticed that?"
|
|
|
|
"Yes, but I didn't know what it was. I wish I didn't have it.
|
|
I'd have lots more fun. Where is my conscience, Anne? I want to know.
|
|
Is it in my stomach?"
|
|
|
|
"No, it's in your soul," answered Anne, thankful for the
|
|
darkness, since gravity must be preserved in serious matters.
|
|
|
|
"I s'pose I can't get clear of it then," said Davy with a sigh.
|
|
"Are you going to tell Marilla and Mrs. Lynde on me, Anne?"
|
|
|
|
"No, dear, I'm not going to tell any one. You are sorry you were
|
|
naughty, aren't you?"
|
|
|
|
"You bet!"
|
|
|
|
"And you'll never be bad like that again."
|
|
|
|
"No, but -- " added Davy cautiously, "I might be bad some other way."
|
|
|
|
"You won't say naughty words, or run away on Sundays, or tell falsehoods
|
|
to cover up your sins?"
|
|
|
|
"No. It doesn't pay," said Davy.
|
|
|
|
"Well, Davy, just tell God you are sorry and ask Him to forgive you."
|
|
|
|
"Have YOU forgiven me, Anne?"
|
|
|
|
"Yes, dear."
|
|
|
|
"Then," said Davy joyously, "I don't care much whether God does or not."
|
|
|
|
"Davy!"
|
|
|
|
"Oh -- I'll ask Him -- I'll ask Him," said Davy quickly,
|
|
scrambling off the bed, convinced by Anne's tone that he must
|
|
have said something dreadful. "I don't mind asking Him, Anne.
|
|
-- Please, God, I'm awful sorry I behaved bad today and
|
|
I'll try to be good on Sundays always and please forgive me.
|
|
-- There now, Anne."
|
|
|
|
"Well, now, run off to bed like a good boy."
|
|
|
|
"All right. Say, I don't feel mis'rubul any more. I feel fine.
|
|
Good night."
|
|
|
|
"Good night."
|
|
|
|
Anne slipped down on her pillows with a sigh of relief. Oh --
|
|
how sleepy -- she was! In another second --
|
|
|
|
"Anne!" Davy was back again by her bed. Anne dragged her eyes open.
|
|
|
|
"What is it now, dear?" she asked, trying to keep a note of
|
|
impatience out of her voice.
|
|
|
|
"Anne, have you ever noticed how Mr. Harrison spits? Do you
|
|
s'pose, if I practice hard, I can learn to spit just like him?"
|
|
|
|
Anne sat up.
|
|
|
|
"Davy Keith," she said, "go straight to your bed and don't let me
|
|
catch you out of it again tonight! Go, now!"
|
|
|
|
Davy went, and stood not upon the order of his going.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Chapter XIV
|
|
|
|
The Summons
|
|
|
|
|
|
Anne was sitting with Ruby Gillis in the Gillis' garden after the day
|
|
had crept lingeringly through it and was gone. It had been a warm,
|
|
smoky summer afternoon. The world was in a splendor of out-flowering.
|
|
The idle valleys were full of hazes. The woodways were pranked with
|
|
shadows and the fields with the purple of the asters.
|
|
|
|
Anne had given up a moonlight drive to the White Sands beach that
|
|
she might spend the evening with Ruby. She had so spent many
|
|
evenings that summer, although she often wondered what good it did
|
|
any one, and sometimes went home deciding that she could not go again.
|
|
|
|
Ruby grew paler as the summer waned; the White Sands school was
|
|
given up -- "her father thought it better that she shouldn't
|
|
teach till New Year's" -- and the fancy work she loved oftener
|
|
and oftener fell from hands grown too weary for it. But she was
|
|
always gay, always hopeful, always chattering and whispering of
|
|
her beaux, and their rivalries and despairs. It was this that
|
|
made Anne's visits hard for her. What had once been silly or
|
|
amusing was gruesome, now; it was death peering through a wilful
|
|
mask of life. Yet Ruby seemed to cling to her, and never let her
|
|
go until she had promised to come again soon. Mrs. Lynde
|
|
grumbled about Anne's frequent visits, and declared she would
|
|
catch consumption; even Marilla was dubious.
|
|
|
|
"Every time you go to see Ruby you come home looking tired out,"
|
|
she said.
|
|
|
|
"It's so very sad and dreadful," said Anne in a low tone. "Ruby
|
|
doesn't seem to realize her condition in the least. And yet I
|
|
somehow feel she needs help -- craves it -- and I want to give it
|
|
to her and can't. All the time I'm with her I feel as if I were
|
|
watching her struggle with an invisible foe -- trying to push it
|
|
back with such feeble resistance as she has. That is why I come
|
|
home tired."
|
|
|
|
But tonight Anne did not feel this so keenly. Ruby was strangely
|
|
quiet. She said not a word about parties and drives and dresses
|
|
and "fellows." She lay in the hammock, with her untouched work
|
|
beside her, and a white shawl wrapped about her thin shoulders.
|
|
Her long yellow braids of hair -- how Anne had envied those
|
|
beautiful braids in old schooldays! -- lay on either side of her.
|
|
She had taken the pins out -- they made her head ache, she said.
|
|
The hectic flush was gone for the time, leaving her pale and childlike.
|
|
|
|
The moon rose in the silvery sky, empearling the clouds
|
|
around her. Below, the pond shimmered in its hazy radiance.
|
|
Just beyond the Gillis homestead was the church, with the old
|
|
graveyard beside it. The moonlight shone on the white stones,
|
|
bringing them out in clear-cut relief against the dark trees behind.
|
|
|
|
"How strange the graveyard looks by moonlight!" said Ruby suddenly.
|
|
"How ghostly!" she shuddered. "Anne, it won't be long now before
|
|
I'll be lying over there. You and Diana and all the rest will be
|
|
going about, full of life -- and I'll be there -- in the old graveyard
|
|
-- dead!"
|
|
|
|
The surprise of it bewildered Anne. For a few moments she could not speak.
|
|
|
|
"You know it's so, don't you?" said Ruby insistently.
|
|
|
|
"Yes, I know," answered Anne in a low tone. "Dear Ruby, I know."
|
|
|
|
"Everybody knows it," said Ruby bitterly. "I know it -- I've
|
|
known it all summer, though I wouldn't give in. And, oh, Anne"
|
|
-- she reached out and caught Anne's hand pleadingly, impulsively
|
|
-- "I don't want to die. I'm AFRAID to die."
|
|
|
|
"Why should you be afraid, Ruby?" asked Anne quietly.
|
|
|
|
"Because -- because -- oh, I'm not afraid but that I'll go to
|
|
heaven, Anne. I'm a church member. But -- it'll be all so
|
|
different. I think -- and think -- and I get so frightened --
|
|
and -- and -- homesick. Heaven must be very beautiful, of course,
|
|
the Bible says so -- but, Anne, IT WON'T BE WHAT I'VE BEEN USED TO."
|
|
|
|
Through Anne's mind drifted an intrusive recollection of a funny
|
|
story she had heard Philippa Gordon tell -- the story of some old
|
|
man who had said very much the same thing about the world to come.
|
|
It had sounded funny then -- she remembered how she and
|
|
Priscilla had laughed over it. But it did not seem in the
|
|
least humorous now, coming from Ruby's pale, trembling lips.
|
|
It was sad, tragic -- and true! Heaven could not be what Ruby had
|
|
been used to. There had been nothing in her gay, frivolous life,
|
|
her shallow ideals and aspirations, to fit her for that great change,
|
|
or make the life to come seem to her anything but alien and
|
|
unreal and undesirable. Anne wondered helplessly what she could
|
|
say that would help her. Could she say anything? "I think, Ruby,"
|
|
she began hesitatingly -- for it was difficult for Anne to speak
|
|
to any one of the deepest thoughts of her heart, or the new
|
|
ideas that had vaguely begun to shape themselves in her mind,
|
|
concerning the great mysteries of life here and hereafter,
|
|
superseding her old childish conceptions, and it was hardest of
|
|
all to speak of them to such as Ruby Gillis -- "I think, perhaps,
|
|
we have very mistaken ideas about heaven -- what it is and what
|
|
it holds for us. I don't think it can be so very different from
|
|
life here as most people seem to think. I believe we'll just go
|
|
on living, a good deal as we live here -- and be OURSELVES just
|
|
the same -- only it will be easier to be good and to -- follow
|
|
the highest. All the hindrances and perplexities will be taken
|
|
away, and we shall see clearly. Don't be afraid, Ruby."
|
|
|
|
"I can't help it," said Ruby pitifully. "Even if what you say
|
|
about heaven is true -- and you can't be sure -- it may be only
|
|
that imagination of yours -- it won't be JUST the same. It CAN'T be.
|
|
I want to go on living HERE. I'm so young, Anne. I haven't had
|
|
my life. I've fought so hard to live -- and it isn't any use
|
|
-- I have to die -- and leave EVERYTHING I care for." Anne sat
|
|
in a pain that was almost intolerable. She could not tell
|
|
comforting falsehoods; and all that Ruby said was so horribly
|
|
true. She WAS leaving everything she cared for. She had laid up
|
|
her treasures on earth only; she had lived solely for the little
|
|
things of life -- the things that pass -- forgetting the great
|
|
things that go onward into eternity, bridging the gulf between
|
|
the two lives and making of death a mere passing from one
|
|
dwelling to the other -- from twilight to unclouded day. God
|
|
would take care of her there -- Anne believed -- she would learn
|
|
-- but now it was no wonder her soul clung, in blind helplessness,
|
|
to the only things she knew and loved.
|
|
|
|
Ruby raised herself on her arm and lifted up her bright, beautiful
|
|
blue eyes to the moonlit skies.
|
|
|
|
"I want to live," she said, in a trembling voice. "I want to
|
|
live like other girls. I -- I want to be married, Anne -- and --
|
|
and -- have little children. You know I always loved babies, Anne.
|
|
I couldn't say this to any one but you. I know you understand.
|
|
And then poor Herb -- he -- he loves me and I love him, Anne.
|
|
The others meant nothing to me, but HE does -- and if I could
|
|
live I would be his wife and be so happy. Oh, Anne, it's hard."
|
|
|
|
Ruby sank back on her pillows and sobbed convulsively. Anne
|
|
pressed her hand in an agony of sympathy -- silent sympathy,
|
|
which perhaps helped Ruby more than broken, imperfect words could
|
|
have done; for presently she grew calmer and her sobs ceased.
|
|
|
|
"I'm glad I've told you this, Anne," she whispered. "It has
|
|
helped me just to say it all out. I've wanted to all summer --
|
|
every time you came. I wanted to talk it over with you -- but
|
|
I COULDN'T. It seemed as if it would make death so SURE if I
|
|
SAID I was going to die, or if any one else said it or hinted it.
|
|
I wouldn't say it, or even think it. In the daytime, when people
|
|
were around me and everything was cheerful, it wasn't so hard to
|
|
keep from thinking of it. But in the night, when I couldn't sleep
|
|
-- it was so dreadful, Anne. I couldn't get away from it then.
|
|
Death just came and stared me in the face, until I got so frightened
|
|
I could have screamed.
|
|
|
|
"But you won't be frightened any more, Ruby, will you? You'll be brave,
|
|
and believe that all is going to be well with you."
|
|
|
|
"I'll try. I'll think over what you have said, and try to believe it.
|
|
And you'll come up as often as you can, won't you, Anne?"
|
|
|
|
"Yes, dear."
|
|
|
|
"It -- it won't be very long now, Anne. I feel sure of that.
|
|
And I'd rather have you than any one else. I always liked you
|
|
best of all the girls I went to school with. You were never
|
|
jealous, or mean, like some of them were. Poor Em White was up
|
|
to see me yesterday. You remember Em and I were such chums for
|
|
three years when we went to school? And then we quarrelled the
|
|
time of the school concert. We've never spoken to each other
|
|
since. Wasn't it silly? Anything like that seems silly NOW.
|
|
But Em and I made up the old quarrel yesterday. She said she'd
|
|
have spoken years ago, only she thought I wouldn't. And I never
|
|
spoke to her because I was sure she wouldn't speak to me. Isn't
|
|
it strange how people misunderstand each other, Anne?"
|
|
|
|
"Most of the trouble in life comes from misunderstanding, I think,"
|
|
said Anne. "I must go now, Ruby. It's getting late -- and you
|
|
shouldn't be out in the damp."
|
|
|
|
"You'll come up soon again."
|
|
|
|
"Yes, very soon. And if there's anything I can do to help you
|
|
I'll be so glad."
|
|
|
|
"I know. You HAVE helped me already. Nothing seems quite so
|
|
dreadful now. Good night, Anne."
|
|
|
|
"Good night, dear."
|
|
|
|
Anne walked home very slowly in the moonlight. The evening had
|
|
changed something for her. Life held a different meaning, a
|
|
deeper purpose. On the surface it would go on just the same; but
|
|
the deeps had been stirred. It must not be with her as with poor
|
|
butterfly Ruby. When she came to the end of one life it must not
|
|
be to face the next with the shrinking terror of something wholly
|
|
different -- something for which accustomed thought and ideal and
|
|
aspiration had unfitted her. The little things of life, sweet
|
|
and excellent in their place, must not be the things lived for;
|
|
the highest must be sought and followed; the life of heaven must
|
|
be begun here on earth.
|
|
|
|
That good night in the garden was for all time. Anne never saw
|
|
Ruby in life again. The next night the A.V.I.S. gave a farewell
|
|
party to Jane Andrews before her departure for the West. And,
|
|
while light feet danced and bright eyes laughed and merry tongues
|
|
chattered, there came a summons to a soul in Avonlea that might
|
|
not be disregarded or evaded. The next morning the word went
|
|
from house to house that Ruby Gillis was dead. She had died in
|
|
her sleep, painlessly and calmly, and on her face was a smile --
|
|
as if, after all, death had come as a kindly friend to lead her
|
|
over the threshold, instead of the grisly phantom she had dreaded.
|
|
|
|
Mrs. Rachel Lynde said emphatically after the funeral that Ruby
|
|
Gillis was the handsomest corpse she ever laid eyes on. Her
|
|
loveliness, as she lay, white-clad, among the delicate flowers
|
|
that Anne had placed about her, was remembered and talked of for
|
|
years in Avonlea. Ruby had always been beautiful; but her beauty
|
|
had been of the earth, earthy; it had had a certain insolent
|
|
quality in it, as if it flaunted itself in the beholder's eye;
|
|
spirit had never shone through it, intellect had never refined it.
|
|
But death had touched it and consecrated it, bringing out delicate
|
|
modelings and purity of outline never seen before -- doing what life
|
|
and love and great sorrow and deep womanhood joys might have done
|
|
for Ruby. Anne, looking down through a mist of tears, at her old
|
|
playfellow, thought she saw the face God had meant Ruby to have,
|
|
and remembered it so always.
|
|
|
|
Mrs. Gillis called Anne aside into a vacant room before the
|
|
funeral procession left the house, and gave her a small packet.
|
|
|
|
"I want you to have this," she sobbed. "Ruby would have liked you
|
|
to have it. It's the embroidered centerpiece she was working at.
|
|
It isn't quite finished -- the needle is sticking in it just where
|
|
her poor little fingers put it the last time she laid it down, the
|
|
afternoon before she died."
|
|
|
|
"There's always a piece of unfinished work left," said Mrs. Lynde,
|
|
with tears in her eyes. "But I suppose there's always some one
|
|
to finish it."
|
|
|
|
"How difficult it is to realize that one we have always known
|
|
can really be dead," said Anne, as she and Diana walked home.
|
|
"Ruby is the first of our schoolmates to go. One by one, sooner
|
|
or later, all the rest of us must follow."
|
|
|
|
"Yes, I suppose so," said Diana uncomfortably. She did not
|
|
want to talk of that. She would have preferred to have discussed
|
|
the details of the funeral -- the splendid white velvet casket
|
|
Mr. Gillis had insisted on having for Ruby -- "the Gillises must
|
|
always make a splurge, even at funerals," quoth Mrs. Rachel Lynde
|
|
-- Herb Spencer's sad face, the uncontrolled, hysteric grief of
|
|
one of Ruby's sisters -- but Anne would not talk of these things.
|
|
She seemed wrapped in a reverie in which Diana felt lonesomely
|
|
that she had neither lot nor part.
|
|
|
|
"Ruby Gillis was a great girl to laugh," said Davy suddenly.
|
|
"Will she laugh as much in heaven as she did in Avonlea, Anne?
|
|
I want to know."
|
|
|
|
"Yes, I think she will," said Anne.
|
|
|
|
"Oh, Anne," protested Diana, with a rather shocked smile.
|
|
|
|
"Well, why not, Diana?" asked Anne seriously. "Do you think
|
|
we'll never laugh in heaven?"
|
|
|
|
"Oh -- I -- I don't know" floundered Diana. "It doesn't seem
|
|
just right, somehow. You know it's rather dreadful to laugh in
|
|
church."
|
|
|
|
"But heaven won't be like church -- all the time," said Anne.
|
|
|
|
"I hope it ain't," said Davy emphatically. "If it is I don't
|
|
want to go. Church is awful dull. Anyway, I don't mean to go
|
|
for ever so long. I mean to live to be a hundred years old, like
|
|
Mr. Thomas Blewett of White Sands. He says he's lived so long
|
|
'cause he always smoked tobacco and it killed all the germs.
|
|
Can I smoke tobacco pretty soon, Anne?"
|
|
|
|
"No, Davy, I hope you'll never use tobacco," said Anne absently.
|
|
|
|
"What'll you feel like if the germs kill me then?" demanded Davy.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Chapter XV
|
|
|
|
A Dream Turned Upside Down
|
|
|
|
|
|
"Just one more week and we go back to Redmond," said Anne.
|
|
She was happy at the thought of returning to work, classes
|
|
and Redmond friends. Pleasing visions were also being woven
|
|
around Patty's Place. There was a warm pleasant sense of home
|
|
in the thought of it, even though she had never lived there.
|
|
|
|
But the summer had been a very happy one, too -- a time of glad living
|
|
with summer suns and skies, a time of keen delight in wholesome things;
|
|
a time of renewing and deepening of old friendships; a time in which
|
|
she had learned to live more nobly, to work more patiently, to play
|
|
more heartily.
|
|
|
|
"All life lessons are not learned at college," she thought.
|
|
"Life teaches them everywhere."
|
|
|
|
But alas, the final week of that pleasant vacation was spoiled for Anne,
|
|
by one of those impish happenings which are like a dream turned upside down.
|
|
|
|
"Been writing any more stories lately?" inquired Mr. Harrison genially
|
|
one evening when Anne was taking tea with him and Mrs. Harrison.
|
|
|
|
"No," answered Anne, rather crisply.
|
|
|
|
"Well, no offense meant. Mrs. Hiram Sloane told me the other
|
|
day that a big envelope addressed to the Rollings Reliable Baking
|
|
Powder Company of Montreal had been dropped into the post office
|
|
box a month ago, and she suspicioned that somebody was trying for
|
|
the prize they'd offered for the best story that introduced the
|
|
name of their baking powder. She said it wasn't addressed in
|
|
your writing, but I thought maybe it was you."
|
|
|
|
"Indeed, no! I saw the prize offer, but I'd never dream of
|
|
competing for it. I think it would be perfectly disgraceful to
|
|
write a story to advertise a baking powder. It would be almost
|
|
as bad as Judson Parker's patent medicine fence."
|
|
|
|
So spake Anne loftily, little dreaming of the valley of
|
|
humiliation awaiting her. That very evening Diana popped into
|
|
the porch gable, bright-eyed and rosy cheeked, carrying a letter.
|
|
|
|
"Oh, Anne, here's a letter for you. I was at the office, so I
|
|
thought I'd bring it along. Do open it quick. If it is what I
|
|
believe it is I shall just be wild with delight." Anne, puzzled,
|
|
opened the letter and glanced over the typewritten contents.
|
|
|
|
|
|
Miss Anne Shirley,
|
|
Green Gables,
|
|
Avonlea, P.E. Island.
|
|
|
|
"DEAR MADAM: We have much pleasure in informing you that
|
|
your charming story `Averil's Atonement' has won the prize
|
|
of twenty-five dollars offered in our recent competition.
|
|
We enclose the check herewith. We are arranging for the
|
|
publication of the story in several prominent Canadian
|
|
newspapers, and we also intend to have it printed in
|
|
pamphlet form for distribution among our patrons.
|
|
Thanking you for the interest you have shown in
|
|
our enterprise, we remain,
|
|
|
|
Yours very truly,
|
|
THE ROLLINGS RELIABLE
|
|
BAKING POWDER Co."
|
|
|
|
|
|
"I don't understand," said Anne, blankly.
|
|
|
|
Diana clapped her hands.
|
|
|
|
"Oh, I KNEW it would win the prize -- I was sure of it.
|
|
_I_ sent your story into the competition, Anne."
|
|
|
|
"Diana -- Barry!"
|
|
|
|
"Yes, I did," said Diana gleefully, perching herself on the bed.
|
|
"When I saw the offer I thought of your story in a minute, and at
|
|
first I thought I'd ask you to send it in. But then I was afraid
|
|
you wouldn't -- you had so little faith left in it. So I just
|
|
decided I'd send the copy you gave me, and say nothing about it.
|
|
Then, if it didn't win the prize, you'd never know and you wouldn't
|
|
feel badly over it, because the stories that failed were not to be
|
|
returned, and if it did you'd have such a delightful surprise."
|
|
|
|
Diana was not the most discerning of mortals, but just at this
|
|
moment it struck her that Anne was not looking exactly overjoyed.
|
|
The surprise was there, beyond doubt -- but where was the delight?
|
|
|
|
"Why, Anne, you don't seem a bit pleased!" she exclaimed.
|
|
|
|
Anne instantly manufactured a smile and put it on.
|
|
|
|
"Of course I couldn't be anything but pleased over your unselfish
|
|
wish to give me pleasure," she said slowly. "But you know -- I'm
|
|
so amazed -- I can't realize it -- and I don't understand. There
|
|
wasn't a word in my story about -- about -- " Anne choked a little
|
|
over the word -- "baking powder."
|
|
|
|
"Oh, _I_ put that in," said Diana, reassured. "It was as easy as
|
|
wink -- and of course my experience in our old Story Club helped me.
|
|
You know the scene where Averil makes the cake? Well, I just stated
|
|
that she used the Rollings Reliable in it, and that was why it turned
|
|
out so well; and then, in the last paragraph, where PERCEVAL clasps
|
|
AVERIL in his arms and says, `Sweetheart, the beautiful coming years
|
|
will bring us the fulfilment of our home of dreams,' I added, `in which
|
|
we will never use any baking powder except Rollings Reliable.'"
|
|
|
|
"Oh," gasped poor Anne, as if some one had dashed cold water on her.
|
|
|
|
"And you've won the twenty-five dollars," continued Diana jubilantly.
|
|
"Why, I heard Priscilla say once that the Canadian Woman only pays
|
|
five dollars for a story!"
|
|
|
|
Anne held out the hateful pink slip in shaking fingers.
|
|
|
|
"I can't take it -- it's yours by right, Diana. You sent the
|
|
story in and made the alterations. I -- I would certainly never
|
|
have sent it. So you must take the check."
|
|
|
|
"I'd like to see myself," said Diana scornfully. "Why, what I
|
|
did wasn't any trouble. The honor of being a friend of the
|
|
prizewinner is enough for me. Well, I must go. I should have
|
|
gone straight home from the post office for we have company.
|
|
But I simply had to come and hear the news. I'm so glad for
|
|
your sake, Anne."
|
|
|
|
Anne suddenly bent forward, put her arms about Diana, and kissed
|
|
her cheek.
|
|
|
|
"I think you are the sweetest and truest friend in the world,
|
|
Diana," she said, with a little tremble in her voice, "and I
|
|
assure you I appreciate the motive of what you've done."
|
|
|
|
Diana, pleased and embarrassed, got herself away, and poor Anne,
|
|
after flinging the innocent check into her bureau drawer as if it
|
|
were blood-money, cast herself on her bed and wept tears of shame
|
|
and outraged sensibility. Oh, she could never live this down -- never!
|
|
|
|
Gilbert arrived at dusk, brimming over with congratulations,
|
|
for he had called at Orchard Slope and heard the news. But his
|
|
congratulations died on his lips at sight of Anne's face.
|
|
|
|
"Why, Anne, what is the matter? I expected to find you radiant
|
|
over winning Rollings Reliable prize. Good for you!"
|
|
|
|
"Oh, Gilbert, not you," implored Anne, in an ET-TU BRUTE tone.
|
|
"I thought YOU would understand. Can't you see how awful it is?"
|
|
|
|
"I must confess I can't. WHAT is wrong?"
|
|
|
|
"Everything," moaned Anne. "I feel as if I were disgraced forever.
|
|
What do you think a mother would feel like if she found her
|
|
child tattooed over with a baking powder advertisement?
|
|
I feel just the same. I loved my poor little story, and I
|
|
wrote it out of the best that was in me. And it is SACRILEGE to
|
|
have it degraded to the level of a baking powder advertisement.
|
|
Don't you remember what Professor Hamilton used to tell us in the
|
|
literature class at Queen's? He said we were never to write a
|
|
word for a low or unworthy motive, but always to cling to the
|
|
very highest ideals. What will he think when he hears I've
|
|
written a story to advertise Rollings Reliable? And, oh, when it
|
|
gets out at Redmond! Think how I'll be teased and laughed at!"
|
|
|
|
"That you won't," said Gilbert, wondering uneasily if it were
|
|
that confounded Junior's opinion in particular over which Anne
|
|
was worried. "The Reds will think just as I thought -- that you,
|
|
being like nine out of ten of us, not overburdened with worldly
|
|
wealth, had taken this way of earning an honest penny to help
|
|
yourself through the year. I don't see that there's anything low
|
|
or unworthy about that, or anything ridiculous either. One would
|
|
rather write masterpieces of literature no doubt -- but meanwhile
|
|
board and tuition fees have to be paid."
|
|
|
|
This commonsense, matter-of-fact view of the case cheered Anne a
|
|
little. At least it removed her dread of being laughed at,
|
|
though the deeper hurt of an outraged ideal remained.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Chapter XVI
|
|
|
|
Adjusted Relationships
|
|
|
|
|
|
"It's the homiest spot I ever saw -- it's homier than home,"
|
|
avowed Philippa Gordon, looking about her with delighted eyes.
|
|
They were all assembled at twilight in the big living-room at
|
|
Patty's Place -- Anne and Priscilla, Phil and Stella, Aunt Jamesina,
|
|
Rusty, Joseph, the Sarah-Cat, and Gog and Magog. The firelight
|
|
shadows were dancing over the walls; the cats were purring;
|
|
and a huge bowl of hothouse chrysanthemums, sent to Phil by one
|
|
of the victims, shone through the golden gloom like creamy moons.
|
|
|
|
It was three weeks since they had considered themselves settled,
|
|
and already all believed the experiment would be a success. The
|
|
first fortnight after their return had been a pleasantly exciting
|
|
one; they had been busy setting up their household goods, organizing
|
|
their little establishment, and adjusting different opinions.
|
|
|
|
Anne was not over-sorry to leave Avonlea when the time came to
|
|
return to college. The last few days of her vacation had not
|
|
been pleasant. Her prize story had been published in the Island
|
|
papers; and Mr. William Blair had, upon the counter of his
|
|
store, a huge pile of pink, green and yellow pamphlets,
|
|
containing it, one of which he gave to every customer. He sent a
|
|
complimentary bundle to Anne, who promptly dropped them all in
|
|
the kitchen stove. Her humiliation was the consequence of her
|
|
own ideals only, for Avonlea folks thought it quite splendid
|
|
that she should have won the prize. Her many friends regarded
|
|
her with honest admiration; her few foes with scornful envy.
|
|
Josie Pye said she believed Anne Shirley had just copied the story;
|
|
she was sure she remembered reading it in a paper years before.
|
|
The Sloanes, who had found out or guessed that Charlie had been
|
|
"turned down," said they didn't think it was much to be proud of;
|
|
almost any one could have done it, if she tried. Aunt Atossa
|
|
told Anne she was very sorry to hear she had taken to writing
|
|
novels; nobody born and bred in Avonlea would do it; that was
|
|
what came of adopting orphans from goodness knew where, with
|
|
goodness knew what kind of parents. Even Mrs. Rachel Lynde was
|
|
darkly dubious about the propriety of writing fiction, though she
|
|
was almost reconciled to it by that twenty-five dollar check.
|
|
|
|
"It is perfectly amazing, the price they pay for such lies,
|
|
that's what," she said, half-proudly, half-severely.
|
|
|
|
All things considered, it was a relief when going-away time came.
|
|
And it was very jolly to be back at Redmond, a wise, experienced
|
|
Soph with hosts of friends to greet on the merry opening day.
|
|
Pris and Stella and Gilbert were there, Charlie Sloane, looking
|
|
more important than ever a Sophomore looked before, Phil, with
|
|
the Alec-and-Alonzo question still unsettled, and Moody Spurgeon
|
|
MacPherson. Moody Spurgeon had been teaching school ever since
|
|
leaving Queen's, but his mother had concluded it was high time
|
|
he gave it up and turned his attention to learning how to be a
|
|
minister. Poor Moody Spurgeon fell on hard luck at the very
|
|
beginning of his college career. Half a dozen ruthless Sophs,
|
|
who were among his fellow-boarders, swooped down upon him one
|
|
night and shaved half of his head. In this guise the luckless
|
|
Moody Spurgeon had to go about until his hair grew again. He
|
|
told Anne bitterly that there were times when he had his doubts
|
|
as to whether he was really called to be a minister.
|
|
|
|
Aunt Jamesina did not come until the girls had Patty's Place
|
|
ready for her. Miss Patty had sent the key to Anne, with a
|
|
letter in which she said Gog and Magog were packed in a box under
|
|
the spare-room bed, but might be taken out when wanted; in a
|
|
postscript she added that she hoped the girls would be careful
|
|
about putting up pictures. The living room had been newly
|
|
papered five years before and she and Miss Maria did not want any
|
|
more holes made in that new paper than was absolutely necessary.
|
|
For the rest she trusted everything to Anne.
|
|
|
|
How those girls enjoyed putting their nest in order! As Phil said,
|
|
it was almost as good as getting married. You had the fun of
|
|
homemaking without the bother of a husband. All brought something
|
|
with them to adorn or make comfortable the little house. Pris and
|
|
Phil and Stella had knick-knacks and pictures galore, which latter
|
|
they proceeded to hang according to taste, in reckless disregard
|
|
of Miss Patty's new paper.
|
|
|
|
"We'll putty the holes up when we leave, dear -- she'll never know,"
|
|
they said to protesting Anne.
|
|
|
|
Diana had given Anne a pine needle cushion and Miss Ada had given
|
|
both her and Priscilla a fearfully and wonderfully embroidered one.
|
|
Marilla had sent a big box of preserves, and darkly hinted at a
|
|
hamper for Thanksgiving, and Mrs. Lynde gave Anne a patchwork quilt
|
|
and loaned her five more.
|
|
|
|
"You take them," she said authoritatively. "They might as well be
|
|
in use as packed away in that trunk in the garret for moths to gnaw."
|
|
|
|
No moths would ever have ventured near those quilts, for they
|
|
reeked of mothballs to such an extent that they had to be hung in
|
|
the orchard of Patty's Place a full fortnight before they could
|
|
be endured indoors. Verily, aristocratic Spofford Avenue had
|
|
rarely beheld such a display. The gruff old millionaire who
|
|
lived "next door" came over and wanted to buy the gorgeous red
|
|
and yellow "tulip-pattern" one which Mrs. Rachel had given Anne.
|
|
He said his mother used to make quilts like that, and by Jove, he
|
|
wanted one to remind him of her. Anne would not sell it, much to
|
|
his disappointment, but she wrote all about it to Mrs. Lynde.
|
|
That highly-gratified lady sent word back that she had one just
|
|
like it to spare, so the tobacco king got his quilt after all,
|
|
and insisted on having it spread on his bed, to the disgust of
|
|
his fashionable wife.
|
|
|
|
Mrs. Lynde's quilts served a very useful purpose that winter.
|
|
Patty's Place for all its many virtues, had its faults also.
|
|
It was really a rather cold house; and when the frosty nights
|
|
came the girls were very glad to snuggle down under Mrs. Lynde's
|
|
quilts, and hoped that the loan of them might be accounted unto
|
|
her for righteousness. Anne had the blue room she had coveted
|
|
at sight. Priscilla and Stella had the large one. Phil was
|
|
blissfully content with the little one over the kitchen; and
|
|
Aunt Jamesina was to have the downstairs one off the living-room.
|
|
Rusty at first slept on the doorstep.
|
|
|
|
Anne, walking home from Redmond a few days after her return,
|
|
became aware that the people that she met surveyed her with a
|
|
covert, indulgent smile. Anne wondered uneasily what was the
|
|
matter with her. Was her hat crooked? Was her belt loose?
|
|
Craning her head to investigate, Anne, for the first time,
|
|
saw Rusty.
|
|
|
|
Trotting along behind her, close to her heels, was quite the
|
|
most forlorn specimen of the cat tribe she had ever beheld.
|
|
The animal was well past kitten-hood, lank, thin, disreputable
|
|
looking. Pieces of both ears were lacking, one eye was
|
|
temporarily out of repair, and one jowl ludicrously swollen.
|
|
As for color, if a once black cat had been well and thoroughly
|
|
singed the result would have resembled the hue of this waif's
|
|
thin, draggled, unsightly fur.
|
|
|
|
Anne "shooed," but the cat would not "shoo." As long as she
|
|
stood he sat back on his haunches and gazed at her reproachfully
|
|
out of his one good eye; when she resumed her walk he followed.
|
|
Anne resigned herself to his company until she reached the gate
|
|
of Patty's Place, which she coldly shut in his face, fondly
|
|
supposing she had seen the last of him. But when, fifteen
|
|
minutes later, Phil opened the door, there sat the rusty-brown
|
|
cat on the step. More, he promptly darted in and sprang upon
|
|
Anne's lap with a half-pleading, half-triumphant "miaow."
|
|
|
|
"Anne," said Stella severely, "do you own that animal?"
|
|
|
|
"No, I do NOT," protested disgusted Anne. "The creature followed
|
|
me home from somewhere. I couldn't get rid of him. Ugh, get down.
|
|
I like decent cats reasonably well; but I don't like beasties of
|
|
your complexion."
|
|
|
|
Pussy, however, refused to get down. He coolly curled up in
|
|
Anne's lap and began to purr.
|
|
|
|
"He has evidently adopted you," laughed Priscilla.
|
|
|
|
"I won't BE adopted," said Anne stubbornly.
|
|
|
|
"The poor creature is starving," said Phil pityingly. "Why, his
|
|
bones are almost coming through his skin."
|
|
|
|
"Well, I'll give him a square meal and then he must return to
|
|
whence he came," said Anne resolutely.
|
|
|
|
The cat was fed and put out. In the morning he was still
|
|
on the doorstep. On the doorstep he continued to sit, bolting
|
|
in whenever the door was opened. No coolness of welcome had
|
|
the least effect on him; of nobody save Anne did he take the
|
|
least notice. Out of compassion the girls fed him; but when
|
|
a week had passed they decided that something must be done.
|
|
The cat's appearance had improved. His eye and cheek had
|
|
resumed their normal appearance; he was not quite so thin;
|
|
and he had been seen washing his face.
|
|
|
|
"But for all that we can't keep him," said Stella. "Aunt Jimsie
|
|
is coming next week and she will bring the Sarah-cat with her.
|
|
|
|
We can't keep two cats; and if we did this Rusty Coat would
|
|
fight all the time with the Sarah-cat. He's a fighter by nature.
|
|
He had a pitched battle last evening with the tobacco-king's cat
|
|
and routed him, horse, foot and artillery."
|
|
|
|
"We must get rid of him," agreed Anne, looking darkly at the
|
|
subject of their discussion, who was purring on the hearth rug
|
|
with an air of lamb-like meekness. "But the question is -- how?
|
|
How can four unprotected females get rid of a cat who won't be
|
|
got rid of?"
|
|
|
|
We must chloroform him," said Phil briskly. "That is the most
|
|
humane way."
|
|
|
|
"Who of us knows anything about chloroforming a cat?" demanded
|
|
Anne gloomily.
|
|
|
|
"I do, honey. It's one of my few -- sadly few -- useful accomplishments.
|
|
I've disposed of several at home. You take the cat in the morning and
|
|
give him a good breakfast. Then you take an old burlap bag -- there's
|
|
one in the back porch -- put the cat on it and turn over him a wooden box.
|
|
Then take a two-ounce bottle of chloroform, uncork it, and slip it under
|
|
the edge of the box. Put a heavy weight on top of the box and leave it
|
|
till evening. The cat will be dead, curled up peacefully as if he
|
|
were asleep. No pain -- no struggle."
|
|
|
|
"It sounds easy," said Anne dubiously.
|
|
|
|
"It IS easy. Just leave it to me. I'll see to it," said Phil reassuringly.
|
|
|
|
Accordingly the chloroform was procured, and the next morning Rusty was
|
|
lured to his doom. He ate his breakfast, licked his chops, and climbed
|
|
into Anne's lap. Anne's heart misgave her. This poor creature loved her
|
|
-- trusted her. How could she be a party to this destruction?
|
|
|
|
"Here, take him," she said hastily to Phil. "I feel like a murderess."
|
|
|
|
"He won't suffer, you know," comforted Phil, but Anne had fled.
|
|
|
|
The fatal deed was done in the back porch. Nobody went near it
|
|
that day. But at dusk Phil declared that Rusty must be buried.
|
|
|
|
"Pris and Stella must dig his grave in the orchard," declared Phil,
|
|
"and Anne must come with me to lift the box off. That's the part
|
|
I always hate."
|
|
|
|
The two conspirators tip-toed reluctantly to the back porch.
|
|
Phil gingerly lifted the stone she had put on the box. Suddenly,
|
|
faint but distinct, sounded an unmistakable mew under the box.
|
|
|
|
"He -- he isn't dead," gasped Anne, sitting blankly down on the
|
|
kitchen doorstep.
|
|
|
|
"He must be," said Phil incredulously.
|
|
|
|
Another tiny mew proved that he wasn't. The two girls stared at
|
|
each other."
|
|
|
|
What will we do?" questioned Anne.
|
|
|
|
"Why in the world don't you come?" demanded Stella, appearing in
|
|
the doorway. "We've got the grave ready. `What silent still and
|
|
silent all?'" she quoted teasingly.
|
|
|
|
"`Oh, no, the voices of the dead Sound like the distant torrent's fall,'"
|
|
promptly counter-quoted Anne, pointing solemnly to the box.
|
|
|
|
A burst of laughter broke the tension.
|
|
|
|
"We must leave him here till morning," said Phil, replacing the stone.
|
|
"He hasn't mewed for five minutes. Perhaps the mews we heard were his
|
|
dying groan. Or perhaps we merely imagined them, under the strain of
|
|
our guilty consciences."
|
|
|
|
But, when the box was lifted in the morning, Rusty bounded at one gay
|
|
leap to Anne's shoulder where he began to lick her face affectionately.
|
|
Never was there a cat more decidedly alive.
|
|
|
|
"Here's a knot hole in the box," groaned Phil. "I never saw it.
|
|
That's why he didn't die. Now, we've got to do it all over again."
|
|
|
|
"No, we haven't," declared Anne suddenly. "Rusty isn't going to be
|
|
killed again. He's my cat -- and you've just got to make the best of it."
|
|
|
|
"Oh, well, if you'll settle with Aunt Jimsie and the Sarah-cat,"
|
|
said Stella, with the air of one washing her hands of the whole affair.
|
|
|
|
From that time Rusty was one of the family. He slept o'nights on the
|
|
scrubbing cushion in the back porch and lived on the fat of the land.
|
|
By the time Aunt Jamesina came he was plump and glossy and tolerably
|
|
respectable. But, like Kipling's cat, he "walked by himself."
|
|
His paw was against every cat, and every cat's paw against him.
|
|
One by one he vanquished the aristocratic felines of Spofford Avenue.
|
|
As for human beings, he loved Anne and Anne alone. Nobody else even
|
|
dared stroke him. An angry spit and something that sounded much like
|
|
very improper language greeted any one who did.
|
|
|
|
"The airs that cat puts on are perfectly intolerable," declared Stella.
|
|
|
|
"Him was a nice old pussens, him was," vowed Anne, cuddling her pet defiantly.
|
|
|
|
"Well, I don't know how he and the Sarah-cat will ever make out
|
|
to live together," said Stella pesimistically. "Cat-fights in
|
|
the orchard o'nights are bad enough. But cat-fights here in the
|
|
livingroom are unthinkable." In due time Aunt Jamesina arrived.
|
|
Anne and Priscilla and Phil had awaited her advent rather dubiously;
|
|
but when Aunt Jamesina was enthroned in the rocking chair before the
|
|
open fire they figuratively bowed down and worshipped her.
|
|
|
|
Aunt Jamesina was a tiny old woman with a little, softly-triangular face,
|
|
and large, soft blue eyes that were alight with unquenchable youth, and
|
|
as full of hopes as a girl's. She had pink cheeks and snow-white hair
|
|
which she wore in quaint little puffs over her ears.
|
|
|
|
"It's a very old-fashioned way," she said, knitting industriously
|
|
at something as dainty and pink as a sunset cloud. "But _I_ am old-fashioned.
|
|
My clothes are, and it stands to reason my opinions are, too. I don't say
|
|
they're any the better of that, mind you. In fact, I daresay they're a good
|
|
deal the worse. But they've worn nice and easy. New shoes are smarter than
|
|
old ones, but the old ones are more comfortable. I'm old enough to indulge
|
|
myself in the matter of shoes and opinions. I mean to take it real easy here.
|
|
I know you expect me to look after you and keep you proper, but I'm not going
|
|
to do it.
|
|
|
|
You're old enough to know how to behave if you're ever going to be.
|
|
So, as far as I am concerned," concluded Aunt Jamesina, with a twinkle
|
|
in her young eyes, "you can all go to destruction in your own way."
|
|
|
|
"Oh, will somebody separate those cats?" pleaded Stella, shudderingly.
|
|
|
|
Aunt Jamesina had brought with her not only the Sarah-cat but Joseph.
|
|
Joseph, she explained, had belonged to a dear friend of hers who had
|
|
gone to live in Vancouver.
|
|
|
|
"She couldn't take Joseph with her so she begged me to take him.
|
|
I really couldn't refuse. He's a beautiful cat -- that is, his
|
|
disposition is beautiful. She called him Joseph because his coat
|
|
is of many colors."
|
|
|
|
It certainly was. Joseph, as the disgusted Stella said, looked
|
|
like a walking rag-bag. It was impossible to say what his ground
|
|
color was. His legs were white with black spots on them.
|
|
His back was gray with a huge patch of yellow on one side and a
|
|
black patch on the other. His tail was yellow with a gray tip.
|
|
One ear was black and one yellow. A black patch over one eye gave
|
|
him a fearfully rakish look. In reality he was meek and inoffensive,
|
|
of a sociable disposition. In one respect, if in no other, Joseph
|
|
was like a lily of the field. He toiled not neither did he spin
|
|
or catch mice. Yet Solomon in all his glory slept not on softer
|
|
cushions, or feasted more fully on fat things.
|
|
|
|
Joseph and the Sarah-cat arrived by express in separate boxes.
|
|
After they had been released and fed, Joseph selected the cushion
|
|
and corner which appealed to him, and the Sarah-cat gravely sat
|
|
herself down before the fire and proceeded to wash her face. She
|
|
was a large, sleek, gray-and-white cat, with an enormous dignity
|
|
which was not at all impaired by any consciousness of her plebian
|
|
origin. She had been given to Aunt Jamesina by her washerwoman.
|
|
|
|
"Her name was Sarah, so my husband always called puss the
|
|
Sarah-cat," explained Aunt Jamesina. "She is eight years old,
|
|
and a remarkable mouser. Don't worry, Stella. The Sarah-cat
|
|
NEVER fights and Joseph rarely."
|
|
|
|
"They'll have to fight here in self-defense," said Stella.
|
|
|
|
At this juncture Rusty arrived on the scene. He bounded
|
|
joyously half way across the room before he saw the intruders.
|
|
Then he stopped short; his tail expanded until it was as big as
|
|
three tails. The fur on his back rose up in a defiant arch;
|
|
Rusty lowered his head, uttered a fearful shriek of hatred and
|
|
defiance, and launched himself at the Sarah-cat.
|
|
|
|
The stately animal had stopped washing her face and was looking
|
|
at him curiously. She met his onslaught with one contemptuous
|
|
sweep of her capable paw. Rusty went rolling helplessly over on
|
|
the rug; he picked himself up dazedly. What sort of a cat was
|
|
this who had boxed his ears? He looked dubiously at the Sarah-cat.
|
|
Would he or would he not? The Sarah-cat deliberately turned her
|
|
back on him and resumed her toilet operations. Rusty decided that
|
|
he would not. He never did. From that time on the Sarah-cat ruled
|
|
the roost. Rusty never again interfered with her.
|
|
|
|
But Joseph rashly sat up and yawned. Rusty, burning to avenge
|
|
his disgrace, swooped down upon him. Joseph, pacific by nature,
|
|
could fight upon occasion and fight well. The result was a
|
|
series of drawn battles. Every day Rusty and Joseph fought at
|
|
sight. Anne took Rusty's part and detested Joseph. Stella was
|
|
in despair. But Aunt Jamesina only laughed.
|
|
|
|
Let them fight it out," she said tolerantly. "They'll make friends
|
|
after a bit. Joseph needs some exercise -- he was getting too fat.
|
|
And Rusty has to learn he isn't the only cat in the world."
|
|
|
|
Eventually Joseph and Rusty accepted the situation and from sworn
|
|
enemies became sworn friends. They slept on the same cushion with
|
|
their paws about each other, and gravely washed each other's faces.
|
|
|
|
"We've all got used to each other," said Phil. "And I've learned
|
|
how to wash dishes and sweep a floor."
|
|
|
|
"But you needn't try to make us believe you can chloroform a cat,"
|
|
laughed Anne.
|
|
|
|
"It was all the fault of the knothole," protested Phil.
|
|
|
|
"It was a good thing the knothole was there," said Aunt Jamesina
|
|
rather severely. "Kittens HAVE to be drowned, I admit, or the
|
|
world would be overrun. But no decent, grown-up cat should be
|
|
done to death -- unless he sucks eggs."
|
|
|
|
"You wouldn't have thought Rusty very decent if you'd seen him when
|
|
he came here," said Stella. "He positively looked like the Old Nick."
|
|
|
|
"I don't believe Old Nick can be so very, ugly" said Aunt Jamesina
|
|
reflectively. "He wouldn't do so much harm if he was. _I_ always
|
|
think of him as a rather handsome gentleman."
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Chapter XVII
|
|
|
|
A Letter from Davy
|
|
|
|
|
|
"It's beginning to snow, girls," said Phil, coming in one
|
|
November evening, "and there are the loveliest little stars and
|
|
crosses all over the garden walk. I never noticed before what
|
|
exquisite things snowflakes really are. One has time to notice
|
|
things like that in the simple life. Bless you all for permitting
|
|
me to live it. It's really delightful to feel worried because
|
|
butter has gone up five cents a pound."
|
|
|
|
"Has it?" demanded Stella, who kept the household accounts.
|
|
|
|
"It has -- and here's your butter. I'm getting quite expert at marketing.
|
|
It's better fun than flirting," concluded Phil gravely.
|
|
|
|
"Everything is going up scandalously," sighed Stella.
|
|
|
|
"Never mind. Thank goodness air and salvation are still free,"
|
|
said Aunt Jamesina.
|
|
|
|
"And so is laughter," added Anne. "There's no tax on it yet
|
|
and that is well, because you're all going to laugh presently.
|
|
I'm going to read you Davy's letter. His spelling has improved
|
|
immensely this past year, though he is not strong on apostrophes,
|
|
and he certainly possesses the gift of writing an interesting letter.
|
|
Listen and laugh, before we settle down to the evening's study-grind."
|
|
|
|
"Dear Anne," ran Davy's letter, "I take my pen to tell you that
|
|
we are all pretty well and hope this will find you the same.
|
|
It's snowing some today and Marilla says the old woman in the sky
|
|
is shaking her feather beds. Is the old woman in the sky God's
|
|
wife, Anne? I want to know.
|
|
|
|
"Mrs. Lynde has been real sick but she is better now. She fell
|
|
down the cellar stairs last week. When she fell she grabbed hold
|
|
of the shelf with all the milk pails and stewpans on it, and it
|
|
gave way and went down with her and made a splendid crash.
|
|
Marilla thought it was an earthquake at first.
|
|
|
|
One of the stewpans was all dinged up and Mrs. Lynde straned her ribs.
|
|
The doctor came and gave her medicine to rub on her ribs but
|
|
she didn't under stand him and took it all inside instead.
|
|
The doctor said it was a wonder it dident kill her but it dident
|
|
and it cured her ribs and Mrs. Lynde says doctors dont know much
|
|
anyhow. But we couldent fix up the stewpan. Marilla had to
|
|
throw it out. Thanksgiving was last week. There was no school
|
|
and we had a great dinner. I et mince pie and rost turkey and
|
|
frut cake and donuts and cheese and jam and choklut cake.
|
|
Marilla said I'd die but I dident. Dora had earake after it,
|
|
only it wasent in her ears it was in her stummick. I dident
|
|
have earake anywhere.
|
|
|
|
"Our new teacher is a man. He does things for jokes. Last week
|
|
he made all us third-class boys write a composishun on what kind
|
|
of a wife we'd like to have and the girls on what kind of a
|
|
husband. He laughed fit to kill when he read them. This was
|
|
mine. I thought youd like to see it.
|
|
|
|
"`The kind of a wife I'd like to Have.
|
|
|
|
"`She must have good manners and get my meals on time and do
|
|
what I tell her and always be very polite to me. She must be
|
|
fifteen yers old. She must be good to the poor and keep her
|
|
house tidy and be good tempered and go to church regularly.
|
|
She must be very handsome and have curly hair. If I get a wife
|
|
that is just what I like Ill be an awful good husband to her.
|
|
I think a woman ought to be awful good to her husband. Some poor
|
|
women havent any husbands.
|
|
|
|
`THE END.'"
|
|
|
|
|
|
"I was at Mrs. Isaac Wrights funeral at White Sands last week.
|
|
The husband of the corpse felt real sorry. Mrs. Lynde says
|
|
Mrs. Wrights grandfather stole a sheep but Marilla says we mustent
|
|
speak ill of the dead. Why mustent we, Anne? I want to know.
|
|
It's pretty safe, ain't it?
|
|
|
|
"Mrs. Lynde was awful mad the other day because I asked her if
|
|
she was alive in Noah's time. I dident mean to hurt her feelings.
|
|
I just wanted to know. Was she, Anne?
|
|
|
|
"Mr. Harrison wanted to get rid of his dog. So he hunged him
|
|
once but he come to life and scooted for the barn while Mr.
|
|
Harrison was digging the grave, so he hunged him again and he
|
|
stayed dead that time. Mr. Harrison has a new man working for him.
|
|
He's awful okward. Mr. Harrison says he is left handed in both
|
|
his feet. Mr. Barry's hired man is lazy. Mrs. Barry says that
|
|
but Mr. Barry says he aint lazy exactly only he thinks it easier
|
|
to pray for things than to work for them.
|
|
|
|
"Mrs. Harmon Andrews prize pig that she talked so much of died
|
|
in a fit. Mrs. Lynde says it was a judgment on her for pride.
|
|
But I think it was hard on the pig. Milty Boulter has been sick.
|
|
The doctor gave him medicine and it tasted horrid. I offered to
|
|
take it for him for a quarter but the Boulters are so mean.
|
|
Milty says he'd rather take it himself and save his money.
|
|
I asked Mrs. Boulter how a person would go about catching a man and
|
|
she got awful mad and said she dident know, shed never chased men.
|
|
|
|
"The A.V.I.S. is going to paint the hall again. They're tired
|
|
of having it blue.
|
|
|
|
"The new minister was here to tea last night. He took three
|
|
pieces of pie.
|
|
|
|
If I did that Mrs. Lynde would call me piggy. And he et fast and
|
|
took big bites and Marilla is always telling me not to do that.
|
|
Why can ministers do what boys can't? I want to know.
|
|
|
|
"I haven't any more news. Here are six kisses. xxxxxx. Dora
|
|
sends one. Heres hers. x.
|
|
|
|
"Your loving friend
|
|
DAVID KEITH"
|
|
|
|
|
|
"P.S. Anne, who was the devils father? I want to know."
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Chapter XVIII
|
|
|
|
Miss Josepine Remembers the Anne-girl
|
|
|
|
|
|
When Christmas holidays came the girls of Patty's Place scattered to
|
|
their respective homes, but Aunt Jamesina elected to stay where she was.
|
|
|
|
"I couldn't go to any of the places I've been invited and take
|
|
those three cats," she said. "And I'm not going to leave the
|
|
poor creatures here alone for nearly three weeks. If we had any
|
|
decent neighbors who would feed them I might, but there's nothing
|
|
except millionaires on this street. So I'll stay here and keep
|
|
Patty's Place warm for you."
|
|
|
|
Anne went home with the usual joyous anticipations -- which were
|
|
not wholly fulfilled. She found Avonlea in the grip of such an
|
|
early, cold, and stormy winter as even the "oldest inhabitant"
|
|
could not recall. Green Gables was literally hemmed in by huge
|
|
drifts. Almost every day of that ill-starred vacation it stormed
|
|
fiercely; and even on fine days it drifted unceasingly. No
|
|
sooner were the roads broken than they filled in again. It was
|
|
almost impossible to stir out. The A.V.I.S. tried, on three
|
|
evenings, to have a party in honor of the college students, and
|
|
on each evening the storm was so wild that nobody could go, so
|
|
they gave up the attempt in despair. Anne, despite her love of
|
|
and loyalty to Green Gables, could not help thinking longingly of
|
|
Patty's Place, its cosy open fire, Aunt Jamesina's mirthful eyes,
|
|
the three cats, the merry chatter of the girls, the pleasantness
|
|
of Friday evenings when college friends dropped in to talk of
|
|
grave and gay.
|
|
|
|
Anne was lonely; Diana, during the whole of the holidays, was
|
|
imprisoned at home with a bad attack of bronchitis. She could
|
|
not come to Green Gables and it was rarely Anne could get to
|
|
Orchard Slope, for the old way through the Haunted Wood was
|
|
impassable with drifts, and the long way over the frozen Lake of
|
|
Shining Waters was almost as bad. Ruby Gillis was sleeping in
|
|
the white-heaped graveyard; Jane Andrews was teaching a school on
|
|
western prairies. Gilbert, to be sure, was still faithful, and
|
|
waded up to Green Gables every possible evening. But Gilbert's
|
|
visits were not what they once were. Anne almost dreaded them.
|
|
It was very disconcerting to look up in the midst of a sudden
|
|
silence and find Gilbert's hazel eyes fixed upon her with a quite
|
|
unmistakable expression in their grave depths; and it was still
|
|
more disconcerting to find herself blushing hotly and
|
|
uncomfortably under his gaze, just as if -- just as if -- well,
|
|
it was very embarrassing. Anne wished herself back at Patty's
|
|
Place, where there was always somebody else about to take the
|
|
edge off a delicate situation. At Green Gables Marilla went
|
|
promptly to Mrs. Lynde's domain when Gilbert came and insisted
|
|
on taking the twins with her. The significance of this was
|
|
unmistakable and Anne was in a helpless fury over it.
|
|
|
|
Davy, however, was perfectly happy. He reveled in getting out in
|
|
the morning and shoveling out the paths to the well and henhouse.
|
|
He gloried in the Christmas-tide delicacies which Marilla and
|
|
Mrs. Lynde vied with each other in preparing for Anne, and he
|
|
was reading an enthralling tale, in a school library book, of a
|
|
wonderful hero who seemed blessed with a miraculous faculty for
|
|
getting into scrapes from which he was usually delivered by an
|
|
earthquake or a volcanic explosion, which blew him high and dry
|
|
out of his troubles, landed him in a fortune, and closed the
|
|
story with proper ECLAT.
|
|
|
|
"I tell you it's a bully story, Anne," he said ecstatically.
|
|
"I'd ever so much rather read it than the Bible."
|
|
|
|
"Would you?" smiled Anne.
|
|
|
|
Davy peered curiously at her.
|
|
|
|
"You don't seem a bit shocked, Anne. Mrs. Lynde was awful
|
|
shocked when I said it to her."
|
|
|
|
"No, I'm not shocked, Davy. I think it's quite natural that a
|
|
nine-year-old boy would sooner read an adventure story than the
|
|
Bible. But when you are older I hope and think that you will
|
|
realize what a wonderful book the Bible is."
|
|
|
|
"Oh, I think some parts of it are fine," conceded Davy. "That
|
|
story about Joseph now -- it's bully. But if I'd been Joseph _I_
|
|
wouldn't have forgive the brothers. No, siree, Anne. I'd have
|
|
cut all their heads off. Mrs. Lynde was awful mad when I said that
|
|
and shut the Bible up and said she'd never read me any more of it if
|
|
I talked like that. So I don't talk now when she reads it Sunday
|
|
afternoons; I just think things and say them to Milty Boulter next
|
|
day in school. I told Milty the story about Elisha and the bears
|
|
and it scared him so he's never made fun of Mr. Harrison's bald
|
|
head once. Are there any bears on P.E. Island, Anne? I want to know."
|
|
|
|
"Not nowadays," said Anne, absently, as the wind blew a scud of
|
|
snow against the window. "Oh, dear, will it ever stop storming."
|
|
|
|
"God knows," said Davy airily, preparing to resume his reading.
|
|
|
|
Anne WAS shocked this time.
|
|
|
|
"Davy!" she exclaimed reproachfully.
|
|
|
|
"Mrs. Lynde says that," protested Davy. "One night last week
|
|
Marilla said `Will Ludovic Speed and Theodora Dix EVER get
|
|
married" and Mrs. Lynde said, `God knows' -- just like that."
|
|
|
|
"Well, it wasn't right for her to say it," said Anne, promptly
|
|
deciding upon which horn of this dilemma to empale herself.
|
|
"It isn't right for anybody to take that name in vain or
|
|
speak it lightly, Davy. Don't ever do it again."
|
|
|
|
"Not if I say it slow and solemn, like the minister?" queried
|
|
Davy gravely.
|
|
|
|
"No, not even then."
|
|
|
|
"Well, I won't. Ludovic Speed and Theodora Dix live in Middle
|
|
Grafton and Mrs. Rachel says he has been courting her for a
|
|
hundred years. Won't they soon be too old to get married, Anne?
|
|
I hope Gilbert won't court YOU that long. When are you going to
|
|
be married, Anne? Mrs. Lynde says it's a sure thing."
|
|
|
|
"Mrs. Lynde is a --" began Anne hotly; then stopped. "Awful old
|
|
gossip," completed Davy calmly. "That's what every one calls her.
|
|
But is it a sure thing, Anne? I want to know."
|
|
|
|
"You're a very silly little boy, Davy," said Anne, stalking
|
|
haughtily out of the room. The kitchen was deserted and she sat
|
|
down by the window in the fast falling wintry twilight. The sun
|
|
had set and the wind had died down. A pale chilly moon looked
|
|
out behind a bank of purple clouds in the west. The sky faded
|
|
out, but the strip of yellow along the western horizon grew
|
|
brighter and fiercer, as if all the stray gleams of light were
|
|
concentrating in one spot; the distant hills, rimmed with
|
|
priest-like firs, stood out in dark distinctness against it.
|
|
Anne looked across the still, white fields, cold and lifeless
|
|
in the harsh light of that grim sunset, and sighed. She was
|
|
very lonely; and she was sad at heart; for she was wondering
|
|
if she would be able to return to Redmond next year. It did not
|
|
seem likely. The only scholarship possible in the Sophomore year
|
|
was a very small affair. She would not take Marilla's money;
|
|
and there seemed little prospect of being able to earn enough
|
|
in the summer vacation.
|
|
|
|
"I suppose I'll just have to drop out next year," she thought
|
|
drearily, "and teach a district school again until I earn enough
|
|
to finish my course. And by that time all my old class will have
|
|
graduated and Patty's Place will be out of the question. But there!
|
|
I'm not going to be a coward. I'm thankful I can earn my way through
|
|
if necessary."
|
|
|
|
"Here's Mr. Harrison wading up the lane," announced Davy, running out.
|
|
"I hope he's brought the mail. It's three days since we got it.
|
|
I want to see what them pesky Grits are doing. I'm a Conservative, Anne.
|
|
And I tell you, you have to keep your eye on them Grits."
|
|
|
|
Mr. Harrison had brought the mail, and merry letters from Stella
|
|
and Priscilla and Phil soon dissipated Anne's blues. Aunt Jamesina,
|
|
too, had written, saying that she was keeping the hearth-fire alight,
|
|
and that the cats were all well, and the house plants doing fine.
|
|
|
|
"The weather has been real cold," she wrote, "so I let the cats sleep
|
|
in the house -- Rusty and Joseph on the sofa in the living-room, and
|
|
the Sarah-cat on the foot of my bed. It's real company to hear her
|
|
purring when I wake up in the night and think of my poor daughter in
|
|
the foreign field. If it was anywhere but in India I wouldn't worry,
|
|
but they say the snakes out there are terrible. It takes all the
|
|
Sarah-cats's purring to drive away the thought of those snakes.
|
|
I have enough faith for everything but the snakes. I can't think
|
|
why Providence ever made them. Sometimes I don't think He did.
|
|
I'm inclined to believe the Old Harry had a hand in making THEM."
|
|
|
|
Anne had left a thin, typewritten communication till the last,
|
|
thinking it unimportant. When she had read it she sat very
|
|
still, with tears in her eyes.
|
|
|
|
"What is the matter, Anne?" asked Marilla.
|
|
|
|
"Miss Josephine Barry is dead," said Anne, in a low tone.
|
|
|
|
"So she has gone at last," said Marilla. "Well, she has been
|
|
sick for over a year, and the Barrys have been expecting to hear
|
|
of her death any time. It is well she is at rest for she has
|
|
suffered dreadfully, Anne. She was always kind to you."
|
|
|
|
"She has been kind to the last, Marilla. This letter is from her lawyer.
|
|
She has left me a thousand dollars in her will."
|
|
|
|
"Gracious, ain't that an awful lot of money," exclaimed Davy.
|
|
"She's the woman you and Diana lit on when you jumped into
|
|
the spare room bed, ain't she? Diana told me that story.
|
|
Is that why she left you so much?"
|
|
|
|
"Hush, Davy," said Anne gently. She slipped away to the porch
|
|
gable with a full heart, leaving Marilla and Mrs. Lynde to talk
|
|
over the news to their hearts' content.
|
|
|
|
"Do you s'pose Anne will ever get married now?" speculated Davy
|
|
anxiously. "When Dorcas Sloane got married last summer she said
|
|
if she'd had enough money to live on she'd never have been
|
|
bothered with a man, but even a widower with eight children was
|
|
better'n living with a sister-in-law."
|
|
|
|
"Davy Keith, do hold your tongue," said Mrs. Rachel severely.
|
|
"The way you talk is scandalous for a small boy, that's what."
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Chapter XIX
|
|
|
|
An Interlude
|
|
|
|
|
|
"To think that this is my twentieth birthday, and that I've left
|
|
my teens behind me forever," said Anne, who was curled up on the
|
|
hearth-rug with Rusty in her lap, to Aunt Jamesina who was reading
|
|
in her pet chair. They were alone in the living room. Stella and
|
|
Priscilla had gone to a committee meeting and Phil was upstairs
|
|
adorning herself for a party.
|
|
|
|
"I suppose you feel kind of, sorry" said Aunt Jamesina. "The teens are
|
|
such a nice part of life. I'm glad I've never gone out of them myself."
|
|
|
|
Anne laughed.
|
|
|
|
"You never will, Aunty. You'll be eighteen when you should be a
|
|
hundred. Yes, I'm sorry, and a little dissatisfied as well.
|
|
Miss Stacy told me long ago that by the time I was twenty my
|
|
character would be formed, for good or evil. I don't feel that
|
|
it's what it should be. It's full of flaws."
|
|
|
|
"So's everybody's," said Aunt Jamesina cheerfully. "Mine's cracked
|
|
in a hundred places. Your Miss Stacy likely meant that when you are
|
|
twenty your character would have got its permanent bent in one direction
|
|
or 'tother, and would go on developing in that line. Don't worry over it,
|
|
Anne. Do your duty by God and your neighbor and yourself, and have a good
|
|
time. That's my philosophy and it's always worked pretty well. Where's
|
|
Phil off to tonight?"
|
|
|
|
"She's going to a dance, and she's got the sweetest dress for it
|
|
-- creamy yellow silk and cobwebby lace. It just suits those
|
|
brown tints of hers."
|
|
|
|
"There's magic in the words `silk' and `lace,' isn't there?" said
|
|
Aunt Jamesina. "The very sound of them makes me feel like
|
|
skipping off to a dance. And YELLOW silk. It makes one think of
|
|
a dress of sunshine. I always wanted a yellow silk dress, but
|
|
first my mother and then my husband wouldn't hear of it. The
|
|
very first thing I'm going to do when I get to heaven is to get a
|
|
yellow silk dress."
|
|
|
|
Amid Anne's peal of laughter Phil came downstairs, trailing clouds
|
|
of glory, and surveyed herself in the long oval mirror on the wall.
|
|
|
|
"A flattering looking glass is a promoter of amiability," she
|
|
said. "The one in my room does certainly make me green. Do I
|
|
look pretty nice, Anne?"
|
|
|
|
"Do you really know how pretty you are, Phil?" asked Anne,
|
|
in honest admiration.
|
|
|
|
"Of course I do. What are looking glasses and men for? That wasn't
|
|
what I meant. Are all my ends tucked in? Is my skirt straight?
|
|
And would this rose look better lower down? I'm afraid it's too high
|
|
-- it will make me look lop-sided. But I hate things tickling my ears."
|
|
|
|
"Everything is just right, and that southwest dimple of yours is lovely."
|
|
|
|
"Anne, there's one thing in particular I like about you -- you're
|
|
so ungrudging. There isn't a particle of envy in you."
|
|
|
|
"Why should she be envious?" demanded Aunt Jamesina. "She's not quite
|
|
as goodlooking as you, maybe, but she's got a far handsomer nose."
|
|
|
|
"I know it," conceded Phil.
|
|
|
|
"My nose always has been a great comfort to me," confessed Anne.
|
|
|
|
"And I love the way your hair grows on your forehead, Anne. And
|
|
that one wee curl, always looking as if it were going to drop,
|
|
but never dropping, is delicious. But as for noses, mine is a
|
|
dreadful worry to me. I know by the time I'm forty it will be
|
|
Byrney. What do you think I'll look like when I'm forty, Anne?"
|
|
|
|
"Like an old, matronly, married woman," teased Anne.
|
|
|
|
"I won't," said Phil, sitting down comfortably to wait for her escort.
|
|
"Joseph, you calico beastie, don't you dare jump on my lap. I won't go
|
|
to a dance all over cat hairs. No, Anne, I WON'T look matronly. But no
|
|
doubt I'll be married."
|
|
|
|
"To Alec or Alonzo?" asked Anne.
|
|
|
|
"To one of them, I suppose," sighed Phil, "if I can ever decide which."
|
|
|
|
"It shouldn't be hard to decide," scolded Aunt Jamesina.
|
|
|
|
"I was born a see-saw Aunty, and nothing can ever prevent me from teetering."
|
|
|
|
"You ought to be more levelheaded, Philippa."
|
|
|
|
"It's best to be levelheaded, of course," agreed Philippa, "but you miss
|
|
lots of fun. As for Alec and Alonzo, if you knew them you'd understand
|
|
why it's difficult to choose between them. They're equally nice."
|
|
|
|
"Then take somebody who is nicer" suggested Aunt Jamesina.
|
|
"There's that Senior who is so devoted to you -- Will Leslie.
|
|
He has such nice, large, mild eyes."
|
|
|
|
"They're a little bit too large and too mild -- like a cow's,"
|
|
said Phil cruelly.
|
|
|
|
"What do you say about George Parker?"
|
|
|
|
"There's nothing to say about him except that he always looks as
|
|
if he had just been starched and ironed."
|
|
|
|
"Marr Holworthy then. You can't find a fault with him."
|
|
|
|
"No, he would do if he wasn't poor. I must marry a rich man,
|
|
Aunt Jamesina. That -- and good looks -- is an indispensable
|
|
qualification. I'd marry Gilbert Blythe if he were rich."
|
|
|
|
"Oh, would you?" said Anne, rather viciously.
|
|
|
|
"We don't like that idea a little bit, although we don't want
|
|
Gilbert ourselves, oh, no," mocked Phil. "But don't let's talk
|
|
of disagreeable subjects. I'll have to marry sometime, I suppose,
|
|
but I shall put off the evil day as long as I can."
|
|
|
|
"You mustn't marry anybody you don't love, Phil, when all's said
|
|
and done," said Aunt Jamesina.
|
|
|
|
"`Oh, hearts that loved in the good old way
|
|
Have been out o' the fashion this many a day.'"
|
|
|
|
trilled Phil mockingly. "There's the carriage. I fly -- Bi-bi,
|
|
you two old-fashioned darlings."
|
|
|
|
When Phil had gone Aunt Jamesina looked solemnly at Anne.
|
|
|
|
"That girl is pretty and sweet and goodhearted, but do you think
|
|
she is quite right in her mind, by spells, Anne?"
|
|
|
|
"Oh, I don't think there's anything the matter with Phil's mind,"
|
|
said Anne, hiding a smile. "It's just her way of talking."
|
|
|
|
Aunt Jamesina shook her head.
|
|
|
|
"Well, I hope so, Anne. I do hope so, because I love her. But _I_
|
|
can't understand her -- she beats me. She isn't like any of the
|
|
girls I ever knew, or any of the girls I was myself."
|
|
|
|
"How many girls were you, Aunt Jimsie?"
|
|
|
|
"About half a dozen, my dear."
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Chapter XX
|
|
|
|
Gilbert Speaks
|
|
|
|
|
|
"This has been a dull, prosy day," yawned Phil, stretching
|
|
herself idly on the sofa, having previously dispossessed two
|
|
exceedingly indignant cats.
|
|
|
|
Anne looked up from Pickwick Papers. Now that spring
|
|
examinations were over she was treating herself to Dickens.
|
|
|
|
"It has been a prosy day for us," she said thoughtfully, "but to
|
|
some people it has been a wonderful day. Some one has been
|
|
rapturously happy in it. Perhaps a great deed has been done
|
|
somewhere today -- or a great poem written -- or a great man born.
|
|
And some heart has been broken, Phil."
|
|
|
|
"Why did you spoil your pretty thought by tagging that last
|
|
sentence on, honey?" grumbled Phil. "I don't like to think of
|
|
broken hearts -- or anything unpleasant."
|
|
|
|
"Do you think you'll be able to shirk unpleasant things all your
|
|
life, Phil?"
|
|
|
|
"Dear me, no. Am I not up against them now? You don't call Alec and
|
|
Alonzo pleasant things, do you, when they simply plague my life out?"
|
|
|
|
"You never take anything seriously, Phil."
|
|
|
|
"Why should I? There are enough folks who do. The world needs
|
|
people like me, Anne, just to amuse it. It would be a terrible
|
|
place if EVERYBODY were intellectual and serious and in deep,
|
|
deadly earnest. MY mission is, as Josiah Allen says, `to charm
|
|
and allure.' Confess now. Hasn't life at Patty's Place been
|
|
really much brighter and pleasanter this past winter because
|
|
I've been here to leaven you?"
|
|
|
|
"Yes, it has," owned Anne.
|
|
|
|
"And you all love me -- even Aunt Jamesina, who thinks I'm stark mad.
|
|
So why should I try to be different? Oh, dear, I'm so sleepy. I was
|
|
awake until one last night, reading a harrowing ghost story. I read
|
|
it in bed, and after I had finished it do you suppose I could get out
|
|
of bed to put the light out? No! And if Stella had not fortunately
|
|
come in late that lamp would have burned good and bright till morning.
|
|
When I heard Stella I called her in, explained my predicament, and got
|
|
her to put out the light. If I had got out myself to do it I knew
|
|
something would grab me by the feet when I was getting in again.
|
|
By the way, Anne, has Aunt Jamesina decided what to do this summer?"
|
|
|
|
"Yes, she's going to stay here. I know she's doing it for the
|
|
sake of those blessed cats, although she says it's too much
|
|
trouble to open her own house, and she hates visiting."
|
|
|
|
"What are you reading?"
|
|
|
|
"Pickwick."
|
|
|
|
"That's a book that always makes me hungry," said Phil. "There's so
|
|
much good eating in it. The characters seem always to be reveling
|
|
on ham and eggs and milk punch. I generally go on a cupboard rummage
|
|
after reading Pickwick. The mere thought reminds me that I'm starving.
|
|
Is there any tidbit in the pantry, Queen Anne?"
|
|
|
|
"I made a lemon pie this morning. You may have a piece of it."
|
|
|
|
Phil dashed out to the pantry and Anne betook herself to the
|
|
orchard in company with Rusty. It was a moist, pleasantly-
|
|
odorous night in early spring. The snow was not quite all gone
|
|
from the park; a little dingy bank of it yet lay under the pines
|
|
of the harbor road, screened from the influence of April suns.
|
|
It kept the harbor road muddy, and chilled the evening air.
|
|
But grass was growing green in sheltered spots and Gilbert
|
|
had found some pale, sweet arbutus in a hidden corner.
|
|
He came up from the park, his hands full of it.
|
|
|
|
Anne was sitting on the big gray boulder in the orchard looking
|
|
at the poem of a bare, birchen bough hanging against the pale red
|
|
sunset with the very perfection of grace. She was building a
|
|
castle in air -- a wondrous mansion whose sunlit courts and
|
|
stately halls were steeped in Araby's perfume, and where she
|
|
reigned queen and chatelaine. She frowned as she saw Gilbert
|
|
coming through the orchard. Of late she had managed not to be
|
|
left alone with Gilbert. But he had caught her fairly now; and
|
|
even Rusty had deserted her.
|
|
|
|
Gilbert sat down beside her on the boulder and held out his Mayflowers.
|
|
|
|
"Don't these remind you of home and our old schoolday picnics, Anne?"
|
|
|
|
Anne took them and buried her face in them.
|
|
|
|
"I'm in Mr. Silas Sloane's barrens this very minute," she said rapturously.
|
|
|
|
"I suppose you will be there in reality in a few days?"
|
|
|
|
"No, not for a fortnight. I'm going to visit with Phil in Bolingbroke
|
|
before I go home. You'll be in Avonlea before I will."
|
|
|
|
"No, I shall not be in Avonlea at all this summer, Anne. I've been
|
|
offered a job in the Daily News office and I'm going to take it."
|
|
|
|
"Oh," said Anne vaguely. She wondered what a whole Avonlea summer
|
|
would be like without Gilbert. Somehow she did not like the prospect.
|
|
"Well," she concluded flatly, "it is a good thing for you, of course."
|
|
|
|
"Yes, I've been hoping I would get it. It will help me out next year."
|
|
|
|
"You mustn't work too HARD," said Anne, without any very clear
|
|
idea of what she was saying. She wished desperately that Phil
|
|
would come out. "You've studied very constantly this winter.
|
|
Isn't this a delightful evening? Do you know, I found a cluster
|
|
of white violets under that old twisted tree over there today?
|
|
I felt as if I had discovered a gold mine."
|
|
|
|
"You are always discovering gold mines," said Gilbert -- also absently.
|
|
|
|
"Let us go and see if we can find some more," suggested Anne eagerly.
|
|
"I'll call Phil and -- "
|
|
|
|
"Never mind Phil and the violets just now, Anne," said Gilbert quietly,
|
|
taking her hand in a clasp from which she could not free it. "There is
|
|
something I want to say to you."
|
|
|
|
"Oh, don't say it," cried Anne, pleadingly. "Don't -- PLEASE, Gilbert."
|
|
|
|
"I must. Things can't go on like this any longer. Anne, I love you.
|
|
You know I do. I -- I can't tell you how much. Will you promise me
|
|
that some day you'll be my wife?"
|
|
|
|
"I -- I can't," said Anne miserably. "Oh, Gilbert -- you --
|
|
you've spoiled everything."
|
|
|
|
"Don't you care for me at all?" Gilbert asked after a very
|
|
dreadful pause, during which Anne had not dared to look up.
|
|
|
|
"Not -- not in that way. I do care a great deal for you as a friend.
|
|
But I don't love you, Gilbert."
|
|
|
|
"But can't you give me some hope that you will -- yet?"
|
|
|
|
"No, I can't," exclaimed Anne desperately. "I never, never can
|
|
love you -- in that way -- Gilbert. You must never speak of this
|
|
to me again."
|
|
|
|
There was another pause -- so long and so dreadful that Anne was
|
|
driven at last to look up. Gilbert's face was white to the lips.
|
|
And his eyes -- but Anne shuddered and looked away. There was
|
|
nothing romantic about this. Must proposals be either grotesque
|
|
or -- horrible? Could she ever forget Gilbert's face?
|
|
|
|
"Is there anybody else?" he asked at last in a low voice.
|
|
|
|
"No -- no," said Anne eagerly. "I don't care for any one like
|
|
THAT -- and I LIKE you better than anybody else in the world,
|
|
Gilbert. And we must -- we must go on being friends, Gilbert."
|
|
|
|
Gilbert gave a bitter little laugh.
|
|
|
|
"Friends! Your friendship can't satisfy me, Anne. I want your love
|
|
-- and you tell me I can never have that."
|
|
|
|
"I'm sorry. Forgive me, Gilbert," was all Anne could say.
|
|
Where, oh, where were all the gracious and graceful speeches
|
|
wherewith, in imagination, she had been wont to dismiss
|
|
rejected suitors?
|
|
|
|
Gilbert released her hand gently.
|
|
|
|
"There isn't anything to forgive. There have been times when I thought
|
|
you did care. I've deceived myself, that's all. Goodbye, Anne."
|
|
|
|
Anne got herself to her room, sat down on her window seat behind
|
|
the pines, and cried bitterly. She felt as if something incalculably
|
|
precious had gone out of her life. It was Gilbert's friendship,
|
|
of course. Oh, why must she lose it after this fashion?
|
|
|
|
"What is the matter, honey?" asked Phil, coming in through
|
|
the moonlit gloom.
|
|
|
|
Anne did not answer. At that moment she wished Phil were a
|
|
thousand miles away.
|
|
|
|
"I suppose you've gone and refused Gilbert Blythe. You are an idiot,
|
|
Anne Shirley!"
|
|
|
|
"Do you call it idiotic to refuse to marry a man I don't love?"
|
|
said Anne coldly, goaded to reply.
|
|
|
|
"You don't know love when you see it. You've tricked something
|
|
out with your imagination that you think love, and you expect the
|
|
real thing to look like that. There, that's the first sensible
|
|
thing I've ever said in my life. I wonder how I managed it?"
|
|
|
|
"Phil," pleaded Anne, "please go away and leave me alone for
|
|
a little while. My world has tumbled into pieces. I want to
|
|
reconstruct it."
|
|
|
|
"Without any Gilbert in it?" said Phil, going.
|
|
|
|
A world without any Gilbert in it! Anne repeated the words drearily.
|
|
Would it not be a very lonely, forlorn place? Well, it was all
|
|
Gilbert's fault. He had spoiled their beautiful comradeship.
|
|
She must just learn to live without it.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Chapter XXI
|
|
|
|
Roses of Yesterday
|
|
|
|
|
|
The fortnight Anne spent in Bolingbroke was a very pleasant one,
|
|
with a little under current of vague pain and dissatisfaction
|
|
running through it whenever she thought about Gilbert. There was
|
|
not, however, much time to think about him. "Mount Holly," the
|
|
beautiful old Gordon homestead, was a very gay place, overrun by
|
|
Phil's friends of both sexes. There was quite a bewildering
|
|
succession of drives, dances, picnics and boating parties, all
|
|
expressively lumped together by Phil under the head of "jamborees";
|
|
Alec and Alonzo were so constantly on hand that Anne wondered if
|
|
they ever did anything but dance attendance on that will-o'-the-wisp
|
|
of a Phil. They were both nice, manly fellows, but Anne would not
|
|
be drawn into any opinion as to which was the nicer.
|
|
|
|
"And I depended so on you to help me make up my mind which of them I
|
|
should promise to marry," mourned Phil.
|
|
|
|
"You must do that for yourself. You are quite expert at making
|
|
up your mind as to whom other people should marry," retorted Anne,
|
|
rather caustically.
|
|
|
|
"Oh, that's a very different thing," said Phil, truly.
|
|
|
|
But the sweetest incident of Anne's sojourn in Bolingbroke was the
|
|
visit to her birthplace -- the little shabby yellow house in an
|
|
out-of-the-way street she had so often dreamed about. She looked
|
|
at it with delighted eyes, as she and Phil turned in at the gate.
|
|
|
|
"It's almost exactly as I've pictured it," she said. "There is
|
|
no honeysuckle over the windows, but there is a lilac tree by the
|
|
gate, and -- yes, there are the muslin curtains in the windows.
|
|
How glad I am it is still painted yellow."
|
|
|
|
A very tall, very thin woman opened the door.
|
|
|
|
"Yes, the Shirleys lived here twenty years ago," she said, in
|
|
answer to Anne's question. "They had it rented. I remember 'em.
|
|
They both died of fever at onct. It was turrible sad. They left
|
|
a baby. I guess it's dead long ago. It was a sickly thing. Old
|
|
Thomas and his wife took it -- as if they hadn't enough of their own."
|
|
|
|
"It didn't die," said Anne, smiling. "I was that baby."
|
|
|
|
"You don't say so! Why, you have grown," exclaimed the woman,
|
|
as if she were much surprised that Anne was not still a baby.
|
|
"Come to look at you, I see the resemblance. You're complected
|
|
like your pa. He had red hair. But you favor your ma in your
|
|
eyes and mouth. She was a nice little thing. My darter went to
|
|
school to her and was nigh crazy about her. They was buried in
|
|
the one grave and the School Board put up a tombstone to them as
|
|
a reward for faithful service. Will you come in?"
|
|
|
|
"Will you let me go all over the house?" asked Anne eagerly.
|
|
|
|
"Laws, yes, you can if you like. 'Twon't take you long -- there
|
|
ain't much of it. I keep at my man to build a new kitchen, but
|
|
he ain't one of your hustlers. The parlor's in there and there's
|
|
two rooms upstairs. Just prowl about yourselves. I've got to
|
|
see to the baby. The east room was the one you were born in.
|
|
I remember your ma saying she loved to see the sunrise; and I
|
|
mind hearing that you was born just as the sun was rising and
|
|
its light on your face was the first thing your ma saw."
|
|
|
|
Anne went up the narrow stairs and into that little east room
|
|
with a full heart. It was as a shrine to her. Here her mother
|
|
had dreamed the exquisite, happy dreams of anticipated motherhood;
|
|
here that red sunrise light had fallen over them both in the sacred
|
|
hour of birth; here her mother had died. Anne looked about her
|
|
reverently, her eyes with tears. It was for her one of the jeweled
|
|
hours of life that gleam out radiantly forever in memory.
|
|
|
|
"Just to think of it -- mother was younger than I am now when I was born,"
|
|
she whispered.
|
|
|
|
When Anne went downstairs the lady of the house met her in the hall.
|
|
She held out a dusty little packet tied with faded blue ribbon.
|
|
|
|
"Here's a bundle of old letters I found in that closet upstairs
|
|
when I came here," she said. "I dunno what they are -- I never
|
|
bothered to look in 'em, but the address on the top one is
|
|
`Miss Bertha Willis,' and that was your ma's maiden name.
|
|
You can take 'em if you'd keer to have 'em."
|
|
|
|
"Oh, thank you -- thank you," cried Anne, clasping the packet rapturously.
|
|
|
|
"That was all that was in the house," said her hostess. "The furniture
|
|
was all sold to pay the doctor bills, and Mrs. Thomas got your ma's
|
|
clothes and little things. I reckon they didn't last long among that
|
|
drove of Thomas youngsters. They was destructive young animals,
|
|
as I mind 'em."
|
|
|
|
"I haven't one thing that belonged to my mother," said Anne,
|
|
chokily. "I -- I can never thank you enough for these letters."
|
|
|
|
"You're quite welcome. Laws, but your eyes is like your ma's.
|
|
She could just about talk with hers. Your father was sorter
|
|
homely but awful nice. I mind hearing folks say when they was
|
|
married that there never was two people more in love with each
|
|
other -- Pore creatures, they didn't live much longer; but they
|
|
was awful happy while they was alive, and I s'pose that counts
|
|
for a good deal."
|
|
|
|
Anne longed to get home to read her precious letters; but she
|
|
made one little pilgrimage first. She went alone to the green
|
|
corner of the "old" Bolingbroke cemetery where her father and
|
|
mother were buried, and left on their grave the white flowers
|
|
she carried. Then she hastened back to Mount Holly, shut herself
|
|
up in her room, and read the letters. Some were written by her
|
|
father, some by her mother. There were not many -- only a dozen
|
|
in all -- for Walter and Bertha Shirley had not been often
|
|
separated during their courtship. The letters were yellow
|
|
and faded and dim, blurred with the touch of passing years.
|
|
No profound words of wisdom were traced on the stained and
|
|
wrinkled pages, but only lines of love and trust. The sweetness
|
|
of forgotten things clung to them -- the far-off, fond imaginings
|
|
of those long-dead lovers. Bertha Shirley had possessed the gift
|
|
of writing letters which embodied the charming personality of
|
|
the writer in words and thoughts that retained their beauty and
|
|
fragrance after the lapse of time. The letters were tender,
|
|
intimate, sacred. To Anne, the sweetest of all was the one
|
|
written after her birth to the father on a brief absence.
|
|
It was full of a proud young mother's accounts of "baby" --
|
|
her cleverness, her brightness, her thousand sweetnesses.
|
|
|
|
"I love her best when she is asleep and better still when she is awake,"
|
|
Bertha Shirley had written in the postscript. Probably it was the last
|
|
sentence she had ever penned. The end was very near for her.
|
|
|
|
"This has been the most beautiful day of my life," Anne said to Phil
|
|
that night. "I've FOUND my father and mother. Those letters have
|
|
made them REAL to me. I'm not an orphan any longer. I feel as if
|
|
I had opened a book and found roses of yesterday, sweet and beloved,
|
|
between its leaves."
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Chapter XXII
|
|
|
|
Spring and Anne Return to Green Gables
|
|
|
|
|
|
The firelight shadows were dancing over the kitchen walls at
|
|
Green Gables, for the spring evening was chilly; through the open
|
|
east window drifted in the subtly sweet voices of the night.
|
|
Marilla was sitting by the fire -- at least, in body. In spirit
|
|
she was roaming olden ways, with feet grown young. Of late
|
|
Marilla had thus spent many an hour, when she thought she should
|
|
have been knitting for the twins.
|
|
|
|
"I suppose I'm growing old," she said.
|
|
|
|
Yet Marilla had changed but little in the past nine years, save
|
|
to grow something thinner, and even more angular; there was a
|
|
little more gray in the hair that was still twisted up in the
|
|
same hard knot, with two hairpins -- WERE they the same hairpins?
|
|
-- still stuck through it. But her expression was very different;
|
|
the something about the mouth which had hinted at a sense of humor
|
|
had developed wonderfully; her eyes were gentler and milder, her
|
|
smile more frequent and tender.
|
|
|
|
Marilla was thinking of her whole past life, her cramped but not
|
|
unhappy childhood, the jealously hidden dreams and the blighted
|
|
hopes of her girlhood, the long, gray, narrow, monotonous years
|
|
of dull middle life that followed. And the coming of Anne --
|
|
the vivid, imaginative, impetuous child with her heart of love,
|
|
and her world of fancy, bringing with her color and warmth and
|
|
radiance, until the wilderness of existence had blossomed like
|
|
the rose. Marilla felt that out of her sixty years she had
|
|
lived only the nine that had followed the advent of Anne.
|
|
And Anne would be home tomorrow night.
|
|
|
|
The kitchen door opened. Marilla looked up expecting to see Mrs.
|
|
Lynde. Anne stood before her, tall and starry-eyed, with her
|
|
hands full of Mayflowers and violets.
|
|
|
|
"Anne Shirley!" exclaimed Marilla. For once in her life she was
|
|
surprised out of her reserve; she caught her girl in her arms and
|
|
crushed her and her flowers against her heart, kissing the bright
|
|
hair and sweet face warmly. "I never looked for you till
|
|
tomorrow night. How did you get from Carmody?"
|
|
|
|
"Walked, dearest of Marillas. Haven't I done it a score of times
|
|
in the Queen's days? The mailman is to bring my trunk tomorrow;
|
|
I just got homesick all at once, and came a day earlier. And oh!
|
|
I've had such a lovely walk in the May twilight; I stopped by the
|
|
barrens and picked these Mayflowers; I came through Violet-Vale;
|
|
it's just a big bowlful of violets now -- the dear, sky-tinted
|
|
things. Smell them, Marilla -- drink them in."
|
|
|
|
Marilla sniffed obligingly, but she was more interested in Anne
|
|
than in drinking violets.
|
|
|
|
"Sit down, child. You must be real tired. I'm going to get you
|
|
some supper."
|
|
|
|
"There's a darling moonrise behind the hills tonight, Marilla,
|
|
and oh, how the frogs sang me home from Carmody! I do love the
|
|
music of the frogs. It seems bound up with all my happiest
|
|
recollections of old spring evenings. And it always reminds me
|
|
of the night I came here first. Do you remember it, Marilla?"
|
|
|
|
"Well, yes," said Marilla with emphasis. "I'm not likely to
|
|
forget it ever."
|
|
|
|
"They used to sing so madly in the marsh and brook that year.
|
|
I would listen to them at my window in the dusk, and wonder how
|
|
they could seem so glad and so sad at the same time. Oh, but
|
|
it's good to be home again! Redmond was splendid and Bolingbroke
|
|
delightful -- but Green Gables is HOME."
|
|
|
|
"Gilbert isn't coming home this summer, I hear," said Marilla.
|
|
|
|
"No." Something in Anne's tone made Marilla glance at her
|
|
sharply, but Anne was apparently absorbed in arranging her
|
|
violets in a bowl. "See, aren't they sweet?" she went on
|
|
hurriedly. "The year is a book, isn't it, Marilla? Spring's
|
|
pages are written in Mayflowers and violets, summer's in roses,
|
|
autumn's in red maple leaves, and winter in holly and evergreen."
|
|
|
|
"Did Gilbert do well in his examinations?" persisted Marilla.
|
|
|
|
"Excellently well. He led his class. But where are the twins
|
|
and Mrs. Lynde?"
|
|
|
|
"Rachel and Dora are over at Mr. Harrison's. Davy is down at
|
|
Boulters'. I think I hear him coming now."
|
|
|
|
Davy burst in, saw Anne, stopped, and then hurled himself upon
|
|
her with a joyful yell.
|
|
|
|
"Oh, Anne, ain't I glad to see you! Say, Anne, I've grown two inches
|
|
since last fall. Mrs. Lynde measured me with her tape today, and say,
|
|
Anne, see my front tooth. It's gone. Mrs. Lynde tied one end of a
|
|
string to it and the other end to the door, and then shut the door.
|
|
I sold it to Milty for two cents. Milty's collecting teeth."
|
|
|
|
"What in the world does he want teeth for?" asked Marilla.
|
|
|
|
"To make a necklace for playing Indian Chief," explained Davy,
|
|
climbing upon Anne's lap. "He's got fifteen already, and
|
|
everybody's else's promised, so there's no use in the rest of us
|
|
starting to collect, too. I tell you the Boulters are great
|
|
business people."
|
|
|
|
"Were you a good boy at Mrs. Boulter's?" asked Marilla severely.
|
|
|
|
"Yes; but say, Marilla, I'm tired of being good."
|
|
|
|
"You'd get tired of being bad much sooner, Davy-boy," said Anne.
|
|
|
|
"Well, it'd be fun while it lasted, wouldn't it?" persisted Davy.
|
|
"I could be sorry for it afterwards, couldn't I?"
|
|
|
|
"Being sorry wouldn't do away with the consequences of being bad,
|
|
Davy. Don't you remember the Sunday last summer when you ran
|
|
away from Sunday School? You told me then that being bad wasn't
|
|
worth while. What were you and Milty doing today?"
|
|
|
|
"Oh, we fished and chased the cat, and hunted for eggs, and
|
|
yelled at the echo. There's a great echo in the bush behind the
|
|
Boulter barn. Say, what is echo, Anne; I want to know."
|
|
|
|
"Echo is a beautiful nymph, Davy, living far away in the woods,
|
|
and laughing at the world from among the hills."
|
|
|
|
"What does she look like?"
|
|
|
|
"Her hair and eyes are dark, but her neck and arms are white as snow.
|
|
No mortal can ever see how fair she is. She is fleeter than a deer,
|
|
and that mocking voice of hers is all we can know of her. You can
|
|
hear her calling at night; you can hear her laughing under the stars.
|
|
But you can never see her. She flies afar if you follow her, and
|
|
laughs at you always just over the next hill."
|
|
|
|
"Is that true, Anne? Or is it a whopper?" demanded Davy staring.
|
|
|
|
"Davy," said Anne despairingly, "haven't you sense enough to
|
|
distinguish between a fairytale and a falsehood?"
|
|
|
|
"Then what is it that sasses back from the Boulter bush? I want
|
|
to know," insisted Davy.
|
|
|
|
"When you are a little older, Davy, I'll explain it all to you."
|
|
|
|
The mention of age evidently gave a new turn to Davy's thoughts
|
|
for after a few moments of reflection, he whispered solemnly:
|
|
|
|
"Anne, I'm going to be married."
|
|
|
|
"When?" asked Anne with equal solemnity.
|
|
|
|
"Oh, not until I'm grown-up, of course."
|
|
|
|
"Well, that's a relief, Davy. Who is the lady?"
|
|
|
|
"Stella Fletcher; she's in my class at school. And say, Anne,
|
|
she's the prettiest girl you ever saw. If I die before I grow up
|
|
you'll keep an eye on her, won't you?"
|
|
|
|
"Davy Keith, do stop talking such nonsense," said Marilla severely.
|
|
|
|
" 'Tisn't nonsense," protested Davy in an injured tone. "She's
|
|
my promised wife, and if I was to die she'd be my promised widow,
|
|
wouldn't she? And she hasn't got a soul to look after her except
|
|
her old grandmother."
|
|
|
|
"Come and have your supper, Anne," said Marilla, "and don't
|
|
encourage that child in his absurd talk."
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Chapter XXIII
|
|
|
|
Paul Cannot Find the Rock People
|
|
|
|
|
|
Life was very pleasant in Avonlea that summer, although Anne,
|
|
amid all her vacation joys, was haunted by a sense of "something
|
|
gone which should be there." She would not admit, even in her
|
|
inmost reflections, that this was caused by Gilbert's absence.
|
|
But when she had to walk home alone from prayer meetings and
|
|
A.V.I.S. pow-wows, while Diana and Fred, and many other gay couples,
|
|
loitered along the dusky, starlit country roads, there was a queer,
|
|
lonely ache in her heart which she could not explain away. Gilbert
|
|
did not even write to her, as she thought he might have done.
|
|
She knew he wrote to Diana occasionally, but she would not inquire
|
|
about him; and Diana, supposing that Anne heard from him, volunteered
|
|
no information. Gilbert's mother, who was a gay, frank, light-hearted
|
|
lady, but not overburdened with tact, had a very embarrassing habit of
|
|
asking Anne, always in a painfully distinct voice and always in the
|
|
presence of a crowd, if she had heard from Gilbert lately. Poor Anne
|
|
could only blush horribly and murmur, "not very lately," which was
|
|
taken by all, Mrs. Blythe included, to be merely a maidenly evasion.
|
|
|
|
Apart from this, Anne enjoyed her summer. Priscilla came for a
|
|
merry visit in June; and, when she had gone, Mr. and Mrs. Irving,
|
|
Paul and Charlotta the Fourth came "home" for July and August.
|
|
|
|
Echo Lodge was the scene of gaieties once more, and the echoes
|
|
over the river were kept busy mimicking the laughter that rang in
|
|
the old garden behind the spruces.
|
|
|
|
"Miss Lavendar" had not changed, except to grow even sweeter and
|
|
prettier. Paul adored her, and the companionship between them
|
|
was beautiful to see.
|
|
|
|
"But I don't call her `mother' just by itself," he explained to
|
|
Anne. "You see, THAT name belongs just to my own little mother,
|
|
and I can't give it to any one else. You know, teacher. But I
|
|
call her `Mother Lavendar' and I love her next best to father.
|
|
I -- I even love her a LITTLE better than you, teacher."
|
|
|
|
"Which is just as it ought to be," answered Anne.
|
|
|
|
Paul was thirteen now and very tall for his years. His face and
|
|
eyes were as beautiful as ever, and his fancy was still like a prism,
|
|
separating everything that fell upon it into rainbows. He and Anne
|
|
had delightful rambles to wood and field and shore. Never were there
|
|
two more thoroughly "kindred spirits."
|
|
|
|
Charlotta the Fourth had blossomed out into young ladyhood. She
|
|
wore her hair now in an enormous pompador and had discarded the
|
|
blue ribbon bows of auld lang syne, but her face was as freckled,
|
|
her nose as snubbed, and her mouth and smiles as wide as ever.
|
|
|
|
"You don't think I talk with a Yankee accent, do you, Miss
|
|
Shirley, ma'am?" she demanded anxiously.
|
|
|
|
"I don't notice it, Charlotta."
|
|
|
|
"I'm real glad of that. They said I did at home, but I thought
|
|
likely they just wanted to aggravate me. I don't want no Yankee
|
|
accent. Not that I've a word to say against the Yankees, Miss
|
|
Shirley, ma'am. They're real civilized. But give me old P.E.
|
|
Island every time."
|
|
|
|
Paul spent his first fortnight with his grandmother Irving in
|
|
Avonlea. Anne was there to meet him when he came, and found him
|
|
wild with eagerness to get to the shore -- Nora and the Golden
|
|
Lady and the Twin Sailors would be there. He could hardly wait
|
|
to eat his supper. Could he not see Nora's elfin face peering
|
|
around the point, watching for him wistfully? But it was a very
|
|
sober Paul who came back from the shore in the twilight.
|
|
|
|
"Didn't you find your Rock People?" asked Anne.
|
|
|
|
Paul shook his chestnut curls sorrowfully.
|
|
|
|
"The Twin Sailors and the Golden Lady never came at all," he said.
|
|
"Nora was there -- but Nora is not the same, teacher. She is changed."
|
|
|
|
"Oh, Paul, it is you who are changed," said Anne. "You have
|
|
grown too old for the Rock People. They like only children for
|
|
playfellows. I am afraid the Twin Sailors will never again come
|
|
to you in the pearly, enchanted boat with the sail of moonshine;
|
|
and the Golden Lady will play no more for you on her golden harp.
|
|
Even Nora will not meet you much longer. You must pay the penalty
|
|
of growing-up, Paul. You must leave fairyland behind you."
|
|
|
|
"You two talk as much foolishness as ever you did," said old
|
|
Mrs. Irving, half-indulgently, half-reprovingly.
|
|
|
|
"Oh, no, we don't," said Anne, shaking her head gravely. "We are
|
|
getting very, very wise, and it is such a pity. We are never
|
|
half so interesting when we have learned that language is given
|
|
us to enable us to conceal our thoughts."
|
|
|
|
"But it isn't -- it is given us to exchange our thoughts," said
|
|
Mrs. Irving seriously. She had never heard of Tallyrand and did
|
|
not understand epigrams.
|
|
|
|
Anne spent a fortnight of halcyon days at Echo Lodge in the
|
|
golden prime of August. While there she incidentally contrived
|
|
to hurry Ludovic Speed in his leisurely courting of Theodora Dix,
|
|
as related duly in another chronicle of her history.[1] Arnold
|
|
Sherman, an elderly friend of the Irvings, was there at the same
|
|
time, and added not a little to the general pleasantness of life.
|
|
|
|
([1] Chronicles of Avonlea.)
|
|
|
|
"What a nice play-time this has been," said Anne. "I feel like a
|
|
giant refreshed. And it's only a fortnight more till I go back
|
|
to Kingsport, and Redmond and Patty's Place. Patty's Place
|
|
is the dearest spot, Miss Lavendar. I feel as if I had two homes
|
|
-- one at Green Gables and one at Patty's Place. But where has the
|
|
summer gone? It doesn't seem a day since I came home that spring
|
|
evening with the Mayflowers. When I was little I couldn't see from
|
|
one end of the summer to the other. It stretched before me like
|
|
an unending season. Now, `'tis a handbreadth, 'tis a tale.'"
|
|
|
|
"Anne, are you and Gilbert Blythe as good friends as you used to be?"
|
|
asked Miss Lavendar quietly.
|
|
|
|
"I am just as much Gilbert's friend as ever I was, Miss Lavendar."
|
|
|
|
Miss Lavendar shook her head.
|
|
|
|
"I see something's gone wrong, Anne. I'm going to be impertinent
|
|
and ask what. Have you quarrelled?"
|
|
|
|
"No; it's only that Gilbert wants more than friendship and I can't
|
|
give him more."
|
|
|
|
"Are you sure of that, Anne?"
|
|
|
|
"Perfectly sure."
|
|
|
|
"I'm very, very sorry."
|
|
|
|
"I wonder why everybody seems to think I ought to marry Gilbert Blythe,"
|
|
said Anne petulantly.
|
|
|
|
"Because you were made and meant for each other, Anne -- that is why.
|
|
You needn't toss that young head of yours. It's a fact."
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Chapter XXIV
|
|
|
|
Enter Jonas
|
|
|
|
|
|
"PROSPECT POINT,
|
|
"August 20th.
|
|
|
|
"Dear Anne -- spelled -- with -- an -- E," wrote Phil, "I must
|
|
prop my eyelids open long enough to write you. I've neglected
|
|
you shamefully this summer, honey, but all my other correspondents
|
|
have been neglected, too. I have a huge pile of letters to answer,
|
|
so I must gird up the loins of my mind and hoe in. Excuse my
|
|
mixed metaphors. I'm fearfully sleepy. Last night Cousin Emily
|
|
and I were calling at a neighbor's. There were several other
|
|
callers there, and as soon as those unfortunate creatures left,
|
|
our hostess and her three daughters picked them all to pieces.
|
|
I knew they would begin on Cousin Emily and me as soon as the door
|
|
shut behind us. When we came home Mrs. Lilly informed us that the
|
|
aforesaid neighbor's hired boy was supposed to be down with scarlet
|
|
fever. You can always trust Mrs. Lilly to tell you cheerful things
|
|
like that. I have a horror of scarlet fever. I couldn't sleep when
|
|
I went to bed for thinking of it. I tossed and tumbled about,
|
|
dreaming fearful dreams when I did snooze for a minute; and at
|
|
three I wakened up with a high fever, a sore throat, and a
|
|
raging headache. I knew I had scarlet fever; I got up in a
|
|
panic and hunted up Cousin Emily's 'doctor book' to read up
|
|
the symptoms. Anne, I had them all. So I went back to bed,
|
|
and knowing the worst, slept like a top the rest of the night.
|
|
Though why a top should sleep sounder than anything else I
|
|
never could understand. But this morning I was quite well,
|
|
so it couldn't have been the fever. I suppose if I did catch
|
|
it last night it couldn't have developed so soon. I can remember
|
|
that in daytime, but at three o'clock at night I never can be logical.
|
|
|
|
"I suppose you wonder what I'm doing at Prospect Point. Well, I
|
|
always like to spend a month of summer at the shore, and father
|
|
insists that I come to his second-cousin Emily's `select
|
|
boardinghouse' at Prospect Point. So a fortnight ago I came as
|
|
usual. And as usual old `Uncle Mark Miller' brought me from the
|
|
station with his ancient buggy and what he calls his `generous
|
|
purpose' horse. He is a nice old man and gave me a handful of
|
|
pink peppermints. Peppermints always seem to me such a religious
|
|
sort of candy -- I suppose because when I was a little girl
|
|
Grandmother Gordon always gave them to me in church. Once I
|
|
asked, referring to the smell of peppermints, `Is that the odor
|
|
of sanctity?' I didn't like to eat Uncle Mark's peppermints
|
|
because he just fished them loose out of his pocket, and had to
|
|
pick some rusty nails and other things from among them before he
|
|
gave them to me. But I wouldn't hurt his dear old feelings for
|
|
anything, so I carefully sowed them along the road at intervals.
|
|
When the last one was gone, Uncle Mark said, a little rebukingly,
|
|
`Ye shouldn't a'et all them candies to onct, Miss Phil. You'll
|
|
likely have the stummick-ache.'
|
|
|
|
"Cousin Emily has only five boarders besides myself -- four old
|
|
ladies and one young man. My right-hand neighbor is Mrs. Lilly.
|
|
She is one of those people who seem to take a gruesome pleasure
|
|
in detailing all their many aches and pains and sicknesses.
|
|
You cannot mention any ailment but she says, shaking her head, `Ah,
|
|
I know too well what that is' -- and then you get all the details.
|
|
Jonas declares he once spoke of locomotor ataxia in hearing and
|
|
she said she knew too well what that was. She suffered from it
|
|
for ten years and was finally cured by a traveling doctor.
|
|
|
|
"Who is Jonas? Just wait, Anne Shirley. You'll hear all about
|
|
Jonas in the proper time and place. He is not to be mixed up
|
|
with estimable old ladies.
|
|
|
|
"My left-hand neighbor at the table is Mrs. Phinney. She always
|
|
speaks with a wailing, dolorous voice -- you are nervously expecting
|
|
her to burst into tears every moment. She gives you the impression
|
|
that life to her is indeed a vale of tears, and that a smile, never
|
|
to speak of a laugh, is a frivolity truly reprehensible. She has a
|
|
worse opinion of me than Aunt Jamesina, and she doesn't love me hard
|
|
to atone for it, as Aunty J. does, either.
|
|
|
|
"Miss Maria Grimsby sits cati-corner from me. The first day I
|
|
came I remarked to Miss Maria that it looked a little like rain
|
|
-- and Miss Maria laughed. I said the road from the station was
|
|
very pretty -- and Miss Maria laughed. I said there seemed to be
|
|
a few mosquitoes left yet -- and Miss Maria laughed. I said that
|
|
Prospect Point was as beautiful as ever -- and Miss Maria laughed.
|
|
If I were to say to Miss Maria, `My father has hanged himself,
|
|
my mother has taken poison, my brother is in the penitentiary,
|
|
and I am in the last stages of consumption,' Miss Maria would laugh.
|
|
She can't help it -- she was born so; but is very sad and awful.
|
|
|
|
"The fifth old lady is Mrs. Grant. She is a sweet old thing;
|
|
but she never says anything but good of anybody and so she is a
|
|
very uninteresting conversationalist.
|
|
|
|
"And now for Jonas, Anne.
|
|
|
|
"That first day I came I saw a young man sitting opposite me at
|
|
the table, smiling at me as if he had known me from my cradle.
|
|
I knew, for Uncle Mark had told me, that his name was Jonas Blake,
|
|
that he was a Theological Student from St. Columbia, and that he had
|
|
taken charge of the Point Prospect Mission Church for the summer.
|
|
|
|
"He is a very ugly young man -- really, the ugliest young man
|
|
I've ever seen. He has a big, loose-jointed figure with absurdly
|
|
long legs. His hair is tow-color and lank, his eyes are green,
|
|
and his mouth is big, and his ears -- but I never think about his
|
|
ears if I can help it.
|
|
|
|
"He has a lovely voice -- if you shut your eyes he is adorable --
|
|
and he certainly has a beautiful soul and disposition.
|
|
|
|
"We were good chums right way. Of course he is a graduate of
|
|
Redmond, and that is a link between us. We fished and boated
|
|
together; and we walked on the sands by moonlight. He didn't
|
|
look so homely by moonlight and oh, he was nice. Niceness fairly
|
|
exhaled from him. The old ladies -- except Mrs. Grant -- don't
|
|
approve of Jonas, because he laughs and jokes -- and because he
|
|
evidently likes the society of frivolous me better than theirs.
|
|
|
|
"Somehow, Anne, I don't want him to think me frivolous. This is
|
|
ridiculous. Why should I care what a tow-haired person called
|
|
Jonas, whom I never saw before thinks of me?
|
|
|
|
"Last Sunday Jonas preached in the village church. I went,
|
|
of course, but I couldn't realize that Jonas was going to preach.
|
|
The fact that he was a minister -- or going to be one -- persisted
|
|
in seeming a huge joke to me.
|
|
|
|
"Well, Jonas preached. And, by the time he had preached ten
|
|
minutes, I felt so small and insignificant that I thought I must
|
|
be invisible to the naked eye. Jonas never said a word about
|
|
women and he never looked at me. But I realized then and there
|
|
what a pitiful, frivilous, small-souled little butterfly I was,
|
|
and how horribly different I must be from Jonas' ideal woman.
|
|
SHE would be grand and strong and noble. He was so earnest
|
|
and tender and true. He was everything a minister ought to be.
|
|
I wondered how I could ever have thought him ugly -- but he
|
|
really is! -- with those inspired eyes and that intellectual
|
|
brow which the roughly-falling hair hid on week days.
|
|
|
|
"It was a splendid sermon and I could have listened to it forever,
|
|
and it made me feel utterly wretched. Oh, I wish I was like YOU, Anne.
|
|
|
|
"He caught up with me on the road home, and grinned as cheerfully
|
|
as usual. But his grin could never deceive me again. I had seen
|
|
the REAL Jonas. I wondered if he could ever see the REAL PHIL --
|
|
whom NOBODY, not even you, Anne, has ever seen yet.
|
|
|
|
"`Jonas,' I said -- I forgot to call him Mr. Blake. Wasn't it dreadful?
|
|
But there are times when things like that don't matter -- `Jonas, you
|
|
were born to be a minister. You COULDN'T be anything else.'
|
|
|
|
"`No, I couldn't,' he said soberly. `I tried to be something
|
|
else for a long time -- I didn't want to be a minister. But I
|
|
came to see at last that it was the work given me to do -- and
|
|
God helping me, I shall try to do it.'
|
|
|
|
"His voice was low and reverent. I thought that he would do his
|
|
work and do it well and nobly; and happy the woman fitted by
|
|
nature and training to help him do it. SHE would be no feather,
|
|
blown about by every fickle wind of fancy. SHE would always know
|
|
what hat to put on. Probably she would have only one. Ministers
|
|
never have much money. But she wouldn't mind having one hat or
|
|
none at all, because she would have Jonas.
|
|
|
|
"Anne Shirley, don't you dare to say or hint or think that I've
|
|
fallen in love with Mr. Blake. Could I care for a lank, poor,
|
|
ugly theologue -- named Jonas? As Uncle Mark says, `It's impossible,
|
|
and what's more it's improbable.'
|
|
|
|
Good night,
|
|
PHIL."
|
|
|
|
"P.S. It is impossible -- but I am horribly afraid it's true.
|
|
I'm happy and wretched and scared. HE can NEVER care for me,
|
|
I know. Do you think I could ever develop into a passable
|
|
minister's wife, Anne? And WOULD they expect me to lead
|
|
in prayer? P G."
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Chapter XXV
|
|
|
|
Enter Prince Charming
|
|
|
|
|
|
"I'm contrasting the claims of indoors and out," said Anne, looking
|
|
from the window of Patty's Place to the distant pines of the park.
|
|
|
|
"I've an afternoon to spend in sweet doing nothing, Aunt Jimsie.
|
|
Shall I spend it here where there is a cosy fire, a plateful of
|
|
delicious russets, three purring and harmonious cats, and two
|
|
impeccable china dogs with green noses? Or shall I go to the park,
|
|
where there is the lure of gray woods and of gray water lapping
|
|
on the harbor rocks?"
|
|
|
|
"If I was as young as you, I'd decide in favor of the park," said
|
|
Aunt Jamesina, tickling Joseph's yellow ear with a knitting needle.
|
|
|
|
"I thought that you claimed to be as young as any of us, Aunty,"
|
|
teased Anne.
|
|
|
|
"Yes, in my soul. But I'll admit my legs aren't as young as yours.
|
|
You go and get some fresh air, Anne. You look pale lately."
|
|
|
|
"I think I'll go to the park," said Anne restlessly. "I don't
|
|
feel like tame domestic joys today. I want to feel alone and
|
|
free and wild. The park will be empty, for every one will be at
|
|
the football match."
|
|
|
|
"Why didn't you go to it?"
|
|
|
|
"`Nobody axed me, sir, she said' -- at least, nobody but that
|
|
horrid little Dan Ranger. I wouldn't go anywhere with him;
|
|
but rather than hurt his poor little tender feelings I said I
|
|
wasn't going to the game at all. I don't mind. I'm not in
|
|
the mood for football today somehow."
|
|
|
|
"You go and get some fresh air," repeated Aunt Jamesina, "but take
|
|
your umbrella, for I believe it's going to rain. I've rheumatism
|
|
in my leg."
|
|
|
|
"Only old people should have rheumatism, Aunty."
|
|
|
|
"Anybody is liable to rheumatism in her legs, Anne. It's only
|
|
old people who should have rheumatism in their souls, though.
|
|
Thank goodness, I never have. When you get rheumatism in your
|
|
soul you might as well go and pick out your coffin."
|
|
|
|
It was November -- the month of crimson sunsets, parting birds,
|
|
deep, sad hymns of the sea, passionate wind-songs in the pines.
|
|
Anne roamed through the pineland alleys in the park and, as she
|
|
said, let that great sweeping wind blow the fogs out of her soul.
|
|
Anne was not wont to be troubled with soul fog. But, somehow, since
|
|
her return to Redmond for this third year, life had not mirrored
|
|
her spirit back to her with its old, perfect, sparkling clearness.
|
|
|
|
Outwardly, existence at Patty's Place was the same pleasant
|
|
round of work and study and recreation that it had always been.
|
|
On Friday evenings the big, fire-lighted livingroom was crowded by
|
|
callers and echoed to endless jest and laughter, while Aunt Jamesina
|
|
smiled beamingly on them all. The "Jonas" of Phil's letter came often,
|
|
running up from St. Columbia on the early train and departing on the late.
|
|
He was a general favorite at Patty's Place, though Aunt Jamesina shook her
|
|
head and opined that divinity students were not what they used to be.
|
|
|
|
"He's VERY nice, my dear," she told Phil, "but ministers ought to be
|
|
graver and more dignified."
|
|
|
|
"Can't a man laugh and laugh and be a Christian still?" demanded Phil.
|
|
|
|
"Oh, MEN -- yes. But I was speaking of MINISTERS, my dear,"
|
|
said Aunt Jamesina rebukingly." And you shouldn't flirt so with
|
|
Mr. Blake -- you really shouldn't."
|
|
|
|
"I'm not flirting with him," protested Phil.
|
|
|
|
Nobody believed her, except Anne. The others thought she was amusing
|
|
herself as usual, and told her roundly that she was behaving very badly.
|
|
|
|
"Mr. Blake isn't of the Alec-and-Alonzo type, Phil," said Stella severely.
|
|
"He takes things seriously. You may break his heart."
|
|
|
|
"Do you really think I could?" asked Phil. "I'd love to think so."
|
|
|
|
"Philippa Gordon! I never thought you were utterly unfeeling.
|
|
The idea of you saying you'd love to break a man's heart!"
|
|
|
|
"I didn't say so, honey. Quote me correctly. I said I'd like to think
|
|
I COULD break it. I would like to know I had the POWER to do it."
|
|
|
|
"I don't understand you, Phil. You are leading that man on deliberately
|
|
-- and you know you don't mean anything by it."
|
|
|
|
"I mean to make him ask me to marry him if I can," said Phil calmly.
|
|
|
|
"I give you up," said Stella hopelessly.
|
|
|
|
Gilbert came occasionally on Friday evenings. He seemed
|
|
always in good spirits, and held his own in the jests and
|
|
repartee that flew about. He neither sought nor avoided Anne.
|
|
When circumstances brought them in contact he talked to her
|
|
pleasantly and courteously, as to any newly-made acquaintance.
|
|
The old camaraderie was gone entirely. Anne felt it keenly;
|
|
but she told herself she was very glad and thankful that Gilbert
|
|
had got so completely over his disappointment in regard to her.
|
|
She had really been afraid, that April evening in the orchard,
|
|
that she had hurt him terribly and that the wound would be
|
|
long in healing. Now she saw that she need not have worried.
|
|
Men have died and the worms have eaten them but not for love.
|
|
Gilbert evidently was in no danger of immediate dissolution.
|
|
He was enjoying life, and he was full of ambition and zest.
|
|
For him there was to be no wasting in despair because a woman
|
|
was fair and cold. Anne, as she listened to the ceaseless badinage
|
|
that went on between him and Phil, wondered if she had only imagined
|
|
that look in his eyes when she had told him she could never care for him.
|
|
|
|
There were not lacking those who would gladly have stepped into
|
|
Gilbert's vacant place. But Anne snubbed them without fear and
|
|
without reproach. If the real Prince Charming was never to come
|
|
she would have none of a substitute. So she sternly told herself
|
|
that gray day in the windy park.
|
|
|
|
Suddenly the rain of Aunt Jamesina's prophecy came with a swish
|
|
and rush. Anne put up her umbrella and hurried down the slope.
|
|
As she turned out on the harbor road a savage gust of wind tore
|
|
along it. Instantly her umbrella turned wrong side out. Anne
|
|
clutched at it in despair. And then -- there came a voice
|
|
close to her.
|
|
|
|
"Pardon me -- may I offer you the shelter of my umbrella?"
|
|
|
|
Anne looked up. Tall and handsome and distinguished-looking
|
|
-- dark, melancholy, inscrutable eyes -- melting, musical,
|
|
sympathetic voice -- yes, the very hero of her dreams stood
|
|
before her in the flesh. He could not have more closely
|
|
resembled her ideal if he had been made to order.
|
|
|
|
"Thank you," she said confusedly.
|
|
|
|
"We'd better hurry over to that little pavillion on the point,"
|
|
suggested the unknown. "We can wait there until this shower
|
|
is over. It is not likely to rain so heavily very long."
|
|
|
|
The words were very commonplace, but oh, the tone! And the smile
|
|
which accompanied them! Anne felt her heart beating strangely.
|
|
|
|
Together they scurried to the pavilion and sat breathlessly down
|
|
under its friendly roof. Anne laughingly held up her false umbrella.
|
|
|
|
"It is when my umbrella turns inside out that I am convinced of
|
|
the total depravity of inanimate things," she said gaily.
|
|
|
|
The raindrops sparkled on her shining hair; its loosened rings
|
|
curled around her neck and forehead. Her cheeks were flushed,
|
|
her eyes big and starry. Her companion looked down at her
|
|
admiringly. She felt herself blushing under his gaze.
|
|
Who could he be? Why, there was a bit of the Redmond white and
|
|
scarlet pinned to his coat lapel. Yet she had thought she knew,
|
|
by sight at least, all the Redmond students except the Freshmen.
|
|
And this courtly youth surely was no Freshman.
|
|
|
|
"We are schoolmates, I see," he said, smiling at Anne's colors.
|
|
"That ought to be sufficient introduction. My name is Royal Gardner.
|
|
And you are the Miss Shirley who read the Tennyson paper at the
|
|
Philomathic the other evening, aren't you?"
|
|
|
|
"Yes; but I cannot place you at all," said Anne, frankly.
|
|
"Please, where DO you belong?"
|
|
|
|
"I feel as if I didn't belong anywhere yet. I put in my Freshman
|
|
and Sophomore years at Redmond two years ago. I've been in
|
|
Europe ever since. Now I've come back to finish my Arts course."
|
|
|
|
"This is my Junior year, too," said Anne.
|
|
|
|
"So we are classmates as well as collegemates. I am reconciled
|
|
to the loss of the years that the locust has eaten," said her
|
|
companion, with a world of meaning in those wonderful eyes of his.
|
|
|
|
The rain came steadily down for the best part of an hour. But
|
|
the time seemed really very short. When the clouds parted and a
|
|
burst of pale November sunshine fell athwart the harbor and the
|
|
pines Anne and her companion walked home together. By the time
|
|
they had reached the gate of Patty's Place he had asked
|
|
permission to call, and had received it. Anne went in with
|
|
cheeks of flame and her heart beating to her fingertips. Rusty,
|
|
who climbed into her lap and tried to kiss her, found a very
|
|
absent welcome. Anne, with her soul full of romantic thrills,
|
|
had no attention to spare just then for a crop-eared pussy cat.
|
|
|
|
That evening a parcel was left at Patty's Place for Miss Shirley.
|
|
It was a box containing a dozen magnificent roses. Phil pounced
|
|
impertinently on the card that fell from it, read the name and
|
|
the poetical quotation written on the back.
|
|
|
|
"Royal Gardner!" she exclaimed. "Why, Anne, I didn't know you
|
|
were acquainted with Roy Gardner!"
|
|
|
|
"I met him in the park this afternoon in the rain," explained Anne
|
|
hurriedly. "My umbrella turned inside out and he came to my rescue
|
|
with his."
|
|
|
|
"Oh!" Phil peered curiously at Anne." And is that exceedingly
|
|
commonplace incident any reason why he should send us longstemmed
|
|
roses by the dozen, with a very sentimental rhyme? Or why we
|
|
should blush divinest rosy-red when we look at his card? Anne,
|
|
thy face betrayeth thee."
|
|
|
|
"Don't talk nonsense, Phil. Do you know Mr. Gardner?"
|
|
|
|
"I've met his two sisters, and I know of him. So does everybody
|
|
worthwhile in Kingsport. The Gardners are among the richest,
|
|
bluest, of Bluenoses. Roy is adorably handsome and clever.
|
|
Two years ago his mother's health failed and he had to leave
|
|
college and go abroad with her -- his father is dead. He must
|
|
have been greatly disappointed to have to give up his class, but
|
|
they say he was perfectly sweet about it. Fee -- fi -- fo -- fum,
|
|
Anne. I smell romance. Almost do I envy you, but not quite.
|
|
After all, Roy Gardner isn't Jonas."
|
|
|
|
"You goose!" said Anne loftily. But she lay long awake that night,
|
|
nor did she wish for sleep. Her waking fancies were more alluring
|
|
than any vision of dreamland. Had the real Prince come at last?
|
|
Recalling those glorious dark eyes which had gazed so deeply into
|
|
her own, Anne was very strongly inclined to think he had.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Chapter XXVI
|
|
|
|
Enter Christine
|
|
|
|
|
|
The girls at Patty's Place were dressing for the reception which
|
|
the Juniors were giving for the Seniors in February. Anne surveyed
|
|
herself in the mirror of the blue room with girlish satisfaction.
|
|
She had a particularly pretty gown on. Originally it had been
|
|
only a simple little slip of cream silk with a chiffon overdress.
|
|
But Phil had insisted on taking it home with her in the Christmas
|
|
holidays and embroidering tiny rosebuds all over the chiffon.
|
|
Phil's fingers were deft, and the result was a dress which was
|
|
the envy of every Redmond girl. Even Allie Boone, whose frocks
|
|
came from Paris, was wont to look with longing eyes on that rosebud
|
|
concoction as Anne trailed up the main staircase at Redmond in it.
|
|
|
|
Anne was trying the effect of a white orchid in her hair.
|
|
Roy Gardner had sent her white orchids for the reception,
|
|
and she knew no other Redmond girl would have them that night
|
|
-- when Phil came in with admiring gaze.
|
|
|
|
"Anne, this is certainly your night for looking handsome.
|
|
Nine nights out of ten I can easily outshine you. The tenth
|
|
you blossom out suddenly into something that eclipses me altogether.
|
|
How do you manage it?"
|
|
|
|
"It's the dress, dear. Fine feathers."
|
|
|
|
"`Tisn't. The last evening you flamed out into beauty you
|
|
wore your old blue flannel shirtwaist that Mrs. Lynde made you.
|
|
If Roy hadn't already lost head and heart about you he certainly
|
|
would tonight. But I don't like orchids on you, Anne. No; it
|
|
isn't jealousy. Orchids don't seem to BELONG to you. They're
|
|
too exotic -- too tropical -- too insolent. Don't put them in
|
|
your hair, anyway."
|
|
|
|
"Well, I won't. I admit I'm not fond of orchids myself. I don't
|
|
think they're related to me. Roy doesn't often send them -- he
|
|
knows I like flowers I can live with. Orchids are only things
|
|
you can visit with."
|
|
|
|
"Jonas sent me some dear pink rosebuds for the evening -- but --
|
|
he isn't coming himself. He said he had to lead a prayer-meeting
|
|
in the slums! I don't believe he wanted to come. Anne, I'm
|
|
horribly afraid Jonas doesn't really care anything about me. And
|
|
I'm trying to decide whether I'll pine away and die, or go on and
|
|
get my B.A. and be sensible and useful."
|
|
|
|
"You couldn't possibly be sensible and useful, Phil, so you'd
|
|
better pine away and die," said Anne cruelly.
|
|
|
|
"Heartless Anne!"
|
|
|
|
"Silly Phil! You know quite well that Jonas loves you."
|
|
|
|
"But -- he won't TELL me so. And I can't MAKE him. He LOOKS it,
|
|
I'll admit. But speak-to-me-only-with-thine-eyes isn't a really
|
|
reliable reason for embroidering doilies and hemstitching
|
|
tablecloths. I don't want to begin such work until I'm really
|
|
engaged. It would be tempting Fate."
|
|
|
|
"Mr. Blake is afraid to ask you to marry him, Phil. He is poor
|
|
and can't offer you a home such as you've always had. You know
|
|
that is the only reason he hasn't spoken long ago."
|
|
|
|
"I suppose so," agreed Phil dolefully. "Well" -- brightening up
|
|
-- "if he WON'T ask me to marry him I'll ask him, that's all.
|
|
So it's bound to come right. I won't worry. By the way,
|
|
Gilbert Blythe is going about constantly with Christine Stuart.
|
|
Did you know?"
|
|
|
|
Anne was trying to fasten a little gold chain about her throat.
|
|
She suddenly found the clasp difficult to manage. WHAT was the
|
|
matter with it -- or with her fingers?
|
|
|
|
"No," she said carelessly." Who is Christine Stuart?"
|
|
|
|
"Ronald Stuart's sister. She's in Kingsport this winter studying
|
|
music. I haven't seen her, but they say she's very pretty and
|
|
that Gilbert is quite crazy over her. How angry I was when you
|
|
refused Gilbert, Anne. But Roy Gardner was foreordained for you.
|
|
I can see that now. You were right, after all."
|
|
|
|
Anne did not blush, as she usually did when the girls assumed
|
|
that her eventual marriage to Roy Gardner was a settled thing.
|
|
All at once she felt rather dull. Phil's chatter seemed trivial
|
|
and the reception a bore. She boxed poor Rusty's ears.
|
|
|
|
"Get off that cushion instantly, you cat, you! Why don't you
|
|
stay down where you belong?"
|
|
|
|
Anne picked up her orchids and went downstairs, where Aunt Jamesina
|
|
was presiding over a row of coats hung before the fire to warm.
|
|
Roy Gardner was waiting for Anne and teasing the Sarah-cat while
|
|
he waited. The Sarah-cat did not approve of him. She always
|
|
turned her back on him. But everybody else at Patty's Place liked
|
|
him very much. Aunt Jamesina, carried away by his unfailing and
|
|
deferential courtesy, and the pleading tones of his delightful voice,
|
|
declared he was the nicest young man she ever knew, and that Anne
|
|
was a very fortunate girl. Such remarks made Anne restive. Roy's
|
|
wooing had certainly been as romantic as girlish heart could desire,
|
|
but -- she wished Aunt Jamesina and the girls would not take things
|
|
so for granted. When Roy murmured a poetical compliment as he helped
|
|
her on with her coat, she did not blush and thrill as usual; and he
|
|
found her rather silent in their brief walk to Redmond. He thought
|
|
she looked a little pale when she came out of the coeds' dressing room;
|
|
but as they entered the reception room her color and sparkle suddenly
|
|
returned to her. She turned to Roy with her gayest expression.
|
|
He smiled back at her with what Phil called "his deep, black,
|
|
velvety smile." Yet she really did not see Roy at all. She was
|
|
acutely conscious that Gilbert was standing under the palms just
|
|
across the room talking to a girl who must be Christine Stuart.
|
|
|
|
She was very handsome, in the stately style destined to become
|
|
rather massive in middle life. A tall girl, with large dark-blue
|
|
eyes, ivory outlines, and a gloss of darkness on her smooth hair.
|
|
|
|
"She looks just as I've always wanted to look," thought Anne
|
|
miserably. "Rose-leaf complexion -- starry violet eyes -- raven
|
|
hair -- yes, she has them all. It's a wonder her name isn't
|
|
Cordelia Fitzgerald into the bargain! But I don't believe her
|
|
figure is as good as mine, and her nose certainly isn't."
|
|
|
|
Anne felt a little comforted by this conclusion.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Chapter XXVII
|
|
|
|
Mutual Confidences
|
|
|
|
|
|
March came in that winter like the meekest and mildest of lambs,
|
|
bringing days that were crisp and golden and tingling, each
|
|
followed by a frosty pink twilight which gradually lost itself in
|
|
an elfland of moonshine.
|
|
|
|
Over the girls at Patty's Place was falling the shadow of April
|
|
examinations. They were studying hard; even Phil had settled down
|
|
to text and notebooks with a doggedness not to be expected of her.
|
|
|
|
"I'm going to take the Johnson Scholarship in Mathematics," she
|
|
announced calmly. "I could take the one in Greek easily, but I'd
|
|
rather take the mathematical one because I want to prove to Jonas
|
|
that I'm really enormously clever."
|
|
|
|
"Jonas likes you better for your big brown eyes and your crooked
|
|
smile than for all the brains you carry under your curls," said Anne.
|
|
|
|
"When I was a girl it wasn't considered lady-like to know anything
|
|
about Mathematics," said Aunt Jamesina. "But times have changed.
|
|
I don't know that it's all for the better. Can you cook, Phil?"
|
|
|
|
"No, I never cooked anything in my life except a gingerbread and
|
|
it was a failure -- flat in the middle and hilly round the edges.
|
|
You know the kind. But, Aunty, when I begin in good earnest to
|
|
learn to cook don't you think the brains that enable me to win a
|
|
mathematical scholarship will also enable me to learn cooking
|
|
just as well?"
|
|
|
|
"Maybe," said Aunt Jamesina cautiously. "I am not decrying the
|
|
higher education of women. My daughter is an M.A. She can cook,
|
|
too. But I taught her to cook BEFORE I let a college professor
|
|
teach her Mathematics."
|
|
|
|
In mid-March came a letter from Miss Patty Spofford, saying that
|
|
she and Miss Maria had decided to remain abroad for another year.
|
|
|
|
"So you may have Patty's Place next winter, too," she wrote.
|
|
"Maria and I are going to run over Egypt. I want to see the
|
|
Sphinx once before I die."
|
|
|
|
"Fancy those two dames `running over Egypt'! I wonder if they'll
|
|
look up at the Sphinx and knit," laughed Priscilla.
|
|
|
|
"I'm so glad we can keep Patty's Place for another year," said
|
|
Stella. "I was afraid they'd come back. And then our jolly
|
|
little nest here would be broken up -- and we poor callow
|
|
nestlings thrown out on the cruel world of boardinghouses again."
|
|
|
|
"I'm off for a tramp in the park," announced Phil, tossing her
|
|
book aside. "I think when I am eighty I'll be glad I went for a
|
|
walk in the park tonight."
|
|
|
|
"What do you mean?" asked Anne.
|
|
|
|
"Come with me and I'll tell you, honey."
|
|
|
|
They captured in their ramble all the mysteries and magics of a
|
|
March evening. Very still and mild it was, wrapped in a great,
|
|
white, brooding silence -- a silence which was yet threaded
|
|
through with many little silvery sounds which you could hear if
|
|
you hearkened as much with your soul as your ears. The girls
|
|
wandered down a long pineland aisle that seemed to lead right out
|
|
into the heart of a deep-red, overflowing winter sunset.
|
|
|
|
"I'd go home and write a poem this blessed minute if I only knew how,"
|
|
declared Phil, pausing in an open space where a rosy light was staining
|
|
the green tips of the pines. "It's all so wonderful here -- this great,
|
|
white stillness, and those dark trees that always seem to be thinking."
|
|
|
|
"`The woods were God's first temples,'" quoted Anne softly.
|
|
"One can't help feeling reverent and adoring in such a place.
|
|
I always feel so near Him when I walk among the pines."
|
|
|
|
"Anne, I'm the happiest girl in the world," confessed Phil suddenly.
|
|
|
|
"So Mr. Blake has asked you to marry him at last?" said Anne calmly.
|
|
|
|
"Yes. And I sneezed three times while he was asking me.
|
|
Wasn't that horrid? But I said `yes' almost before he finished
|
|
-- I was so afraid he might change his mind and stop. I'm besottedly
|
|
happy. I couldn't really believe before that Jonas would ever care
|
|
for frivolous me."
|
|
|
|
"Phil, you're not really frivolous," said Anne gravely. "'Way
|
|
down underneath that frivolous exterior of yours you've got a
|
|
dear, loyal, womanly little soul. Why do you hide it so?"
|
|
|
|
"I can't help it, Queen Anne. You are right -- I'm not frivolous
|
|
at heart. But there's a sort of frivolous skin over my soul and
|
|
I can't take it off. As Mrs. Poyser says, I'd have to be hatched
|
|
over again and hatched different before I could change it. But
|
|
Jonas knows the real me and loves me, frivolity and all. And I
|
|
love him. I never was so surprised in my life as I was when I
|
|
found out I loved him. I'd never thought it possible to fall in
|
|
love with an ugly man. Fancy me coming down to one solitary
|
|
beau. And one named Jonas! But I mean to call him Jo. That's
|
|
such a nice, crisp little name. I couldn't nickname Alonzo."
|
|
|
|
"What about Alec and Alonzo?"
|
|
|
|
"Oh, I told them at Christmas that I never could marry either of
|
|
them. It seems so funny now to remember that I ever thought it
|
|
possible that I might. They felt so badly I just cried over both
|
|
of them -- howled. But I knew there was only one man in the
|
|
world I could ever marry. I had made up my own mind for once and
|
|
it was real easy, too. It's very delightful to feel so sure, and
|
|
know it's your own sureness and not somebody else's."
|
|
|
|
"Do you suppose you'll be able to keep it up?"
|
|
|
|
"Making up my mind, you mean? I don't know, but Jo has given me
|
|
a splendid rule. He says, when I'm perplexed, just to do what I
|
|
would wish I had done when I shall be eighty. Anyhow, Jo can
|
|
make up his mind quickly enough, and it would be uncomfortable
|
|
to have too much mind in the same house."
|
|
|
|
"What will your father and mother say?"
|
|
|
|
"Father won't say much. He thinks everything I do right.
|
|
But mother WILL talk. Oh, her tongue will be as Byrney as
|
|
her nose. But in the end it will be all right."
|
|
|
|
"You'll have to give up a good many things you've always had,
|
|
when you marry Mr. Blake, Phil."
|
|
|
|
"But I'll have HIM. I won't miss the other things. We're to be
|
|
married a year from next June. Jo graduates from St. Columbia
|
|
this spring, you know. Then he's going to take a little mission
|
|
church down on Patterson Street in the slums. Fancy me in the
|
|
slums! But I'd go there or to Greenland's icy mountains with him."
|
|
|
|
"And this is the girl who would NEVER marry a man who wasn't rich,"
|
|
commented Anne to a young pine tree.
|
|
|
|
"Oh, don't cast up the follies of my youth to me. I shall be
|
|
poor as gaily as I've been rich. You'll see. I'm going to learn
|
|
how to cook and make over dresses. I've learned how to market
|
|
since I've lived at Patty's Place; and once I taught a Sunday
|
|
School class for a whole summer. Aunt Jamesina says I'll ruin
|
|
Jo's career if I marry him. But I won't. I know I haven't much
|
|
sense or sobriety, but I've got what is ever so much better --
|
|
the knack of making people like me. There is a man in
|
|
Bolingbroke who lisps and always testifies in prayer-meeting.
|
|
He says, 'If you can't thine like an electric thtar thine like
|
|
a candlethtick.' I'll be Jo's little candlestick."
|
|
|
|
"Phil, you're incorrigible. Well, I love you so much that
|
|
I can't make nice, light, congratulatory little speeches.
|
|
But I'm heart-glad of your happiness."
|
|
|
|
"I know. Those big gray eyes of yours are brimming over with
|
|
real friendship, Anne. Some day I'll look the same way at you.
|
|
You're going to marry Roy, aren't you, Anne?"
|
|
|
|
"My dear Philippa, did you ever hear of the famous Betty Baxter,
|
|
who `refused a man before he'd axed her'? I am not going to
|
|
emulate that celebrated lady by either refusing or accepting any
|
|
one before he `axes' me."
|
|
|
|
"All Redmond knows that Roy is crazy about you," said Phil candidly."
|
|
And you DO love him, don't you, Anne?"
|
|
|
|
"I -- I suppose so," said Anne reluctantly. She felt that she ought
|
|
to be blushing while making such a confession; but she was not;
|
|
on the other hand, she always blushed hotly when any one said
|
|
anything about Gilbert Blythe or Christine Stuart in her hearing.
|
|
Gilbert Blythe and Christine Stuart were nothing to her --
|
|
absolutely nothing. But Anne had given up trying to analyze
|
|
the reason of her blushes. As for Roy, of course she was in
|
|
love with him -- madly so. How could she help it? Was he not
|
|
her ideal? Who could resist those glorious dark eyes, and that
|
|
pleading voice? Were not half the Redmond girls wildly envious?
|
|
And what a charming sonnet he had sent her, with a box of violets,
|
|
on her birthday! Anne knew every word of it by heart. It was very
|
|
good stuff of its kind, too. Not exactly up to the level of Keats or
|
|
Shakespeare -- even Anne was not so deeply in love as to think that.
|
|
But it was very tolerable magazine verse. And it was addressed to HER --
|
|
not to Laura or Beatrice or the Maid of Athens, but to her, Anne Shirley.
|
|
To be told in rhythmical cadences that her eyes were stars of the morning
|
|
-- that her cheek had the flush it stole from the sunrise -- that her
|
|
lips were redder than the roses of Paradise, was thrillingly romantic.
|
|
Gilbert would never have dreamed of writing a sonnet to her eyebrows.
|
|
But then, Gilbert could see a joke. She had once told Roy a funny story
|
|
-- and he had not seen the point of it. She recalled the chummy laugh
|
|
she and Gilbert had had together over it, and wondered uneasily if life
|
|
with a man who had no sense of humor might not be somewhat uninteresting
|
|
in the long run. But who could expect a melancholy, inscrutable hero to
|
|
see the humorous side of things? It would be flatly unreasonable.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Chapter XXVIII
|
|
|
|
A June Evening
|
|
|
|
|
|
"I wonder what it would be like to live in a world where it was
|
|
always June," said Anne, as she came through the spice and bloom
|
|
of the twilit orchard to the front door steps, where Marilla and
|
|
Mrs. Rachel were sitting, talking over Mrs. Samson Coates' funeral,
|
|
which they had attended that day. Dora sat between them, diligently
|
|
studying her lessons; but Davy was sitting tailor-fashion on the grass,
|
|
looking as gloomy and depressed as his single dimple would let him.
|
|
|
|
"You'd get tired of it," said Marilla, with a sigh.
|
|
|
|
"I daresay; but just now I feel that it would take me a long
|
|
time to get tired of it, if it were all as charming as today.
|
|
Everything loves June. Davy-boy, why this melancholy November
|
|
face in blossom-time?"
|
|
|
|
"I'm just sick and tired of living," said the youthful pessimist.
|
|
|
|
"At ten years? Dear me, how sad!"
|
|
|
|
"I'm not making fun," said Davy with dignity. "I'm dis -- dis --
|
|
discouraged" -- bringing out the big word with a valiant effort.
|
|
|
|
"Why and wherefore?" asked Anne, sitting down beside him.
|
|
|
|
"'Cause the new teacher that come when Mr. Holmes got sick give
|
|
me ten sums to do for Monday. It'll take me all day tomorrow to
|
|
do them. It isn't fair to have to work Saturdays. Milty Boulter
|
|
said he wouldn't do them, but Marilla says I've got to. I don't
|
|
like Miss Carson a bit."
|
|
|
|
"Don't talk like that about your teacher, Davy Keith," said
|
|
Mrs. Rachel severely. "Miss Carson is a very fine girl.
|
|
There is no nonsense about her."
|
|
|
|
"That doesn't sound very attractive," laughed Anne. "I like
|
|
people to have a little nonsense about them. But I'm inclined
|
|
to have a better opinion of Miss Carson than you have. I saw her
|
|
in prayer-meeting last night, and she has a pair of eyes that
|
|
can't always look sensible. Now, Davy-boy, take heart of grace.
|
|
`Tomorrow will bring another day' and I'll help you with the sums
|
|
as far as in me lies. Don't waste this lovely hour `twixt light
|
|
and dark worrying over arithmetic."
|
|
|
|
"Well, I won't," said Davy, brightening up. "If you help me
|
|
with the sums I'll have 'em done in time to go fishing with Milty.
|
|
I wish old Aunt Atossa's funeral was tomorrow instead of today.
|
|
I wanted to go to it 'cause Milty said his mother said Aunt Atossa
|
|
would be sure to rise up in her coffin and say sarcastic things to
|
|
the folks that come to see her buried. But Marilla said she didn't."
|
|
|
|
"Poor Atossa laid in her coffin peaceful enough," said Mrs. Lynde
|
|
solemnly. "I never saw her look so pleasant before, that's what.
|
|
Well, there weren't many tears shed over her, poor old soul.
|
|
The Elisha Wrights are thankful to be rid of her, and I can't
|
|
say I blame them a mite."
|
|
|
|
"It seems to me a most dreadful thing to go out of the world and not
|
|
leave one person behind you who is sorry you are gone," said Anne, shuddering.
|
|
|
|
"Nobody except her parents ever loved poor Atossa, that's certain, not even
|
|
her husband," averred Mrs. Lynde. "She was his fourth wife. He'd sort of got
|
|
into the habit of marrying. He only lived a few years after he married her.
|
|
The doctor said he died of dyspepsia, but I shall always maintain that he died
|
|
of Atossa's tongue, that's what. Poor soul, she always knew everything about
|
|
her neighbors, but she never was very well acquainted with herself. Well,
|
|
she's gone anyhow; and I suppose the next excitement will be Diana's wedding."
|
|
|
|
"It seems funny and horrible to think of Diana's being married,"
|
|
sighed Anne, hugging her knees and looking through the gap in the
|
|
Haunted Wood to the light that was shining in Diana's room.
|
|
|
|
"I don't see what's horrible about it, when she's doing so well,"
|
|
said Mrs. Lynde emphatically. "Fred Wright has a fine farm and
|
|
he is a model young man."
|
|
|
|
"He certainly isn't the wild, dashing, wicked, young man Diana
|
|
once wanted to marry," smiled Anne. "Fred is extremely good."
|
|
|
|
"That's just what he ought to be. Would you want Diana to marry
|
|
a wicked man? Or marry one yourself?"
|
|
|
|
"Oh, no. I wouldn't want to marry anybody who was wicked,
|
|
but I think I'd like it if he COULD be wicked and WOULDN'T.
|
|
Now, Fred is HOPELESSLY good."
|
|
|
|
"You'll have more sense some day, I hope," said Marilla.
|
|
|
|
Marilla spoke rather bitterly. She was grievously disappointed.
|
|
She knew Anne had refused Gilbert Blythe. Avonlea gossip buzzed
|
|
over the fact, which had leaked out, nobody knew how. Perhaps
|
|
Charlie Sloane had guessed and told his guesses for truth.
|
|
Perhaps Diana had betrayed it to Fred and Fred had been indiscreet.
|
|
At all events it was known; Mrs. Blythe no longer asked Anne,
|
|
in public or private, if she had heard lately from Gilbert, but
|
|
passed her by with a frosty bow. Anne, who had always liked Gilbert's
|
|
merry, young-hearted mother, was grieved in secret over this.
|
|
Marilla said nothing; but Mrs. Lynde gave Anne many exasperated
|
|
digs about it, until fresh gossip reached that worthy lady,
|
|
through the medium of Moody Spurgeon MacPherson's mother,
|
|
that Anne had another "beau" at college, who was rich and
|
|
handsome and good all in one. After that Mrs. Rachel held
|
|
her tongue, though she still wished in her inmost heart that
|
|
Anne had accepted Gilbert. Riches were all very well;
|
|
but even Mrs. Rachel, practical soul though she was, did not
|
|
consider them the one essential. If Anne "liked" the Handsome
|
|
Unknown better than Gilbert there was nothing more to be said;
|
|
but Mrs. Rachel was dreadfully afraid that Anne was going to
|
|
make the mistake of marrying for money. Marilla knew Anne too
|
|
well to fear this; but she felt that something in the universal
|
|
scheme of things had gone sadly awry.
|
|
|
|
"What is to be, will be," said Mrs. Rachel gloomily, "and what isn't
|
|
to be happens sometimes. I can't help believing it's going to happen
|
|
in Anne's case, if Providence doesn't interfere, that's what."
|
|
Mrs. Rachel sighed. She was afraid Providence wouldn't interfere;
|
|
and she didn't dare to.
|
|
|
|
Anne had wandered down to the Dryad's Bubble and was curled up
|
|
among the ferns at the root of the big white birch where she and
|
|
Gilbert had so often sat in summers gone by. He had gone into
|
|
the newspaper office again when college closed, and Avonlea
|
|
seemed very dull without him. He never wrote to her, and Anne
|
|
missed the letters that never came. To be sure, Roy wrote twice
|
|
a week; his letters were exquisite compositions which would have
|
|
read beautifully in a memoir or biography. Anne felt herself
|
|
more deeply in love with him than ever when she read them; but
|
|
her heart never gave the queer, quick, painful bound at sight of
|
|
his letters which it had given one day when Mrs. Hiram Sloane
|
|
had handed her out an envelope addressed in Gilbert's black,
|
|
upright handwriting. Anne had hurried home to the east gable and
|
|
opened it eagerly -- to find a typewritten copy of some college
|
|
society report -- "only that and nothing more." Anne flung the
|
|
harmless screed across her room and sat down to write an
|
|
especially nice epistle to Roy.
|
|
|
|
Diana was to be married in five more days. The gray house at
|
|
Orchard Slope was in a turmoil of baking and brewing and boiling
|
|
and stewing, for there was to be a big, old-timey wedding. Anne,
|
|
of course, was to be bridesmaid, as had been arranged when they
|
|
were twelve years old, and Gilbert was coming from Kingsport to
|
|
be best man. Anne was enjoying the excitement of the various
|
|
preparations, but under it all she carried a little heartache.
|
|
She was, in a sense, losing her dear old chum; Diana's new home
|
|
would be two miles from Green Gables, and the old constant
|
|
companionship could never be theirs again. Anne looked up at
|
|
Diana's light and thought how it had beaconed to her for many years;
|
|
but soon it would shine through the summer twilights no more.
|
|
Two big, painful tears welled up in her gray eyes.
|
|
|
|
"Oh," she thought, "how horrible it is that people have to grow
|
|
up -- and marry -- and CHANGE!"
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Chapter XXIX
|
|
|
|
Diana's Wedding
|
|
|
|
|
|
"After all, the only real roses are the pink ones," said Anne, as
|
|
she tied white ribbon around Diana's bouquet in the westwardlooking
|
|
gable at Orchard Slope. "They are the flowers of love and faith."
|
|
|
|
Diana was standing nervously in the middle of the room, arrayed
|
|
in her bridal white, her black curls frosted over with the film
|
|
of her wedding veil. Anne had draped that veil, in accordance
|
|
with the sentimental compact of years before.
|
|
|
|
"It's all pretty much as I used to imagine it long ago, when I
|
|
wept over your inevitable marriage and our consequent parting,"
|
|
she laughed. "You are the bride of my dreams, Diana, with
|
|
the `lovely misty veil'; and I am YOUR bridesmaid. But, alas!
|
|
I haven't the puffed sleeves -- though these short lace ones are
|
|
even prettier. Neither is my heart wholly breaking nor do I
|
|
exactly hate Fred."
|
|
|
|
"We are not really parting, Anne," protested Diana. "I'm not
|
|
going far away. We'll love each other just as much as ever.
|
|
We've always kept that `oath' of friendship we swore long ago,
|
|
haven't we?"
|
|
|
|
"Yes. We've kept it faithfully. We've had a beautiful
|
|
friendship, Diana. We've never marred it by one quarrel or
|
|
coolness or unkind word; and I hope it will always be so.
|
|
But things can't be quite the same after this. You'll have
|
|
other interests. I'll just be on the outside. But `such is
|
|
life' as Mrs. Rachel says. Mrs. Rachel has given you one of
|
|
her beloved knitted quilts of the `tobacco stripe' pattern,
|
|
and she says when I am married she'll give me one, too."
|
|
|
|
"The mean thing about your getting married is that I won't be
|
|
able to be your bridesmaid," lamented Diana.
|
|
|
|
"I'm to be Phil's bridesmaid next June, when she marries
|
|
Mr. Blake, and then I must stop, for you know the proverb
|
|
`three times a bridesmaid, never a bride,' " said Anne,
|
|
peeping through the window over the pink and snow of the
|
|
blossoming orchard beneath. "Here comes the minister, Diana."
|
|
|
|
"Oh, Anne," gasped Diana, suddenly turning very pale and
|
|
beginning to tremble. "Oh, Anne -- I'm so nervous -- I can't
|
|
go through with it -- Anne, I know I'm going to faint."
|
|
|
|
"If you do I'll drag you down to the rainwater hogshed and drop
|
|
you in," said Anne unsympathetically. "Cheer up, dearest.
|
|
Getting married can't be so very terrible when so many
|
|
people survive the ceremony. See how cool and composed
|
|
I am, and take courage."
|
|
|
|
"Wait till your turn comes, Miss Anne. Oh, Anne, I hear father
|
|
coming upstairs. Give me my bouquet. Is my veil right? Am I
|
|
very pale?"
|
|
|
|
"You look just lovely. Di, darling, kiss me good-bye for the
|
|
last time. Diana Barry will never kiss me again."
|
|
|
|
"Diana Wright will, though. There, mother's calling. Come."
|
|
|
|
Following the simple, old-fashioned way in vogue then, Anne went
|
|
down to the parlor on Gilbert's arm. They met at the top of the
|
|
stairs for the first time since they had left Kingsport, for
|
|
Gilbert had arrived only that day. Gilbert shook hands courteously.
|
|
He was looking very well, though, as Anne instantly noted, rather thin.
|
|
He was not pale; there was a flush on his cheek that had burned into it
|
|
as Anne came along the hall towards him, in her soft, white dress with
|
|
lilies-of-the-valley in the shining masses of her hair. As they entered
|
|
the crowded parlor together a little murmur of admiration ran around the
|
|
room. "What a fine-looking pair they are," whispered the impressible
|
|
Mrs. Rachel to Marilla.
|
|
|
|
Fred ambled in alone, with a very red face, and then Diana swept
|
|
in on her father's arm. She did not faint, and nothing untoward
|
|
occurred to interrupt the ceremony. Feasting and merry-making
|
|
followed; then, as the evening waned, Fred and Diana drove away
|
|
through the moonlight to their new home, and Gilbert walked with
|
|
Anne to Green Gables.
|
|
|
|
Something of their old comradeship had returned during the
|
|
informal mirth of the evening. Oh, it was nice to be walking
|
|
over that well-known road with Gilbert again!
|
|
|
|
The night was so very still that one should have been able to hear
|
|
the whisper of roses in blossom -- the laughter of daisies -- the
|
|
piping of grasses -- many sweet sounds, all tangled up together.
|
|
The beauty of moonlight on familiar fields irradiated the world.
|
|
|
|
"Can't we take a ramble up Lovers' Lane before you go in?" asked
|
|
Gilbert as they crossed the bridge over the Lake of Shining Waters,
|
|
in which the moon lay like a great, drowned blossom of gold.
|
|
|
|
Anne assented readily. Lovers' Lane was a veritable path in a
|
|
fairyland that night -- a shimmering, mysterious place, full of
|
|
wizardry in the white-woven enchantment of moonlight. There had
|
|
been a time when such a walk with Gilbert through Lovers' Lane
|
|
would have been far too dangerous. But Roy and Christine had
|
|
made it very safe now. Anne found herself thinking a good deal
|
|
about Christine as she chatted lightly to Gilbert. She had met
|
|
her several times before leaving Kingsport, and had been charmingly
|
|
sweet to her. Christine had also been charmingly sweet. Indeed,
|
|
they were a most cordial pair. But for all that, their acquaintance
|
|
had not ripened into friendship. Evidently Christine was not a
|
|
kindred spirit.
|
|
|
|
"Are you going to be in Avonlea all summer?" asked Gilbert.
|
|
|
|
"No. I'm going down east to Valley Road next week. Esther
|
|
Haythorne wants me to teach for her through July and August.
|
|
They have a summer term in that school, and Esther isn't feeling well.
|
|
So I'm going to substitute for her. In one way I don't mind.
|
|
Do you know, I'm beginning to feel a little bit like a stranger
|
|
in Avonlea now? It makes me sorry -- but it's true. It's quite
|
|
appalling to see the number of children who have shot up into big
|
|
boys and girls -- really young men and women -- these past two years.
|
|
Half of my pupils are grown up. It makes me feel awfully old to see
|
|
them in the places you and I and our mates used to fill."
|
|
|
|
Anne laughed and sighed. She felt very old and mature and wise
|
|
-- which showed how young she was. She told herself that she
|
|
longed greatly to go back to those dear merry days when life was
|
|
seen through a rosy mist of hope and illusion, and possessed an
|
|
indefinable something that had passed away forever. Where was it
|
|
now -- the glory and the dream?
|
|
|
|
"`So wags the world away,' " quoted Gilbert practically, and a
|
|
trifle absently. Anne wondered if he were thinking of Christine.
|
|
Oh, Avonlea was going to be so lonely now -- with Diana gone!
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Chapter XXX
|
|
|
|
Mrs. Skinner's Romance
|
|
|
|
|
|
Anne stepped off the train at Valley Road station and looked
|
|
about to see if any one had come to meet her. She was to board
|
|
with a certain Miss Janet Sweet, but she saw no one who answered
|
|
in the least to her preconception of that lady, as formed from
|
|
Esther's letter. The only person in sight was an elderly woman,
|
|
sitting in a wagon with mail bags piled around her. Two hundred
|
|
would have been a charitable guess at her weight; her face was
|
|
as round and red as a harvest-moon and almost as featureless.
|
|
She wore a tight, black, cashmere dress, made in the fashion of
|
|
ten years ago, a little dusty black straw hat trimmed with bows
|
|
of yellow ribbon, and faded black lace mits.
|
|
|
|
"Here, you," she called, waving her whip at Anne. "Are you the
|
|
new Valley Road schoolma'am?"
|
|
|
|
"Yes."
|
|
|
|
"Well, I thought so. Valley Road is noted for its good-looking
|
|
schoolma'ams, just as Millersville is noted for its humly ones.
|
|
Janet Sweet asked me this morning if I could bring you out. I
|
|
said, `Sartin I kin, if she don't mind being scrunched up some.
|
|
This rig of mine's kinder small for the mail bags and I'm some
|
|
heftier than Thomas!' Just wait, miss, till I shift these bags a
|
|
bit and I'll tuck you in somehow. It's only two miles to Janet's.
|
|
Her next-door neighbor's hired boy is coming for your trunk tonight.
|
|
My name is Skinner -- Amelia Skinner."
|
|
|
|
Anne was eventually tucked in, exchanging amused smiles with herself
|
|
during the process.
|
|
|
|
"Jog along, black mare," commanded Mrs. Skinner, gathering up the
|
|
reins in her pudgy hands. "This is my first trip on the mail rowte.
|
|
Thomas wanted to hoe his turnips today so he asked me to come.
|
|
So I jest sot down and took a standing-up snack and started.
|
|
I sorter like it. O' course it's rather tejus. Part of the
|
|
time I sits and thinks and the rest I jest sits. Jog along,
|
|
black mare. I want to git home airly. Thomas is terrible
|
|
lonesome when I'm away. You see, we haven't been married very long."
|
|
|
|
"Oh!" said Anne politely.
|
|
|
|
"Just a month. Thomas courted me for quite a spell, though. It
|
|
was real romantic." Anne tried to picture Mrs. Skinner on
|
|
speaking terms with romance and failed.
|
|
|
|
"Oh?" she said again.
|
|
|
|
"Yes. Y'see, there was another man after me. Jog along, black mare.
|
|
I'd been a widder so long folks had given up expecting me to marry again.
|
|
But when my darter -- she's a schoolma'am like you -- went out West to
|
|
teach I felt real lonesome and wasn't nowise sot against the idea.
|
|
Bime-by Thomas began to come up and so did the other feller --
|
|
William Obadiah Seaman, his name was. For a long time I couldn't
|
|
make up my mind which of them to take, and they kep' coming and coming,
|
|
and I kep' worrying. Y'see, W.O. was rich -- he had a fine place and
|
|
carried considerable style. He was by far the best match. Jog along,
|
|
black mare."
|
|
|
|
"Why didn't you marry him?" asked Anne.
|
|
|
|
"Well, y'see, he didn't love me," answered Mrs. Skinner, solemnly.
|
|
|
|
Anne opened her eyes widely and looked at Mrs. Skinner. But there was
|
|
not a glint of humor on that lady's face. Evidently Mrs. Skinner saw
|
|
nothing amusing in her own case.
|
|
|
|
"He'd been a widder-man for three yers, and his sister kept house for him.
|
|
Then she got married and he just wanted some one to look after his house.
|
|
It was worth looking after, too, mind you that. It's a handsome house.
|
|
Jog along, black mare. As for Thomas, he was poor, and if his house
|
|
didn't leak in dry weather it was about all that could be said for it,
|
|
though it looks kind of pictureaskew. But, y'see, I loved Thomas, and
|
|
I didn't care one red cent for W.O. So I argued it out with myself.
|
|
`Sarah Crowe,' say I -- my first was a Crowe -- `you can marry
|
|
your rich man if you like but you won't be happy. Folks can't
|
|
get along together in this world without a little bit of love.
|
|
You'd just better tie up to Thomas, for he loves you and you love
|
|
him and nothing else ain't going to do you.' Jog along, black mare.
|
|
So I told Thomas I'd take him. All the time I was getting ready
|
|
I never dared drive past W.O.'s place for fear the sight of that
|
|
fine house of his would put me in the swithers again. But now I
|
|
never think of it at all, and I'm just that comfortable and happy
|
|
with Thomas. Jog along, black mare."
|
|
|
|
"How did William Obadiah take it?" queried Anne.
|
|
|
|
"Oh, he rumpussed a bit. But he's going to see a skinny old maid
|
|
in Millersville now, and I guess she'll take him fast enough.
|
|
She'll make him a better wife than his first did. W.O. never
|
|
wanted to marry her. He just asked her to marry him 'cause his
|
|
father wanted him to, never dreaming but that she'd say `no.'
|
|
But mind you, she said 'yes.' There was a predicament for you.
|
|
Jog along, black mare. She was a great housekeeper, but most
|
|
awful mean. She wore the same bonnet for eighteen years. Then she
|
|
got a new one and W.O. met her on the road and didn't know her.
|
|
Jog along, black mare. I feel that I'd a narrer escape. I might
|
|
have married him and been most awful miserable, like my poor
|
|
cousin, Jane Ann. Jane Ann married a rich man she didn't care
|
|
anything about, and she hasn't the life of a dog. She come to
|
|
see me last week and says, says she, `Sarah Skinner, I envy you.
|
|
I'd rather live in a little hut on the side of the road with a
|
|
man I was fond of than in my big house with the one I've got.'
|
|
Jane Ann's man ain't such a bad sort, nuther, though he's so
|
|
contrary that he wears his fur coat when the thermometer's
|
|
at ninety. The only way to git him to do anything is to coax
|
|
him to do the opposite. But there ain't any love to smooth
|
|
things down and it's a poor way of living. Jog along, black mare.
|
|
There's Janet's place in the hollow -- `Wayside,' she calls it.
|
|
Quite pictureaskew, ain't it? I guess you'll be glad to git
|
|
out of this, with all them mail bags jamming round you."
|
|
|
|
"Yes, but I have enjoyed my drive with you very much," said
|
|
Anne sincerely.
|
|
|
|
"Git away now!" said Mrs. Skinner, highly flattered. "Wait till
|
|
I tell Thomas that. He always feels dretful tickled when I git
|
|
a compliment. Jog along, black mare. Well, here we are. I hope
|
|
you'll git on well in the school, miss. There's a short cut to
|
|
it through the ma'sh back of Janet's. If you take that way be
|
|
awful keerful. If you once got stuck in that black mud you'd be
|
|
sucked right down and never seen or heard tell of again till the
|
|
day of judgment, like Adam Palmer's cow. Jog along, black mare."
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Chapter XXXI
|
|
|
|
Anne to Philippa
|
|
|
|
|
|
"Anne Shirley to Philippa Gordon, greeting.
|
|
|
|
"Well-beloved, it's high time I was writing you. Here am I,
|
|
installed once more as a country `schoolma'am' at Valley Road,
|
|
boarding at `Wayside,' the home of Miss Janet Sweet. Janet is a
|
|
dear soul and very nicelooking; tall, but not over-tall; stoutish,
|
|
yet with a certain restraint of outline suggestive of a thrifty
|
|
soul who is not going to be overlavish even in the matter of
|
|
avoirdupois. She has a knot of soft, crimpy, brown hair with
|
|
a thread of gray in it, a sunny face with rosy cheeks, and big,
|
|
kind eyes as blue as forget-me-nots. Moreover, she is one of those
|
|
delightful, old-fashioned cooks who don't care a bit if they ruin
|
|
your digestion as long as they can give you feasts of fat things.
|
|
|
|
"I like her; and she likes me -- principally, it seems, because
|
|
she had a sister named Anne who died young.
|
|
|
|
"`I'm real glad to see you,' she said briskly, when I landed in her yard.
|
|
`My, you don't look a mite like I expected. I was sure you'd be dark --
|
|
my sister Anne was dark. And here you're redheaded!'
|
|
|
|
"For a few minutes I thought I wasn't going to like Janet as much
|
|
as I had expected at first sight. Then I reminded myself that I
|
|
really must be more sensible than to be prejudiced against any
|
|
one simply because she called my hair red. Probably the word
|
|
`auburn' was not in Janet's vocabulary at all.
|
|
|
|
"`Wayside' is a dear sort of little spot. The house is small
|
|
and white, set down in a delightful little hollow that drops
|
|
away from the road. Between road and house is an orchard and
|
|
flower-garden all mixed up together. The front door walk is
|
|
bordered with quahog clam-shells -- `cow-hawks,' Janet calls them;
|
|
there is Virginia Creeper over the porch and moss on the roof.
|
|
My room is a neat little spot `off the parlor' -- just big
|
|
enough for the bed and me. Over the head of my bed there is a
|
|
picture of Robby Burns standing at Highland Mary's grave,
|
|
shadowed by an enormous weeping willow tree. Robby's face is
|
|
so lugubrious that it is no wonder I have bad dreams. Why, the
|
|
first night I was here I dreamed I COULDN'T LAUGH.
|
|
|
|
"The parlor is tiny and neat. Its one window is so shaded by a
|
|
huge willow that the room has a grotto-like effect of emerald gloom.
|
|
There are wonderful tidies on the chairs, and gay mats on the floor,
|
|
and books and cards carefully arranged on a round table, and vases
|
|
of dried grass on the mantel-piece. Between the vases is a cheerful
|
|
decoration of preserved coffin plates -- five in all, pertaining
|
|
respectively to Janet's father and mother, a brother, her sister Anne,
|
|
and a hired man who died here once! If I go suddenly insane some of
|
|
these days `know all men by these presents' that those coffin-plates
|
|
have caused it.
|
|
|
|
"But it's all delightful and I said so. Janet loved me for it,
|
|
just as she detested poor Esther because Esther had said so much
|
|
shade was unhygienic and had objected to sleeping on a feather bed.
|
|
Now, I glory in feather-beds, and the more unhygienic and feathery
|
|
they are the more I glory. Janet says it is such a comfort to see
|
|
me eat; she had been so afraid I would be like Miss Haythorne, who
|
|
wouldn't eat anything but fruit and hot water for breakfast and tried
|
|
to make Janet give up frying things. Esther is really a dear girl,
|
|
but she is rather given to fads. The trouble is that she hasn't
|
|
enough imagination and HAS a tendency to indigestion.
|
|
|
|
"Janet told me I could have the use of the parlor when any young
|
|
men called! I don't think there are many to call. I haven't
|
|
seen a young man in Valley Road yet, except the next-door
|
|
hired boy -- Sam Toliver, a very tall, lank, tow-haired youth.
|
|
He came over one evening recently and sat for an hour on the
|
|
garden fence, near the front porch where Janet and I were doing
|
|
fancy-work. The only remarks he volunteered in all that time
|
|
were, `Hev a peppermint, miss! Dew now-fine thing for carARRH,
|
|
peppermints,' and, `Powerful lot o' jump-grasses round here
|
|
ternight. Yep.'
|
|
|
|
"But there is a love affair going on here. It seems to be my
|
|
fortune to be mixed up, more or less actively, with elderly love
|
|
affairs. Mr. and Mrs. Irving always say that I brought about
|
|
their marriage. Mrs. Stephen Clark of Carmody persists in being
|
|
most grateful to me for a suggestion which somebody else would
|
|
probably have made if I hadn't. I do really think, though, that
|
|
Ludovic Speed would never have got any further along than placid
|
|
courtship if I had not helped him and Theodora Dix out.
|
|
|
|
"In the present affair I am only a passive spectator. I've tried
|
|
once to help things along and made an awful mess of it. So I
|
|
shall not meddle again. I'll tell you all about it when we meet."
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Chapter XXXII
|
|
|
|
Tea with Mrs. Douglas
|
|
|
|
|
|
On the first Thursday night of Anne's sojourn in Valley Road
|
|
Janet asked her to go to prayer-meeting. Janet blossomed out
|
|
like a rose to attend that prayer-meeting. She wore a pale-blue,
|
|
pansy-sprinkled muslin dress with more ruffles than one would ever
|
|
have supposed economical Janet could be guilty of, and a white
|
|
leghorn hat with pink roses and three ostrich feathers on it.
|
|
Anne felt quite amazed. Later on, she found out Janet's motive
|
|
in so arraying herself -- a motive as old as Eden.
|
|
|
|
Valley Road prayer-meetings seemed to be essentially feminine.
|
|
There were thirty-two women present, two half-grown boys, and one
|
|
solitary man, beside the minister. Anne found herself studying
|
|
this man. He was not handsome or young or graceful; he had
|
|
remarkably long legs -- so long that he had to keep them coiled
|
|
up under his chair to dispose of them -- and he was stoopshouldered.
|
|
His hands were big, his hair wanted barbering, and his moustache
|
|
was unkempt. But Anne thought she liked his face; it was kind and
|
|
honest and tender; there was something else in it, too -- just what,
|
|
Anne found it hard to define. She finally concluded that this man had
|
|
suffered and been strong, and it had been made manifest in his face.
|
|
There was a sort of patient, humorous endurance in his expression
|
|
which indicated that he would go to the stake if need be, but would
|
|
keep on looking pleasant until he really had to begin squirming.
|
|
|
|
When prayer-meeting was over this man came up to Janet and said,
|
|
|
|
"May I see you home, Janet?"
|
|
|
|
Janet took his arm -- "as primly and shyly as if she were no more
|
|
than sixteen, having her first escort home," Anne told the girls
|
|
at Patty's Place later on.
|
|
|
|
"Miss Shirley, permit me to introduce Mr. Douglas," she said stiffly.
|
|
|
|
Mr. Douglas nodded and said, "I was looking at you in prayer-meeting,
|
|
miss, and thinking what a nice little girl you were."
|
|
|
|
Such a speech from ninety-nine people out of a hundred would have
|
|
annoyed Anne bitterly; but the way in which Mr. Douglas said it made
|
|
her feel that she had received a very real and pleasing compliment.
|
|
She smiled appreciatively at him and dropped obligingly behind on
|
|
the moonlit road.
|
|
|
|
So Janet had a beau! Anne was delighted. Janet would make a paragon
|
|
of a wife -- cheery, economical, tolerant, and a very queen of cooks.
|
|
It would be a flagrant waste on Nature's part to keep her a permanent
|
|
old maid.
|
|
|
|
"John Douglas asked me to take you up to see his mother," said
|
|
Janet the next day. "She's bed-rid a lot of the time and never
|
|
goes out of the house. But she's powerful fond of company and
|
|
always wants to see my boarders. Can you go up this evening?"
|
|
|
|
Anne assented; but later in the day Mr. Douglas called on his
|
|
mother's behalf to invite them up to tea on Saturday evening.
|
|
|
|
"Oh, why didn't you put on your pretty pansy dress?" asked Anne,
|
|
when they left home. It was a hot day, and poor Janet, between
|
|
her excitement and her heavy black cashmere dress, looked as if
|
|
she were being broiled alive.
|
|
|
|
"Old Mrs. Douglas would think it terrible frivolous and unsuitable,
|
|
I'm afraid. John likes that dress, though," she added wistfully.
|
|
|
|
The old Douglas homestead was half a mile from "Wayside" cresting
|
|
a windy hill. The house itself was large and comfortable, old
|
|
enough to be dignified, and girdled with maple groves and orchards.
|
|
There were big, trim barns behind it, and everything bespoke prosperity.
|
|
Whatever the patient endurance in Mr. Douglas' face had meant it hadn't,
|
|
so Anne reflected, meant debts and duns.
|
|
|
|
John Douglas met them at the door and took them into the
|
|
sitting-room, where his mother was enthroned in an armchair.
|
|
|
|
Anne had expected old Mrs. Douglas to be tall and thin, because
|
|
Mr. Douglas was. Instead, she was a tiny scrap of a woman, with
|
|
soft pink cheeks, mild blue eyes, and a mouth like a baby's.
|
|
Dressed in a beautiful, fashionably-made black silk dress,
|
|
with a fluffy white shawl over her shoulders, and her snowy
|
|
hair surmounted by a dainty lace cap, she might have posed
|
|
as a grandmother doll.
|
|
|
|
"How do you do, Janet dear?" she said sweetly. "I am so glad to
|
|
see you again, dear." She put up her pretty old face to be kissed.
|
|
"And this is our new teacher. I'm delighted to meet you. My son
|
|
has been singing your praises until I'm half jealous, and I'm sure
|
|
Janet ought to be wholly so."
|
|
|
|
Poor Janet blushed, Anne said something polite and conventional,
|
|
and then everybody sat down and made talk. It was hard work,
|
|
even for Anne, for nobody seemed at ease except old Mrs. Douglas,
|
|
who certainly did not find any difficulty in talking. She made
|
|
Janet sit by her and stroked her hand occasionally. Janet sat
|
|
and smiled, looking horribly uncomfortable in her hideous dress,
|
|
and John Douglas sat without smiling.
|
|
|
|
At the tea table Mrs. Douglas gracefully asked Janet to pour
|
|
the tea. Janet turned redder than ever but did it. Anne wrote
|
|
a description of that meal to Stella.
|
|
|
|
"We had cold tongue and chicken and strawberry preserves, lemon
|
|
pie and tarts and chocolate cake and raisin cookies and pound cake
|
|
and fruit cake -- and a few other things, including more pie
|
|
-- caramel pie, I think it was. After I had eaten twice as much
|
|
as was good for me, Mrs. Douglas sighed and said she feared she
|
|
had nothing to tempt my appetite.
|
|
|
|
"`I'm afraid dear Janet's cooking has spoiled you for any other,'
|
|
she said sweetly. `Of course nobody in Valley Road aspires to
|
|
rival HER. WON'T you have another piece of pie, Miss Shirley?
|
|
You haven't eaten ANYTHING.'
|
|
|
|
"Stella, I had eaten a helping of tongue and one of chicken,
|
|
three biscuits, a generous allowance of preserves, a piece of
|
|
pie, a tart, and a square of chocolate cake!"
|
|
|
|
After tea Mrs. Douglas smiled benevolently and told John to
|
|
take "dear Janet" out into the garden and get her some roses.
|
|
"Miss Shirley will keep me company while you are out --
|
|
won't you?" she said plaintively. She settled down in her
|
|
armchair with a sigh.
|
|
|
|
"I am a very frail old woman, Miss Shirley. For over twenty
|
|
years I've been a great sufferer. For twenty long, weary years
|
|
I've been dying by inches."
|
|
|
|
"How painful!" said Anne, trying to be sympathetic and succeeding
|
|
only in feeling idiotic.
|
|
|
|
"There have been scores of nights when they've thought I could
|
|
never live to see the dawn," went on Mrs. Douglas solemnly.
|
|
"Nobody knows what I've gone through -- nobody can know but
|
|
myself. Well, it can't last very much longer now. My weary
|
|
pilgrimage will soon be over, Miss Shirley. It is a great
|
|
comfort to me that John will have such a good wife to look after
|
|
him when his mother is gone -- a great comfort, Miss Shirley."
|
|
|
|
"Janet is a lovely woman," said Anne warmly.
|
|
|
|
"Lovely! A beautiful character," assented Mrs. Douglas. "And a
|
|
perfect housekeeper -- something I never was. My health would
|
|
not permit it, Miss Shirley. I am indeed thankful that John has
|
|
made such a wise choice. I hope and believe that he will be happy.
|
|
He is my only son, Miss Shirley, and his happiness lies very near
|
|
my heart."
|
|
|
|
"Of course," said Anne stupidly. For the first time in her life
|
|
she was stupid. Yet she could not imagine why. She seemed to
|
|
have absolutely nothing to say to this sweet, smiling, angelic
|
|
old lady who was patting her hand so kindly.
|
|
|
|
"Come and see me soon again, dear Janet," said Mrs. Douglas
|
|
lovingly, when they left. "You don't come half often enough.
|
|
But then I suppose John will be bringing you here to stay all the
|
|
time one of these days." Anne, happening to glance at John
|
|
Douglas, as his mother spoke, gave a positive start of dismay.
|
|
He looked as a tortured man might look when his tormentors gave
|
|
the rack the last turn of possible endurance. She felt sure he
|
|
must be ill and hurried poor blushing Janet away.
|
|
|
|
"Isn't old Mrs. Douglas a sweet woman?" asked Janet, as they
|
|
went down the road.
|
|
|
|
"M -- m," answered Anne absently. She was wondering why John
|
|
Douglas had looked so.
|
|
|
|
"She's been a terrible sufferer," said Janet feelingly.
|
|
"She takes terrible spells. It keeps John all worried up.
|
|
He's scared to leave home for fear his mother will take a
|
|
spell and nobody there but the hired girl."
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Chapter XXXIII
|
|
|
|
"He Just Kept Coming and Coming"
|
|
|
|
|
|
Three days later Anne came home from school and found Janet crying.
|
|
Tears and Janet seemed so incongruous that Anne was honestly alarmed.
|
|
|
|
"Oh, what is the matter?" she cried anxiously.
|
|
|
|
"I'm -- I'm forty today," sobbed Janet.
|
|
|
|
"Well, you were nearly that yesterday and it didn't hurt,"
|
|
comforted Anne, trying not to smile.
|
|
|
|
"But -- but," went on Janet with a big gulp, "John Douglas won't
|
|
ask me to marry him."
|
|
|
|
"Oh, but he will," said Anne lamely. "You must give him time, Janet
|
|
|
|
"Time!" said Janet with indescribable scorn. "He has had twenty years.
|
|
How much time does he want?"
|
|
|
|
"Do you mean that John Douglas has been coming to see you for
|
|
twenty years?"
|
|
|
|
"He has. And he has never so much as mentioned marriage to me.
|
|
And I don't believe he ever will now. I've never said a word to
|
|
a mortal about it, but it seems to me I've just got to talk it
|
|
out with some one at last or go crazy. John Douglas begun to go
|
|
with me twenty years ago, before mother died. Well, he kept
|
|
coming and coming, and after a spell I begun making quilts and
|
|
things; but he never said anything about getting married, only
|
|
just kept coming and coming. There wasn't anything I could do.
|
|
Mother died when we'd been going together for eight years.
|
|
I thought he maybe would speak out then, seeing as I was left
|
|
alone in the world. He was real kind and feeling, and did
|
|
everything he could for me, but he never said marry. And that's
|
|
the way it has been going on ever since. People blame ME for it.
|
|
They say I won't marry him because his mother is so sickly and I
|
|
don't want the bother of waiting on her. Why, I'd LOVE to wait on
|
|
John's mother! But I let them think so. I'd rather they'd blame
|
|
me than pity me! It's so dreadful humiliating that John won't
|
|
ask me. And WHY won't he? Seems to me if I only knew his reason
|
|
I wouldn't mind it so much."
|
|
|
|
"Perhaps his mother doesn't want him to marry anybody," suggested Anne.
|
|
|
|
"Oh, she does. She's told me time and again that she'd love to see
|
|
John settled before her time comes. She's always giving him hints --
|
|
you heard her yourself the other day. I thought I'd ha' gone through
|
|
the floor."
|
|
|
|
"It's beyond me," said Anne helplessly. She thought of Ludovic Speed.
|
|
But the cases were not parallel. John Douglas was not a man of
|
|
Ludovic's type.
|
|
|
|
"You should show more spirit, Janet," she went on resolutely.
|
|
"Why didn't you send him about his business long ago?"
|
|
|
|
"I couldn't," said poor Janet pathetically. "You see, Anne, I've
|
|
always been awful fond of John. He might just as well keep coming
|
|
as not, for there was never anybody else I'd want, so it didn't matter."
|
|
|
|
"But it might have made him speak out like a man," urged Anne.
|
|
|
|
Janet shook her head.
|
|
|
|
"No, I guess not. I was afraid to try, anyway, for fear he'd
|
|
think I meant it and just go. I suppose I'm a poor-spirited
|
|
creature, but that is how I feel. And I can't help it."
|
|
|
|
"Oh, you COULD help it, Janet. It isn't too late yet. Take a
|
|
firm stand. Let that man know you are not going to endure his
|
|
shillyshallying any longer. I'LL back you up."
|
|
|
|
"I dunno," said Janet hopelessly. "I dunno if I could ever get up
|
|
enough spunk. Things have drifted so long. But I'll think it over."
|
|
|
|
Anne felt that she was disappointed in John Douglas. She had
|
|
liked him so well, and she had not thought him the sort of man who
|
|
would play fast and loose with a woman's feelings for twenty years.
|
|
He certainly should be taught a lesson, and Anne felt vindictively
|
|
that she would enjoy seeing the process. Therefore she was delighted
|
|
when Janet told her, as they were going to prayer-meeting the next night,
|
|
that she meant to show some "sperrit."
|
|
|
|
"I'll let John Douglas see I'm not going to be trodden on any longer."
|
|
|
|
"You are perfectly right," said Anne emphatically.
|
|
|
|
When prayer-meeting was over John Douglas came up with his usual request.
|
|
Janet looked frightened but resolute.
|
|
|
|
"No, thank you," she said icily. "I know the road home pretty well alone.
|
|
I ought to, seeing I've been traveling it for forty years. So you needn't
|
|
trouble yourself, MR. Douglas."
|
|
|
|
Anne was looking at John Douglas; and, in that brilliant moonlight,
|
|
she saw the last twist of the rack again. Without a word he turned
|
|
and strode down the road.
|
|
|
|
"Stop! Stop!" Anne called wildly after him, not caring in the least
|
|
for the other dumbfounded onlookers. "Mr. Douglas, stop! Come back."
|
|
|
|
John Douglas stopped but he did not come back. Anne flew down
|
|
the road, caught his arm and fairly dragged him back to Janet.
|
|
|
|
"You must come back," she said imploringly. "It's all a mistake,
|
|
Mr. Douglas -- all my fault. I made Janet do it. She didn't
|
|
want to -- but it's all right now, isn't it, Janet?"
|
|
|
|
Without a word Janet took his arm and walked away. Anne followed
|
|
them meekly home and slipped in by the back door.
|
|
|
|
"Well, you are a nice person to back me up," said Janet sarcastically.
|
|
|
|
"I couldn't help it, Janet," said Anne repentantly. "I just felt
|
|
as if I had stood by and seen murder done. I HAD to run after him."
|
|
|
|
"Oh, I'm just as glad you did. When I saw John Douglas making
|
|
off down that road I just felt as if every little bit of joy and
|
|
happiness that was left in my life was going with him. It was an
|
|
awful feeling."
|
|
|
|
"Did he ask you why you did it?" asked Anne.
|
|
|
|
"No, he never said a word about it," replied Janet dully.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Chapter XXXIV
|
|
|
|
John Douglas Speaks at Last
|
|
|
|
|
|
Anne was not without a feeble hope that something might come of
|
|
it after all. But nothing did. John Douglas came and took Janet
|
|
driving, and walked home from prayer-meeting with her, as he had
|
|
been doing for twenty years, and as he seemed likely to do for
|
|
twenty years more. The summer waned. Anne taught her school and
|
|
wrote letters and studied a little. Her walks to and from school
|
|
were pleasant. She always went by way of the swamp; it was a
|
|
lovely place -- a boggy soil, green with the greenest of mossy
|
|
hillocks; a silvery brook meandered through it and spruces stood
|
|
erectly, their boughs a-trail with gray-green mosses, their roots
|
|
overgrown with all sorts of woodland lovelinesses.
|
|
|
|
Nevertheless, Anne found life in Valley Road a little monotonous.
|
|
To be sure, there was one diverting incident.
|
|
|
|
She had not seen the lank, tow-headed Samuel of the peppermints
|
|
since the evening of his call, save for chance meetings on the road.
|
|
But one warm August night he appeared, and solemnly seated himself
|
|
on the rustic bench by the porch. He wore his usual working
|
|
habiliments, consisting of varipatched trousers, a blue jean shirt,
|
|
out at the elbows, and a ragged straw hat. He was chewing a straw
|
|
and he kept on chewing it while he looked solemnly at Anne. Anne
|
|
laid her book aside with a sigh and took up her doily. Conversation
|
|
with Sam was really out of the question.
|
|
|
|
After a long silence Sam suddenly spoke.
|
|
|
|
"I'm leaving over there," he said abruptly, waving his straw in
|
|
the direction of the neighboring house.
|
|
|
|
"Oh, are you?" said Anne politely.
|
|
|
|
"Yep."
|
|
|
|
"And where are you going now?"
|
|
|
|
"Wall, I've been thinking some of gitting a place of my own.
|
|
There's one that'd suit me over at Millersville. But ef I rents
|
|
it I'll want a woman."
|
|
|
|
"I suppose so," said Anne vaguely.
|
|
|
|
"Yep."
|
|
|
|
There was another long silence. Finally Sam removed his straw
|
|
again and said,
|
|
|
|
"Will yeh hev me?"
|
|
|
|
"Wh -- a -- t!" gasped Anne.
|
|
|
|
"Will yeh hev me?"
|
|
|
|
"Do you mean -- MARRY you?" queried poor Anne feebly.
|
|
|
|
"Yep."
|
|
|
|
"Why, I'm hardly acquainted with you," cried Anne indignantly.
|
|
|
|
"But yeh'd git acquainted with me after we was married," said Sam.
|
|
|
|
Anne gathered up her poor dignity.
|
|
|
|
"Certainly I won't marry you," she said haughtily.
|
|
|
|
"Wall, yeh might do worse," expostulated Sam. "I'm a good worker
|
|
and I've got some money in the bank."
|
|
|
|
"Don't speak of this to me again. Whatever put such an idea into
|
|
your head?" said Anne, her sense of humor getting the better of
|
|
her wrath. It was such an absurd situation.
|
|
|
|
"Yeh're a likely-looking girl and hev a right-smart way o' stepping,"
|
|
said Sam. "I don't want no lazy woman. Think it over. I won't change
|
|
my mind yit awhile. Wall, I must be gitting. Gotter milk the cows."
|
|
|
|
Anne's illusions concerning proposals had suffered so much of
|
|
late years that there were few of them left. So she could laugh
|
|
wholeheartedly over this one, not feeling any secret sting. She
|
|
mimicked poor Sam to Janet that night, and both of them laughed
|
|
immoderately over his plunge into sentiment.
|
|
|
|
One afternoon, when Anne's sojourn in Valley Road was drawing to a
|
|
close, Alec Ward came driving down to "Wayside" in hot haste for Janet.
|
|
|
|
"They want you at the Douglas place quick," he said. "I really
|
|
believe old Mrs. Douglas is going to die at last, after pretending
|
|
to do it for twenty years."
|
|
|
|
Janet ran to get her hat. Anne asked if Mrs. Douglas was worse than usual.
|
|
|
|
"She's not half as bad," said Alec solemnly, "and that's what
|
|
makes me think it's serious. Other times she'd be screaming and
|
|
throwing herself all over the place. This time she's lying still
|
|
and mum. When Mrs. Douglas is mum she is pretty sick, you bet."
|
|
|
|
"You don't like old Mrs. Douglas?" said Anne curiously.
|
|
|
|
"I like cats as IS cats. I don't like cats as is women," was Alec's
|
|
cryptic reply.
|
|
|
|
Janet came home in the twilight.
|
|
|
|
"Mrs. Douglas is dead," she said wearily. "She died soon after
|
|
I got there. She just spoke to me once -- `I suppose you'll
|
|
marry John now?' she said. It cut me to the heart, Anne.
|
|
To think John's own mother thought I wouldn't marry him
|
|
because of her! I couldn't say a word either -- there were
|
|
other women there. I was thankful John had gone out."
|
|
|
|
Janet began to cry drearily. But Anne brewed her a hot drink of
|
|
ginger tea to her comforting. To be sure, Anne discovered later
|
|
on that she had used white pepper instead of ginger; but Janet
|
|
never knew the difference.
|
|
|
|
The evening after the funeral Janet and Anne were sitting on the
|
|
front porch steps at sunset. The wind had fallen asleep in the
|
|
pinelands and lurid sheets of heat-lightning flickered across the
|
|
northern skies. Janet wore her ugly black dress and looked her
|
|
very worst, her eyes and nose red from crying. They talked
|
|
little, for Janet seemed faintly to resent Anne's efforts to
|
|
cheer her up. She plainly preferred to be miserable.
|
|
|
|
Suddenly the gate-latch clicked and John Douglas strode into the
|
|
garden. He walked towards them straight over the geranium bed.
|
|
Janet stood up. So did Anne. Anne was a tall girl and wore a
|
|
white dress; but John Douglas did not see her.
|
|
|
|
"Janet," he said, "will you marry me?"
|
|
|
|
The words burst out as if they had been wanting to be said
|
|
for twenty years and MUST be uttered now, before anything else.
|
|
|
|
Janet's face was so red from crying that it couldn't turn any redder,
|
|
so it turned a most unbecoming purple.
|
|
|
|
"Why didn't you ask me before?" she said slowly.
|
|
|
|
"I couldn't. She made me promise not to -- mother made me
|
|
promise not to. Nineteen years ago she took a terrible spell.
|
|
We thought she couldn't live through it. She implored me to
|
|
promise not to ask you to marry me while she was alive. I didn't
|
|
want to promise such a thing, even though we all thought she
|
|
couldn't live very long -- the doctor only gave her six months.
|
|
But she begged it on her knees, sick and suffering. I had to promise."
|
|
|
|
"What had your mother against me?" cried Janet.
|
|
|
|
"Nothing -- nothing. She just didn't want another woman
|
|
-- ANY woman -- there while she was living. She said if I
|
|
didn't promise she'd die right there and I'd have killed her.
|
|
So I promised. And she's held me to that promise ever since,
|
|
though I've gone on my knees to her in my turn to beg her
|
|
to let me ff."
|
|
|
|
"Why didn't you tell me this?" asked Janet chokingly.
|
|
"If I'd only KNOWN! Why didn't you just tell me?"
|
|
|
|
"She made me promise I wouldn't tell a soul," said John hoarsely.
|
|
"She swore me to it on the Bible; Janet, I'd never have done it
|
|
if I'd dreamed it was to be for so long. Janet, you'll never
|
|
know what I've suffered these nineteen years. I know I've made
|
|
you suffer, too, but you'll marry me for all, won't you, Janet?
|
|
Oh, Janet, won't you? I've come as soon as I could to ask you."
|
|
|
|
At this moment the stupefied Anne came to her senses and realized
|
|
that she had no business to be there. She slipped away and did not
|
|
see Janet until the next morning, when the latter told her the rest
|
|
of the story.
|
|
|
|
"That cruel, relentless, deceitful old woman!" cried Anne.
|
|
|
|
"Hush -- she's dead," said Janet solemnly. "If she wasn't -- but she IS.
|
|
So we mustn't speak evil of her. But I'm happy at last, Anne. And I
|
|
wouldn't have minded waiting so long a bit if I'd only known why."
|
|
|
|
"When are you to be married?"
|
|
|
|
"Next month. Of course it will be very quiet. I suppose people
|
|
will talk terrible. They'll say I made enough haste to snap John
|
|
up as soon as his poor mother was out of the way. John wanted to
|
|
let them know the truth but I said, `No, John; after all she was
|
|
your mother, and we'll keep the secret between us, and not cast
|
|
any shadow on her memory. I don't mind what people say, now that
|
|
I know the truth myself. It don't matter a mite. Let it all be
|
|
buried with the dead' says I to him. So I coaxed him round to
|
|
agree with me."
|
|
|
|
"You're much more forgiving than I could ever be," Anne said,
|
|
rather crossly.
|
|
|
|
"You'll feel differently about a good many things when you get to
|
|
be my age," said Janet tolerantly. "That's one of the things we
|
|
learn as we grow older -- how to forgive. It comes easier at
|
|
forty than it did at twenty."
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Chapter XXXV
|
|
|
|
The Last Redmond Year Opens
|
|
|
|
|
|
"Here we are, all back again, nicely sunburned and rejoicing as a
|
|
strong man to run a race," said Phil, sitting down on a suitcase
|
|
with a sigh of pleasure. "Isn't it jolly to see this dear old
|
|
Patty's Place again -- and Aunty -- and the cats? Rusty has lost
|
|
another piece of ear, hasn't he?"
|
|
|
|
"Rusty would be the nicest cat in the world if he had no ears at all,"
|
|
declared Anne loyally from her trunk, while Rusty writhed about her lap
|
|
in a frenzy of welcome.
|
|
|
|
"Aren't you glad to see us back, Aunty?" demanded Phil.
|
|
|
|
"Yes. But I wish you'd tidy things up," said Aunt Jamesina plaintively,
|
|
looking at the wilderness of trunks and suitcases by which the four
|
|
laughing, chattering girls were surrounded. "You can talk just as well
|
|
later on. Work first and then play used to be my motto when I was a girl."
|
|
|
|
"Oh, we've just reversed that in this generation, Aunty.
|
|
OUR motto is play your play and then dig in. You can do your
|
|
work so much better if you've had a good bout of play first."
|
|
|
|
"If you are going to marry a minister," said Aunt Jamesina,
|
|
picking up Joseph and her knitting and resigning herself to the
|
|
inevitable with the charming grace that made her the queen of
|
|
housemothers, "you will have to give up such expressions as `dig in.'"
|
|
|
|
"Why?" moaned Phil. "Oh, why must a minister's wife be supposed
|
|
to utter only prunes and prisms? I shan't. Everybody on
|
|
Patterson Street uses slang -- that is to say, metaphorical
|
|
language -- and if I didn't they would think me insufferably
|
|
proud and stuck up."
|
|
|
|
"Have you broken the news to your family?" asked Priscilla,
|
|
feeding the Sarah-cat bits from her lunchbasket.
|
|
|
|
Phil nodded.
|
|
|
|
"How did they take it?"
|
|
|
|
"Oh, mother rampaged. But I stood rockfirm -- even I, Philippa Gordon,
|
|
who never before could hold fast to anything. Father was calmer.
|
|
Father's own daddy was a minister, so you see he has a soft spot
|
|
in his heart for the cloth. I had Jo up to Mount Holly, after mother
|
|
grew calm, and they both loved him. But mother gave him some frightful
|
|
hints in every conversation regarding what she had hoped for me. Oh,
|
|
my vacation pathway hasn't been exactly strewn with roses, girls dear.
|
|
But -- I've won out and I've got Jo. Nothing else matters."
|
|
|
|
"To you," said Aunt Jamesina darkly.
|
|
|
|
"Nor to Jo, either," retorted Phil. "You keep on pitying him.
|
|
Why, pray? I think he's to be envied. He's getting brains,
|
|
beauty, and a heart of gold in ME."
|
|
|
|
"It's well we know how to take your speeches," said Aunt Jamesina
|
|
patiently. "I hope you don't talk like that before strangers.
|
|
What would they think?"
|
|
|
|
"Oh, I don't want to know what they think. I don't want to
|
|
see myself as others see me. I'm sure it would be horribly
|
|
uncomfortable most of the time. I don't believe Burns was
|
|
really sincere in that prayer, either."
|
|
|
|
"Oh, I daresay we all pray for some things that we really don't
|
|
want, if we were only honest enough to look into our hearts,"
|
|
owned Aunt Jamesina candidly. "I've a notion that such prayers
|
|
don't rise very far. _I_ used to pray that I might be enabled to
|
|
forgive a certain person, but I know now I really didn't want to
|
|
forgive her. When I finally got that I DID want to I forgave her
|
|
without having to pray about it."
|
|
|
|
"I can't picture you as being unforgiving for long," said Stella.
|
|
|
|
"Oh, I used to be. But holding spite doesn't seem worth while
|
|
when you get along in years."
|
|
|
|
"That reminds me," said Anne, and told the tale of John and Janet.
|
|
|
|
"And now tell us about that romantic scene you hinted so darkly
|
|
at in one of your letters," demanded Phil.
|
|
|
|
Anne acted out Samuel's proposal with great spirit. The girls
|
|
shrieked with laughter and Aunt Jamesina smiled.
|
|
|
|
"It isn't in good taste to make fun of your beaux," she said
|
|
severely; "but," she added calmly, "I always did it myself."
|
|
|
|
"Tell us about your beaux, Aunty, "en treated Phil. "You must
|
|
have had any number of them."
|
|
|
|
"They're not in the past tense," retorted Aunt Jamesina.
|
|
"I've got them yet. There are three old widowers at home
|
|
who have been casting sheep's eyes at me for some time.
|
|
You children needn't think you own all the romance in the world."
|
|
|
|
"Widowers and sheep's eyes don't sound very romantic, Aunty."
|
|
|
|
"Well, no; but young folks aren't always romantic either.
|
|
Some of my beaux certainly weren't. I used to laugh at them
|
|
scandalous, poor boys. There was Jim Elwood -- he was always in
|
|
a sort of day-dream -- never seemed to sense what was going on.
|
|
He didn't wake up to the fact that I'd said `no' till a year
|
|
after I'd said it. When he did get married his wife fell out of
|
|
the sleigh one night when they were driving home from church and
|
|
he never missed her. Then there was Dan Winston. He knew too much.
|
|
He knew everything in this world and most of what is in the next.
|
|
He could give you an answer to any question, even if you asked him
|
|
when the Judgment Day was to be. Milton Edwards was real nice and
|
|
I liked him but I didn't marry him. For one thing, he took a week
|
|
to get a joke through his head, and for another he never asked me.
|
|
Horatio Reeve was the most interesting beau I ever had. But when he
|
|
told a story he dressed it up so that you couldn't see it for frills.
|
|
I never could decide whether he was lying or just letting his
|
|
imagination run loose."
|
|
|
|
"And what about the others, Aunty?"
|
|
|
|
"Go away and unpack," said Aunt Jamesina, waving Joseph at them by
|
|
mistake for a needle. "The others were too nice to make fun of.
|
|
I shall respect their memory. There's a box of flowers in
|
|
your room, Anne. They came about an hour ago."
|
|
|
|
After the first week the girls of Patty's Place settled down to a
|
|
steady grind of study; for this was their last year at Redmond
|
|
and graduation honors must be fought for persistently. Anne
|
|
devoted herself to English, Priscilla pored over classics, and
|
|
Philippa pounded away at Mathematics. Sometimes they grew tired,
|
|
sometimes they felt discouraged, sometimes nothing seemed worth
|
|
the struggle for it. In one such mood Stella wandered up to the
|
|
blue room one rainy November evening. Anne sat on the floor in a
|
|
little circle of light cast by the lamp beside her, amid a
|
|
surrounding snow of crumpled manuscript.
|
|
|
|
"What in the world are you doing?"
|
|
|
|
"Just looking over some old Story Club yarns. I wanted something
|
|
to cheer AND inebriate. I'd studied until the world seemed azure.
|
|
So I came up here and dug these out of my trunk. They are so drenched
|
|
in tears and tragedy that they are excruciatingly funny."
|
|
|
|
"I'm blue and discouraged myself," said Stella, throwing herself
|
|
on the couch. "Nothing seems worthwhile. My very thoughts are
|
|
old. I've thought them all before. What is the use of living
|
|
after all, Anne?"
|
|
|
|
"Honey, it's just brain fag that makes us feel that way, and the weather.
|
|
A pouring rainy night like this, coming after a hard day's grind, would
|
|
squelch any one but a Mark Tapley. You know it IS worthwhile to live."
|
|
|
|
"Oh, I suppose so. But I can't prove it to myself just now."
|
|
|
|
"Just think of all the great and noble souls who have lived and
|
|
worked in the world," said Anne dreamily. "Isn't it worthwhile
|
|
to come after them and inherit what they won and taught? Isn't
|
|
it worthwhile to think we can share their inspiration? And then,
|
|
all the great souls that will come in the future? Isn't it
|
|
worthwhile to work a little and prepare the way for them --
|
|
make just one step in their path easier?"
|
|
|
|
"Oh, my mind agrees with you, Anne. But my soul remains doleful
|
|
and uninspired. I'm always grubby and dingy on rainy nights."
|
|
|
|
"Some nights I like the rain -- I like to lie in bed and hear it
|
|
pattering on the roof and drifting through the pines."
|
|
|
|
"I like it when it stays on the roof," said Stella. "It doesn't
|
|
always. I spent a gruesome night in an old country farmhouse
|
|
last summer. The roof leaked and the rain came pattering down on
|
|
my bed. There was no poetry in THAT. I had to get up in the
|
|
`mirk midnight' and chivy round to pull the bedstead out of the
|
|
drip -- and it was one of those solid, old-fashioned beds that
|
|
weigh a ton -- more or less. And then that drip-drop, drip-drop
|
|
kept up all night until my nerves just went to pieces. You've no
|
|
idea what an eerie noise a great drop of rain falling with a
|
|
mushy thud on a bare floor makes in the night. It sounds like
|
|
ghostly footsteps and all that sort of thing. What are you
|
|
laughing over, Anne?"
|
|
|
|
"These stories. As Phil would say they are killing -- in more senses
|
|
than one, for everybody died in them. What dazzlingly lovely heroines
|
|
we had -- and how we dressed them! Silks -- satins -- velvets -- jewels
|
|
-- laces -- they never wore anything else. Here is one of Jane Andrews'
|
|
stories depicting her heroine as sleeping in a beautiful white satin
|
|
nightdress trimmed with seed pearls."
|
|
|
|
"Go on," said Stella. "I begin to feel that life is worth living
|
|
as long as there's a laugh in it."
|
|
|
|
"Here's one I wrote. My heroine is disporting herself at a ball
|
|
`glittering from head to foot with large diamonds of the first
|
|
water.' But what booted beauty or rich attire? `The paths of
|
|
glory lead but to the grave.' They must either be murdered or die
|
|
of a broken heart. There was no escape for them."
|
|
|
|
"Let me read some of your stories."
|
|
|
|
"Well, here's my masterpiece. Note its cheerful title -- `My Graves.'
|
|
I shed quarts of tears while writing it, and the other girls shed gallons
|
|
while I read it. Jane Andrews' mother scolded her frightfully because
|
|
she had so many handkerchiefs in the wash that week. It's a harrowing
|
|
tale of the wanderings of a Methodist minister's wife. I made her a
|
|
Methodist because it was necessary that she should wander. She buried
|
|
a child every place she lived in. There were nine of them and their
|
|
graves were severed far apart, ranging from Newfoundland to Vancouver.
|
|
I described the children, pictured their several death beds, and
|
|
detailed their tombstones and epitaphs. I had intended to bury the
|
|
whole nine but when I had disposed of eight my invention of horrors
|
|
gave out and I permitted the ninth to live as a hopeless cripple."
|
|
|
|
While Stella read My Graves, punctuating its tragic paragraphs
|
|
with chuckles, and Rusty slept the sleep of a just cat who has
|
|
been out all night curled up on a Jane Andrews tale of a beautiful
|
|
maiden of fifteen who went to nurse in a leper colony -- of course
|
|
dying of the loathsome disease finally -- Anne glanced over the other
|
|
manuscripts and recalled the old days at Avonlea school when the members
|
|
of the Story Club, sitting under the spruce trees or down among the
|
|
ferns by the brook, had written them. What fun they had had!
|
|
How the sunshine and mirth of those olden summers returned as she read.
|
|
Not all the glory that was Greece or the grandeur that was Rome could
|
|
weave such wizardry as those funny, tearful tales of the Story Club.
|
|
Among the manuscripts Anne found one written on sheets of wrapping paper.
|
|
A wave of laughter filled her gray eyes as she recalled the time and
|
|
place of its genesis. It was the sketch she had written the day she
|
|
fell through the roof of the Cobb duckhouse on the Tory Road.
|
|
|
|
Anne glanced over it, then fell to reading it intently. It was a
|
|
little dialogue between asters and sweet-peas, wild canaries in the
|
|
lilac bush, and the guardian spirit of the garden. After she had
|
|
read it, she sat, staring into space; and when Stella had gone she
|
|
smoothed out the crumpled manuscript.
|
|
|
|
"I believe I will," she said resolutely.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Chapter XXXVI
|
|
|
|
The Gardners'Call
|
|
|
|
|
|
"Here is a letter with an Indian stamp for you, Aunt Jimsie,"
|
|
said Phil. "Here are three for Stella, and two for Pris, and a
|
|
glorious fat one for me from Jo. There's nothing for you, Anne,
|
|
except a circular."
|
|
|
|
Nobody noticed Anne's flush as she took the thin letter Phil tossed
|
|
her carelessly. But a few minutes later Phil looked up to see a
|
|
transfigured Anne.
|
|
|
|
"Honey, what good thing has happened?"
|
|
|
|
"The Youth's Friend has accepted a little sketch I sent them a
|
|
fortnight ago," said Anne, trying hard to speak as if she were
|
|
accustomed to having sketches accepted every mail, but not
|
|
quite succeeding.
|
|
|
|
"Anne Shirley! How glorious! What was it? When is it to be
|
|
published? Did they pay you for it?"
|
|
|
|
"Yes; they've sent a check for ten dollars, and the editor writes
|
|
that he would like to see more of my work. Dear man, he shall.
|
|
It was an old sketch I found in my box. I re-wrote it and sent
|
|
it in -- but I never really thought it could be accepted because
|
|
it had no plot," said Anne, recalling the bitter experience of
|
|
Averil's Atonement.
|
|
|
|
"What are you going to do with that ten dollars, Anne? Let's all
|
|
go up town and get drunk," suggested Phil.
|
|
|
|
"I AM going to squander it in a wild soulless revel of some sort,"
|
|
declared Anne gaily. "At all events it isn't tainted money --
|
|
like the check I got for that horrible Reliable Baking Powder story.
|
|
I spent IT usefully for clothes and hated them every time I put them on."
|
|
|
|
"Think of having a real live author at Patty's Place," said Priscilla.
|
|
|
|
"It's a great responsibility," said Aunt Jamesina solemnly.
|
|
|
|
"Indeed it is," agreed Pris with equal solemnity. "Authors are
|
|
kittle cattle. You never know when or how they will break out.
|
|
Anne may make copy of us."
|
|
|
|
"I meant that the ability to write for the Press was a great
|
|
responsibility," said Aunt Jamesina severely. "and I hope Anne
|
|
realizes, it. My daughter used to write stories before she went
|
|
to the foreign field, but now she has turned her attention to
|
|
higher things. She used to say her motto was `Never write a line
|
|
you would be ashamed to read at your own funeral.' You'd better
|
|
take that for yours, Anne, if you are going to embark in literature.
|
|
Though, to be sure," added Aunt Jamesina perplexedly, "Elizabeth
|
|
always used to laugh when she said it. She always laughed so much
|
|
that I don't know how she ever came to decide on being a missionary.
|
|
I'm thankful she did -- I prayed that she might -- but -- I wish
|
|
she hadn't."
|
|
|
|
Then Aunt Jamesina wondered why those giddy girls all laughed.
|
|
|
|
Anne's eyes shone all that day; literary ambitions sprouted and
|
|
budded in her brain; their exhilaration accompanied her to Jennie
|
|
Cooper's walking party, and not even the sight of Gilbert and
|
|
Christine, walking just ahead of her and Roy, could quite subdue
|
|
the sparkle of her starry hopes. Nevertheless, she was not so
|
|
rapt from things of earth as to be unable to notice that
|
|
Christine's walk was decidedly ungraceful.
|
|
|
|
"But I suppose Gilbert looks only at her face. So like a man,"
|
|
thought Anne scornfully.
|
|
|
|
"Shall you be home Saturday afternoon?" asked Roy.
|
|
|
|
"Yes."
|
|
|
|
"My mother and sisters are coming to call on you," said Roy quietly.
|
|
|
|
Something went over Anne which might be described as a thrill, but
|
|
it was hardly a pleasant one. She had never met any of Roy's family;
|
|
she realized the significance of his statement; and it had, somehow,
|
|
an irrevocableness about it that chilled her.
|
|
|
|
"I shall be glad to see them," she said flatly; and then wondered
|
|
if she really would be glad. She ought to be, of course. But
|
|
would it not be something of an ordeal? Gossip had filtered to
|
|
Anne regarding the light in which the Gardners viewed the
|
|
"infatuation" of son and brother. Roy must have brought pressure
|
|
to bear in the matter of this call. Anne knew she would be
|
|
weighed in the balance. From the fact that they had consented to
|
|
call she understood that, willingly or unwillingly, they regarded
|
|
her as a possible member of their clan.
|
|
|
|
"I shall just be myself. I shall not TRY to make a good impression,"
|
|
thought Anne loftily. But she was wondering what dress she would
|
|
better wear Saturday afternoon, and if the new style of high
|
|
hair-dressing would suit her better than the old; and the walking
|
|
party was rather spoiled for her. By night she had decided that she
|
|
would wear her brown chiffon on Saturday, but would do her hair low.
|
|
|
|
Friday afternoon none of the girls had classes at Redmond.
|
|
Stella took the opportunity to write a paper for the Philomathic
|
|
Society, and was sitting at the table in the corner of the
|
|
living-room with an untidy litter of notes and manuscript on the
|
|
floor around her. Stella always vowed she never could write
|
|
anything unless she threw each sheet down as she completed it.
|
|
Anne, in her flannel blouse and serge skirt, with her hair rather
|
|
blown from her windy walk home, was sitting squarely in the
|
|
middle of the floor, teasing the Sarah-cat with a wishbone.
|
|
Joseph and Rusty were both curled up in her lap. A warm plummy
|
|
odor filled the whole house, for Priscilla was cooking in the
|
|
kitchen. Presently she came in, enshrouded in a huge work-apron,
|
|
with a smudge of flour on her nose, to show Aunt Jamesina the
|
|
chocolate cake she had just iced.
|
|
|
|
At this auspicious moment the knocker sounded. Nobody paid any
|
|
attention to it save Phil, who sprang up and opened it, expecting
|
|
a boy with the hat she had bought that morning. On the doorstep
|
|
stood Mrs. Gardner and her daughters.
|
|
|
|
Anne scrambled to her feet somehow, emptying two indignant cats
|
|
out of her lap as she did so, and mechanically shifting her
|
|
wishbone from her right hand to her left. Priscilla, who would
|
|
have had to cross the room to reach the kitchen door, lost her
|
|
head, wildly plunged the chocolate cake under a cushion on the
|
|
inglenook sofa, and dashed upstairs. Stella began feverishly
|
|
gathering up her manuscript. Only Aunt Jamesina and Phil
|
|
remained normal. Thanks to them, everybody was soon sitting at
|
|
ease, even Anne. Priscilla came down, apronless and smudgeless,
|
|
Stella reduced her corner to decency, and Phil saved the
|
|
situation by a stream of ready small talk.
|
|
|
|
Mrs. Gardner was tall and thin and handsome, exquisitely
|
|
gowned, cordial with a cordiality that seemed a trifle forced.
|
|
Aline Gardner was a younger edition of her mother, lacking the
|
|
cordiality. She endeavored to be nice, but succeeded only in
|
|
being haughty and patronizing. Dorothy Gardner was slim and
|
|
jolly and rather tomboyish. Anne knew she was Roy's favorite
|
|
sister and warmed to her. She would have looked very much like
|
|
Roy if she had had dreamy dark eyes instead of roguish hazel
|
|
ones. Thanks to her and Phil, the call really went off very
|
|
well, except for a slight sense of strain in the atmosphere
|
|
and two rather untoward incidents. Rusty and Joseph, left to
|
|
themselves, began a game of chase, and sprang madly into
|
|
Mrs. Gardner's silken lap and out of it in their wild career.
|
|
Mrs. Gardner lifted her lorgnette and gazed after their flying
|
|
forms as if she had never seen cats before, and Anne, choking
|
|
back slightly nervous laughter, apologized as best she could.
|
|
|
|
"You are fond of cats?" said Mrs. Gardner, with a slight
|
|
intonation of tolerant wonder.
|
|
|
|
Anne, despite her affection for Rusty, was not especially fond of
|
|
cats, but Mrs. Gardner's tone annoyed her. Inconsequently she
|
|
remembered that Mrs. John Blythe was so fond of cats that she
|
|
kept as many as her husband would allow.
|
|
|
|
"They ARE adorable animals, aren't they?" she said wickedly.
|
|
|
|
"I have never liked cats," said Mrs. Gardner remotely.
|
|
|
|
"I love them," said Dorothy. "They are so nice and selfish.
|
|
Dogs are TOO good and unselfish. They make me feel uncomfortable.
|
|
But cats are gloriously human."
|
|
|
|
"You have two delightful old china dogs there. May I look at
|
|
them closely?" said Aline, crossing the room towards the fireplace
|
|
and thereby becoming the unconscious cause of the other accident.
|
|
Picking up Magog, she sat down on the cushion under which was
|
|
secreted Priscilla's chocolate cake. Priscilla and Anne exchanged
|
|
agonized glances but could do nothing. The stately Aline continued to
|
|
sit on the cushion and discuss china dogs until the time of departure.
|
|
|
|
Dorothy lingered behind a moment to squeeze Anne's hand and
|
|
whisper impulsively.
|
|
|
|
"I KNOW you and I are going to be chums. Oh, Roy has told me all
|
|
about you. I'm the only one of the family he tells things to,
|
|
poor boy -- nobody COULD confide in mamma and Aline, you know.
|
|
What glorious times you girls must have here! Won't you let me
|
|
come often and have a share in them?"
|
|
|
|
"Come as often as you like," Anne responded heartily, thankful
|
|
that one of Roy's sisters was likable. She would never like
|
|
Aline, so much was certain; and Aline would never like her,
|
|
though Mrs. Gardner might be won. Altogether, Anne sighed with
|
|
relief when the ordeal was over.
|
|
|
|
"`Of all sad words of tongue or pen
|
|
The saddest are it might have been,'"
|
|
|
|
quoted Priscilla tragically, lifting the cushion. "This cake is
|
|
now what you might call a flat failure. And the cushion is
|
|
likewise ruined. Never tell me that Friday isn't unlucky."
|
|
|
|
"People who send word they are coming on Saturday shouldn't come
|
|
on Friday," said Aunt Jamesina.
|
|
|
|
"I fancy it was Roy's mistake," said Phil. "That boy isn't really
|
|
responsible for what he says when he talks to Anne. Where IS Anne?"
|
|
|
|
Anne had gone upstairs. She felt oddly like crying. But she
|
|
made herself laugh instead. Rusty and Joseph had been TOO awful!
|
|
And Dorothy WAS a dear.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Chapter XXXVII
|
|
|
|
Full-fledged B.A.'s
|
|
|
|
|
|
"I wish I were dead, or that it were tomorrow night," groaned Phil.
|
|
|
|
"If you live long enough both wishes will come true," said Anne calmly.
|
|
|
|
"It's easy for you to be serene. You're at home in Philosophy.
|
|
I'm not -- and when I think of that horrible paper tomorrow I quail.
|
|
If I should fail in it what would Jo say?"
|
|
|
|
"You won't fail. How did you get on in Greek today?"
|
|
|
|
"I don't know. Perhaps it was a good paper and perhaps it was
|
|
bad enough to make Homer turn over in his grave. I've studied
|
|
and mulled over notebooks until I'm incapable of forming an
|
|
opinion of anything. How thankful little Phil will be when all
|
|
this examinating is over."
|
|
|
|
"Examinating? I never heard such a word."
|
|
|
|
"Well, haven't I as good a right to make a word as any one else?"
|
|
demanded Phil.
|
|
|
|
"Words aren't made -- they grow," said Anne.
|
|
|
|
"Never mind -- I begin faintly to discern clear water ahead where
|
|
no examination breakers loom. Girls, do you -- can you realize
|
|
that our Redmond Life is almost over?"
|
|
|
|
"I can't," said Anne, sorrowfully. "It seems just yesterday
|
|
that Pris and I were alone in that crowd of Freshmen at Redmond.
|
|
And now we are Seniors in our final examinations."
|
|
|
|
"`Potent, wise, and reverend Seniors,'" quoted Phil. "Do you
|
|
suppose we really are any wiser than when we came to Redmond?"
|
|
|
|
"You don't act as if you were by times," said Aunt Jamesina severely.
|
|
|
|
"Oh, Aunt Jimsie, haven't we been pretty good girls, take us by
|
|
and large, these three winters you've mothered us?" pleaded Phil.
|
|
|
|
"You've been four of the dearest, sweetest, goodest girls that
|
|
ever went together through college," averred Aunt Jamesina, who
|
|
never spoiled a compliment by misplaced economy.
|
|
|
|
"But I mistrust you haven't any too much sense yet. It's not to
|
|
be expected, of course. Experience teaches sense. You can't
|
|
learn it in a college course. You've been to college four years
|
|
and I never was, but I know heaps more than you do, young ladies."
|
|
|
|
"`There are lots of things that never go by rule,
|
|
There's a powerful pile o' knowledge
|
|
That you never get at college,
|
|
There are heaps of things you never learn at school,'"
|
|
|
|
quoted Stella.
|
|
|
|
"Have you learned anything at Redmond except dead languages and
|
|
geometry and such trash?" queried Aunt Jamesina.
|
|
|
|
"Oh, yes. I think we have, Aunty," protested Anne.
|
|
|
|
"We've learned the truth of what Professor Woodleigh told us
|
|
last Philomathic," said Phil. "He said, `Humor is the spiciest
|
|
condiment in the feast of existence. Laugh at your mistakes
|
|
but learn from them, joke over your troubles but gather strength
|
|
from them, make a jest of your difficulties but overcome them.'
|
|
Isn't that worth learning, Aunt Jimsie?"
|
|
|
|
"Yes, it is, dearie. When you've learned to laugh at the things
|
|
that should be laughed at, and not to laugh at those that shouldn't,
|
|
you've got wisdom and understanding."
|
|
|
|
"What have you got out of your Redmond course, Anne?" murmured
|
|
Priscilla aside.
|
|
|
|
"I think," said Anne slowly, "that I really have learned to look
|
|
upon each little hindrance as a jest and each great one as the
|
|
foreshadowing of victory. Summing up, I think that is what
|
|
Redmond has given me."
|
|
|
|
"I shall have to fall back on another Professor Woodleigh
|
|
quotation to express what it has done for me," said Priscilla.
|
|
"You remember that he said in his address, `There is so much
|
|
in the world for us all if we only have the eyes to see it, and
|
|
the heart to love it, and the hand to gather it to ourselves --
|
|
so much in men and women, so much in art and literature, so much
|
|
everywhere in which to delight, and for which to be thankful.'
|
|
I think Redmond has taught me that in some measure, Anne."
|
|
|
|
"Judging from what you all, say" remarked Aunt Jamesina,
|
|
"the sum and substance is that you can learn -- if you've got
|
|
natural gumption enough -- in four years at college what it
|
|
would take about twenty years of living to teach you. Well,
|
|
that justifies higher education in my opinion. It's a matter
|
|
I was always dubious about before."
|
|
|
|
"But what about people who haven't natural gumption, Aunt Jimsie?"
|
|
|
|
"People who haven't natural gumption never learn," retorted
|
|
Aunt Jamesina, "neither in college nor life. If they live to
|
|
be a hundred they really don't know anything more than when they
|
|
were born. It's their misfortune not their fault, poor souls.
|
|
But those of us who have some gumption should duly thank the
|
|
Lord for it."
|
|
|
|
"Will you please define what gumption is, Aunt Jimsie?" asked Phil.
|
|
|
|
"No, I won't, young woman. Any one who has gumption knows what
|
|
it is, and any one who hasn't can never know what it is. So there
|
|
is no need of defining it."
|
|
|
|
The busy days flew by and examinations were over. Anne took
|
|
High Honors in English. Priscilla took Honors in Classics, and
|
|
Phil in Mathematics. Stella obtained a good all-round showing.
|
|
Then came Convocation.
|
|
|
|
"This is what I would once have called an epoch in my life,"
|
|
said Anne, as she took Roy's violets out of their box and gazed
|
|
at them thoughtfully. She meant to carry them, of course, but
|
|
her eyes wandered to another box on her table. It was filled
|
|
with lilies-of-the-valley, as fresh and fragrant as those which
|
|
bloomed in the Green Gables yard when June came to Avonlea.
|
|
Gilbert Blythe's card lay beside it.
|
|
|
|
Anne wondered why Gilbert should have sent her flowers for Convocation.
|
|
She had seen very little of him during the past winter. He had come to
|
|
Patty's Place only one Friday evening since the Christmas holidays,
|
|
and they rarely met elsewhere. She knew he was studying very hard,
|
|
aiming at High Honors and the Cooper Prize, and he took little part
|
|
in the social doings of Redmond. Anne's own winter had been quite
|
|
gay socially. She had seen a good deal of the Gardners; she and
|
|
Dorothy were very intimate; college circles expected the announcement
|
|
of her engagement to Roy any day. Anne expected it herself. Yet
|
|
just before she left Patty's Place for Convocation she flung Roy's
|
|
violets aside and put Gilbert's lilies-of-the-valley in their place.
|
|
She could not have told why she did it. Somehow, old Avonlea days
|
|
and dreams and friendships seemed very close to her in this attainment
|
|
of her long-cherished ambitions. She and Gilbert had once picturedout
|
|
merrily the day on which they should be capped and gowned graduates in
|
|
Arts. The wonderful day had come and Roy's violets had no place in it.
|
|
Only her old friend's flowers seemed to belong to this fruition of
|
|
old-blossoming hopes which he had once shared.
|
|
|
|
For years this day had beckoned and allured to her; but when it
|
|
came the one single, keen, abiding memory it left with her was
|
|
not that of the breathless moment when the stately president of
|
|
Redmond gave her cap and diploma and hailed her B.A.; it was not
|
|
of the flash in Gilbert's eyes when he saw her lilies, nor the
|
|
puzzled pained glance Roy gave her as he passed her on the platform.
|
|
It was not of Aline Gardner's condescending congratulations, or
|
|
Dorothy's ardent, impulsive good wishes. It was of one strange,
|
|
unaccountable pang that spoiled this long-expected day for her
|
|
and left in it a certain faint but enduring flavor of bitterness.
|
|
|
|
The Arts graduates gave a graduation dance that night. When Anne
|
|
dressed for it she tossed aside the pearl beads she usually wore
|
|
and took from her trunk the small box that had come to Green Gables
|
|
on Christmas day. In it was a thread-like gold chain with a tiny
|
|
pink enamel heart as a pendant. On the accompanying card was written,
|
|
"With all good wishes from your old chum, Gilbert." Anne, laughing
|
|
over the memory the enamel heart conjured up the fatal day when
|
|
Gilbert had called her "Carrots" and vainly tried to make his peace
|
|
with a pink candy heart, had written him a nice little note of thanks.
|
|
But she had never worn the trinket. Tonight she fastened it about her
|
|
white throat with a dreamy smile.
|
|
|
|
She and Phil walked to Redmond together. Anne walked in silence;
|
|
Phil chattered of many things. Suddenly she said,
|
|
|
|
"I heard today that Gilbert Blythe's engagement to Christine
|
|
Stuart was to be announced as soon as Convocation was over.
|
|
Did you hear anything of it?"
|
|
|
|
"No," said Anne.
|
|
|
|
"I think it's true," said Phil lightly.
|
|
|
|
Anne did not speak. In the darkness she felt her face burning.
|
|
She slipped her hand inside her collar and caught at the gold
|
|
chain. One energetic twist and it gave way. Anne thrust the
|
|
broken trinket into her pocket. Her hands were trembling and
|
|
her eyes were smarting.
|
|
|
|
But she was the gayest of all the gay revellers that night, and
|
|
told Gilbert unregretfully that her card was full when he came to
|
|
ask her for a dance. Afterwards, when she sat with the girls
|
|
before the dying embers at Patty's Place, removing the spring
|
|
chilliness from their satin skins, none chatted more blithely
|
|
than she of the day's events.
|
|
|
|
"Moody Spurgeon MacPherson called here tonight after you left,"
|
|
said Aunt Jamesina, who had sat up to keep the fire on. "He didn't
|
|
know about the graduation dance. That boy ought to sleep with a
|
|
rubber band around his head to train his ears not to stick out.
|
|
I had a beau once who did that and it improved him immensely.
|
|
It was I who suggested it to him and he took my advice, but he
|
|
never forgave me for it."
|
|
|
|
"Moody Spurgeon is a very serious young man," yawned Priscilla.
|
|
"He is concerned with graver matters than his ears. He is going
|
|
to be a minister, you know."
|
|
|
|
"Well, I suppose the Lord doesn't regard the ears of a man,"
|
|
said Aunt Jamesina gravely, dropping all further criticism of
|
|
Moody Spurgeon. Aunt Jamesina had a proper respect for the
|
|
cloth even in the case of an unfledged parson.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Chapter XXXVIII
|
|
|
|
False Dawn
|
|
|
|
|
|
"Just imagine -- this night week I'll be in Avonlea -- delightful thought!"
|
|
said Anne, bending over the box in which she was packing Mrs. Rachel Lynde's
|
|
quilts. "But just imagine -- this night week I'll be gone forever from
|
|
Patty's Place -- horrible thought!"
|
|
|
|
"I wonder if the ghost of all our laughter will echo through the maiden
|
|
dreams of Miss Patty and Miss Maria," speculated Phil.
|
|
|
|
Miss Patty and Miss Maria were coming home, after having trotted over
|
|
most of the habitable globe.
|
|
|
|
"We'll be back the second week in May" wrote Miss Patty. "I expect
|
|
Patty's Place will seem rather small after the Hall of the Kings at
|
|
Karnak, but I never did like big places to live in. And I'll be glad
|
|
enough to be home again. When you start traveling late in life you're
|
|
apt to do too much of it because you know you haven't much time left,
|
|
and it's a thing that grows on you. I'm afraid Maria will never be
|
|
contented again."
|
|
|
|
"I shall leave here my fancies and dreams to bless the next comer,"
|
|
said Anne, looking around the blue room wistfully -- her pretty blue
|
|
room where she had spent three such happy years. She had knelt at
|
|
its window to pray and had bent from it to watch the sunset behind
|
|
the pines. She had heard the autumn raindrops beating against it
|
|
and had welcomed the spring robins at its sill. She wondered if
|
|
old dreams could haunt rooms -- if, when one left forever the room
|
|
where she had joyed and suffered and laughed and wept, something
|
|
of her, intangible and invisible, yet nonetheless real, did not
|
|
remain behind like a voiceful memory.
|
|
|
|
"I think," said Phil, "that a room where one dreams and grieves
|
|
and rejoices and lives becomes inseparably connected with those
|
|
processes and acquires a personality of its own. I am sure if I
|
|
came into this room fifty years from now it would say 'Anne, Anne'
|
|
to me. What nice times we've had here, honey! What chats and
|
|
jokes and good chummy jamborees! Oh, dear me! I'm to marry Jo
|
|
in June and I know I will be rapturously happy. But just now
|
|
I feel as if I wanted this lovely Redmond life to go on forever."
|
|
|
|
"I'm unreasonable enough just now to wish that, too," admitted Anne.
|
|
"No matter what deeper joys may come to us later on we'll never again
|
|
have just the same delightful, irresponsible existence we've had here.
|
|
It's over forever, Phil."
|
|
|
|
"What are you going to do with Rusty?" asked Phil, as that
|
|
privileged pussy padded into the room.
|
|
|
|
"I am going to take him home with me and Joseph and the Sarah-cat,"
|
|
announced Aunt Jamesina, following Rusty. "It would be a shame
|
|
to separate those cats now that they have learned to live together.
|
|
It's a hard lesson for cats and humans to learn."
|
|
|
|
"I'm sorry to part with Rusty," said Anne regretfully, "but it
|
|
would be no use to take him to Green Gables. Marilla detests
|
|
cats, and Davy would tease his life out. Besides, I don't
|
|
suppose I'll be home very long. I've been offered the
|
|
principalship of the Summerside High School."
|
|
|
|
"Are you going to accept it?" asked Phil.
|
|
|
|
"I -- I haven't decided yet," answered Anne, with a confused flush.
|
|
|
|
Phil nodded understandingly. Naturally Anne's plans could not be
|
|
settled until Roy had spoken. He would soon -- there was no doubt
|
|
of that. And there was no doubt that Anne would say "yes" when he
|
|
said "Will you please?" Anne herself regarded the state of affairs
|
|
with a seldom-ruffled complacency. She was deeply in love with Roy.
|
|
True, it was not just what she had imagined love to be. But was
|
|
anything in life, Anne asked herself wearily, like one's imagination
|
|
of it? It was the old diamond disillusion of childhood repeated --
|
|
the same disappointment she had felt when she had first seen the
|
|
chill sparkle instead of the purple splendor she had anticipated.
|
|
"That's not my idea of a diamond," she had said. But Roy was a
|
|
dear fellow and they would be very happy together, even if some
|
|
indefinable zest was missing out of life. When Roy came down that
|
|
evening and asked Anne to walk in the park every one at Patty's
|
|
Place knew what he had come to say; and every one knew, or thought
|
|
they knew, what Anne's answer would be.
|
|
|
|
"Anne is a very fortunate girl," said Aunt Jamesina.
|
|
|
|
"I suppose so," said Stella, shrugging her shoulders. "Roy is a
|
|
nice fellow and all that. But there's really nothing in him."
|
|
|
|
"That sounds very like a jealous remark, Stella Maynard," said
|
|
Aunt Jamesina rebukingly.
|
|
|
|
"It does -- but I am not jealous," said Stella calmly. "I love
|
|
Anne and I like Roy. Everybody says she is making a brilliant
|
|
match, and even Mrs. Gardner thinks her charming now. It all
|
|
sounds as if it were made in heaven, but I have my doubts.
|
|
Make the most of that, Aunt Jamesina."
|
|
|
|
Roy asked Anne to marry him in the little pavilion on the harbor
|
|
shore where they had talked on the rainy day of their first meeting.
|
|
Anne thought it very romantic that he should have chosen that spot.
|
|
And his proposal was as beautifully worded as if he had copied it,
|
|
as one of Ruby Gillis' lovers had done, out of a Deportment of
|
|
Courtship and Marriage. The whole effect was quite flawless.
|
|
And it was also sincere. There was no doubt that Roy meant
|
|
what he said. There was no false note to jar the symphony.
|
|
Anne felt that she ought to be thrilling from head to foot.
|
|
But she wasn't; she was horribly cool. When Roy paused
|
|
for his answer she opened her lips to say her fateful yes.
|
|
And then -- she found herself trembling as if she were reeling
|
|
back from a precipice. To her came one of those moments when we
|
|
realize, as by a blinding flash of illumination, more than all
|
|
our previous years have taught us. She pulled her hand from Roy's.
|
|
|
|
"Oh, I can't marry you -- I can't -- I can't," she cried, wildly.
|
|
|
|
Roy turned pale -- and also looked rather foolish. He had --
|
|
small blame to him -- felt very sure.
|
|
|
|
"What do you mean?" he stammered.
|
|
|
|
"I mean that I can't marry you," repeated Anne desperately.
|
|
"I thought I could -- but I can't."
|
|
|
|
"Why can't you?" Roy asked more calmly.
|
|
|
|
"Because -- I don't care enough for you."
|
|
|
|
A crimson streak came into Roy's face.
|
|
|
|
"So you've just been amusing yourself these two years?" he said slowly.
|
|
|
|
"No, no, I haven't," gasped poor Anne. Oh, how could she explain?
|
|
She COULDN'T explain. There are some things that cannot be explained.
|
|
"I did think I cared -- truly I did -- but I know now I don't."
|
|
|
|
"You have ruined my life," said Roy bitterly.
|
|
|
|
"Forgive me," pleaded Anne miserably, with hot cheeks and
|
|
stinging eyes.
|
|
|
|
Roy turned away and stood for a few minutes looking out seaward.
|
|
When he came back to Anne, he was very pale again.
|
|
|
|
"You can give me no hope?" he said.
|
|
|
|
Anne shook her head mutely.
|
|
|
|
"Then -- good-bye," said Roy. "I can't understand it -- I
|
|
can't believe you are not the woman I've believed you to be.
|
|
But reproaches are idle between us. You are the only woman
|
|
I can ever love. I thank you for your friendship, at least.
|
|
Good-bye, Anne."
|
|
|
|
"Good-bye," faltered Anne. When Roy had gone she sat for a long
|
|
time in the pavilion, watching a white mist creeping subtly and
|
|
remorselessly landward up the harbor. It was her hour of humiliation
|
|
and self-contempt and shame. Their waves went over her. And yet,
|
|
underneath it all, was a queer sense of recovered freedom.
|
|
|
|
She slipped into Patty's Place in the dusk and escaped to her room.
|
|
But Phil was there on the window seat.
|
|
|
|
"Wait," said Anne, flushing to anticipate the scene. "Wait til
|
|
you hear what I have to say. Phil, Roy asked me to marry him-and
|
|
I refused."
|
|
|
|
"You -- you REFUSED him?" said Phil blankly.
|
|
|
|
"Yes."
|
|
|
|
"Anne Shirley, are you in your senses?"
|
|
|
|
"I think so," said Anne wearily. "Oh, Phil, don't scold me.
|
|
You don't understand."
|
|
|
|
"I certainly don't understand. You've encouraged Roy Gardner in
|
|
every way for two years -- and now you tell me you've refused him.
|
|
Then you've just been flirting scandalously with him. Anne, I
|
|
couldn't have believed it of YOU."
|
|
|
|
"I WASN'T flirting with him -- I honestly thought I cared up to the
|
|
last minute -- and then -- well, I just knew I NEVER could marry him."
|
|
|
|
"I suppose," said Phil cruelly, "that you intended to marry him
|
|
for his money, and then your better self rose up and prevented you."
|
|
|
|
"I DIDN'T. I never thought about his money. Oh, I can't explain
|
|
it to you any more than I could to him."
|
|
|
|
"Well, I certainly think you have treated Roy shamefully," said Phil
|
|
in exasperation. "He's handsome and clever and rich and good.
|
|
What more do you want?"
|
|
|
|
"I want some one who BELONGS in my life. He doesn't. I was
|
|
swept off my feet at first by his good looks and knack of paying
|
|
romantic compliments; and later on I thought I MUST be in love
|
|
because he was my dark-eyed ideal."
|
|
|
|
"I am bad enough for not knowing my own mind, but you are worse,"
|
|
said Phil.
|
|
|
|
"_I_ DO know my own mind," protested Anne. "The trouble is, my mind
|
|
changes and then I have to get acquainted with it all over again."
|
|
|
|
"Well, I suppose there is no use in saying anything to you."
|
|
|
|
"There is no need, Phil. I'm in the dust. This has spoiled
|
|
everything backwards. I can never think of Redmond days without
|
|
recalling the humiliation of this evening. Roy despises me --
|
|
and you despise me -- and I despise myself."
|
|
|
|
"You poor darling," said Phil, melting. "Just come here and let
|
|
me comfort you. I've no right to scold you. I'd have married
|
|
Alec or Alonzo if I hadn't met Jo. Oh, Anne, things are so
|
|
mixed-up in real life. They aren't clear-cut and trimmed off,
|
|
as they are in novels."
|
|
|
|
"I hope that NO one will ever again ask me to marry him as long as
|
|
I live," sobbed poor Anne, devoutly believing that she meant it.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Chapter XXXIX
|
|
|
|
Deals with Weddings
|
|
|
|
|
|
Anne felt that life partook of the nature of an anticlimax during
|
|
the first few weeks after her return to Green Gables. She missed
|
|
the merry comradeship of Patty's Place. She had dreamed some
|
|
brilliant dreams during the past winter and now they lay in the
|
|
dust around her. In her present mood of self-disgust, she could
|
|
not immediately begin dreaming again. And she discovered that,
|
|
while solitude with dreams is glorious, solitude without them
|
|
has few charms.
|
|
|
|
She had not seen Roy again after their painful parting in the
|
|
park pavilion; but Dorothy came to see her before she left Kingsport.
|
|
|
|
"I'm awfully sorry you won't marry Roy," she said. "I did want you
|
|
for a sister. But you are quite right. He would bore you to death.
|
|
I love him, and he is a dear sweet boy, but really he isn't a bit
|
|
interesting. He looks as if he ought to be, but he isn't."
|
|
|
|
"This won't spoil OUR friendship, will it, Dorothy?" Anne had
|
|
asked wistfully.
|
|
|
|
"No, indeed. You're too good to lose. If I can't have you for a
|
|
sister I mean to keep you as a chum anyway. And don't fret over
|
|
Roy. He is feeling terribly just now -- I have to listen to his
|
|
outpourings every day -- but he'll get over it. He always does."
|
|
|
|
"Oh -- ALWAYS?" said Anne with a slight change of voice.
|
|
"So he has `got over it' before?"
|
|
|
|
"Dear me, yes," said Dorothy frankly. "Twice before. And he
|
|
raved to me just the same both times. Not that the others
|
|
actually refused him -- they simply announced their engagements
|
|
to some one else. Of course, when he met you he vowed to me that
|
|
he had never really loved before -- that the previous affairs had
|
|
been merely boyish fancies. But I don't think you need worry."
|
|
|
|
Anne decided not to worry. Her feelings were a mixture of relief
|
|
and resentment. Roy had certainly told her she was the only one
|
|
he had ever loved. No doubt he believed it. But it was a comfort
|
|
to feel that she had not, in all likelihood, ruined his life.
|
|
There were other goddesses, and Roy, according to Dorothy, must
|
|
needs be worshipping at some shrine. Nevertheless, life was
|
|
stripped of several more illusions, and Anne began to think
|
|
drearily that it seemed rather bare.
|
|
|
|
She came down from the porch gable on the evening of her return
|
|
with a sorrowful face.
|
|
|
|
"What has happened to the old Snow Queen, Marilla?"
|
|
|
|
"Oh, I knew you'd feel bad over that," said Marilla. "I felt bad myself.
|
|
That tree was there ever since I was a young girl. It blew down in the
|
|
big gale we had in March. It was rotten at the core."
|
|
|
|
"I'll miss it so," grieved Anne. "The porch gable doesn't seem
|
|
the same room without it. I'll never look from its window again
|
|
without a sense of loss. And oh, I never came home to Green Gables
|
|
before that Diana wasn't here to welcome me."
|
|
|
|
"Diana has something else to think of just now," said Mrs. Lynde
|
|
significantly.
|
|
|
|
"Well, tell me all the Avonlea news," said Anne, sitting down on
|
|
the porch steps, where the evening sunshine fell over her hair
|
|
in a fine golden rain.
|
|
|
|
"There isn't much news except what we've wrote you," said Mrs. Lynde.
|
|
"I suppose you haven't heard that Simon Fletcher broke his leg last week.
|
|
It's a great thing for his family. They're getting a hundred things done
|
|
that they've always wanted to do but couldn't as long as he was about,
|
|
the old crank."
|
|
|
|
"He came of an aggravating family," remarked Marilla.
|
|
|
|
"Aggravating? Well, rather! His mother used to get up in
|
|
prayer-meeting and tell all her children's shortcomings and ask
|
|
prayers for them. `Course it made them mad, and worse than ever."
|
|
|
|
"You haven't told Anne the news about Jane," suggested Marilla.
|
|
|
|
"Oh, Jane," sniffed Mrs. Lynde. "Well," she conceded grudgingly,
|
|
"Jane Andrews is home from the West -- came last week -- and she's
|
|
going to be married to a Winnipeg millionaire. You may be sure
|
|
Mrs. Harmon lost no time in telling it far and wide."
|
|
|
|
"Dear old Jane -- I'm so glad," said Anne heartily. "She deserves
|
|
the good things of life."
|
|
|
|
"Oh, I ain't saying anything against Jane. She's a nice enough girl.
|
|
But she isn't in the millionaire class, and you'll find there's not
|
|
much to recommend that man but his money, that's what. Mrs. Harmon
|
|
says he's an Englishman who has made money in mines but _I_ believe
|
|
he'll turn out to be a Yankee. He certainly must have money, for
|
|
he has just showered Jane with jewelry. Her engagement ring is a
|
|
diamond cluster so big that it looks like a plaster on Jane's fat paw."
|
|
|
|
Mrs. Lynde could not keep some bitterness out of her tone.
|
|
Here was Jane Andrews, that plain little plodder, engaged
|
|
to a millionaire, while Anne, it seemed, was not yet bespoken
|
|
by any one, rich or poor. And Mrs. Harmon Andrews did brag
|
|
insufferably.
|
|
|
|
"What has Gilbert Blythe been doing to at college?" asked Marilla.
|
|
"I saw him when he came home last week, and he is so pale and thin
|
|
I hardly knew him."
|
|
|
|
"He studied very hard last winter," said Anne. "You know he
|
|
took High Honors in Classics and the Cooper Prize. It hasn't
|
|
been taken for five years! So I think he's rather run down.
|
|
We're all a little tired."
|
|
|
|
"Anyhow, you're a B.A. and Jane Andrews isn't and never will be,"
|
|
said Mrs. Lynde, with gloomy satisfaction.
|
|
|
|
A few evenings later Anne went down to see Jane, but the latter
|
|
was away in Charlottetown -- "getting sewing done," Mrs. Harmon
|
|
informed Anne proudly. "Of course an Avonlea dressmaker wouldn't
|
|
do for Jane under the circumstances."
|
|
|
|
"I've heard something very nice about Jane," said Anne.
|
|
|
|
"Yes, Jane has done pretty well, even if she isn't a B.A.," said
|
|
Mrs. Harmon, with a slight toss of her head. "Mr. Inglis is worth
|
|
millions, and they're going to Europe on their wedding tour.
|
|
When they come back they'll live in a perfect mansion of marble
|
|
in Winnipeg. Jane has only one trouble -- she can cook so well
|
|
and her husband won't let her cook. He is so rich he hires
|
|
his cooking done. They're going to keep a cook and two other
|
|
maids and a coachman and a man-of-all-work. But what about YOU,
|
|
Anne? I don't hear anything of your being married, after all
|
|
your college-going."
|
|
|
|
"Oh," laughed Anne, "I am going to be an old maid. I really
|
|
can't find any one to suit me." It was rather wicked of her.
|
|
She deliberately meant to remind Mrs. Andrews that if she became
|
|
an old maid it was not because she had not had at least one
|
|
chance of marriage. But Mrs. Harmon took swift revenge.
|
|
|
|
"Well, the over-particular girls generally get left, I notice.
|
|
And what's this I hear about Gilbert Blythe being engaged to a
|
|
Miss Stuart? Charlie Sloane tells me she is perfectly beautiful.
|
|
Is it true?"
|
|
|
|
"I don't know if it is true that he is engaged to Miss Stuart,"
|
|
replied Anne, with Spartan composure, "but it is certainly true
|
|
that she is very lovely."
|
|
|
|
"I once thought you and Gilbert would have made a match of it,"
|
|
said Mrs. Harmon. "If you don't take care, Anne, all of your
|
|
beaux will slip through your fingers."
|
|
|
|
Anne decided not to continue her duel with Mrs. Harmon.
|
|
You could not fence with an antagonist who met rapier thrust
|
|
with blow of battle axe.
|
|
|
|
"Since Jane is away," she said, rising haughtily, "I don't think
|
|
I can stay longer this morning. I'll come down when she comes home."
|
|
|
|
"Do," said Mrs. Harmon effusively. "Jane isn't a bit proud.
|
|
She just means to associate with her old friends the same as ever.
|
|
She'll be real glad to see you."
|
|
|
|
Jane's millionaire arrived the last of May and carried her off in
|
|
a blaze of splendor. Mrs. Lynde was spitefully gratified to
|
|
find that Mr. Inglis was every day of forty, and short and thin
|
|
and grayish. Mrs. Lynde did not spare him in her enumeration of
|
|
his shortcomings, you may be sure.
|
|
|
|
"It will take all his gold to gild a pill like him, that's what,"
|
|
said Mrs. Rachel solemnly.
|
|
|
|
"He looks kind and good-hearted," said Anne loyally, "and I'm
|
|
sure he thinks the world of Jane."
|
|
|
|
"Humph!" said Mrs. Rachel.
|
|
|
|
Phil Gordon was married the next week and Anne went over to
|
|
Bolingbroke to be her bridesmaid. Phil made a dainty fairy of
|
|
a bride, and the Rev. Jo was so radiant in his happiness that
|
|
nobody thought him plain.
|
|
|
|
"We're going for a lovers' saunter through the land of Evangeline,"
|
|
said Phil, "and then we'll settle down on Patterson Street.
|
|
Mother thinks it is terrible -- she thinks Jo might at least
|
|
take a church in a decent place. But the wilderness of the
|
|
Patterson slums will blossom like the rose for me if Jo is there.
|
|
Oh, Anne, I'm so happy my heart aches with it."
|
|
|
|
Anne was always glad in the happiness of her friends; but it
|
|
is sometimes a little lonely to be surrounded everywhere by a
|
|
happiness that is not your own. And it was just the same when
|
|
she went back to Avonlea. This time it was Diana who was bathed
|
|
in the wonderful glory that comes to a woman when her first-born
|
|
is laid beside her. Anne looked at the white young mother with a
|
|
certain awe that had never entered into her feelings for Diana
|
|
before. Could this pale woman with the rapture in her eyes be
|
|
the little black-curled, rosy-cheeked Diana she had played with
|
|
in vanished schooldays? It gave her a queer desolate feeling
|
|
that she herself somehow belonged only in those past years and
|
|
had no business in the present at all.
|
|
|
|
"Isn't he perfectly beautiful?" said Diana proudly.
|
|
|
|
The little fat fellow was absurdly like Fred -- just as round,
|
|
just as red. Anne really could not say conscientiously that she
|
|
thought him beautiful, but she vowed sincerely that he was sweet
|
|
and kissable and altogether delightful.
|
|
|
|
"Before he came I wanted a girl, so that I could call her ANNE,"
|
|
said Diana. "But now that little Fred is here I wouldn't exchange
|
|
him for a million girls. He just COULDN'T have been anything but
|
|
his own precious self."
|
|
|
|
"`Every little baby is the sweetest and the best,' " quoted
|
|
Mrs. Allan gaily. "If little Anne HAD come you'd have felt
|
|
just the same about her."
|
|
|
|
Mrs. Allan was visiting in Avonlea, for the first time since
|
|
leaving it. She was as gay and sweet and sympathetic as ever.
|
|
Her old girl friends had welcomed her back rapturously.
|
|
The reigning minister's wife was an estimable lady, but she
|
|
was not exactly a kindred spirit.
|
|
|
|
"I can hardly wait till he gets old enough to talk," sighed Diana.
|
|
"I just long to hear him say `mother.' And oh, I'm determined that
|
|
his first memory of me shall be a nice one. The first memory I
|
|
have of my mother is of her slapping me for something I had done.
|
|
I am sure I deserved it, and mother was always a good mother and I
|
|
love her dearly. But I do wish my first memory of her was nicer."
|
|
|
|
"I have just one memory of my mother and it is the sweetest of
|
|
all my memories," said Mrs. Allan. "I was five years old, and I
|
|
had been allowed to go to school one day with my two older sisters.
|
|
When school came out my sisters went home in different groups, each
|
|
supposing I was with the other. Instead I had run off with a little
|
|
girl I had played with at recess. We went to her home, which was
|
|
near the school, and began making mud pies. We were having a
|
|
glorious time when my older sister arrived, breathless and angry.
|
|
|
|
"`You naughty girl" she cried, snatching my reluctant hand and
|
|
dragging me along with her. `Come home this minute. Oh, you're
|
|
going to catch it! Mother is awful cross. She is going to give
|
|
you a good whipping.'
|
|
|
|
"I had never been whipped. Dread and terror filled my poor
|
|
little heart. I have never been so miserable in my life as I was
|
|
on that walk home. I had not meant to be naughty. Phemy Cameron
|
|
had asked me to go home with her and I had not known it was wrong
|
|
to go. And now I was to be whipped for it. When we got home my
|
|
sister dragged me into the kitchen where mother was sitting by
|
|
the fire in the twilight. My poor wee legs were trembling so
|
|
that I could hardly stand. And mother -- mother just took me up
|
|
in her arms, without one word of rebuke or harshness, kissed me
|
|
and held me close to her heart. `I was so frightened you were
|
|
lost, darling,' she said tenderly. I could see the love shining
|
|
in her eyes as she looked down on me. She never scolded or
|
|
reproached me for what I had done -- only told me I must never go
|
|
away again without asking permission. She died very soon
|
|
afterwards. That is the only memory I have of her. Isn't it a
|
|
beautiful one?"
|
|
|
|
Anne felt lonelier than ever as she walked home, going by way of
|
|
the Birch Path and Willowmere. She had not walked that way for
|
|
many moons. It was a darkly-purple bloomy night. The air was
|
|
heavy with blossom fragrance -- almost too heavy. The cloyed
|
|
senses recoiled from it as from an overfull cup. The birches of
|
|
the path had grown from the fairy saplings of old to big trees.
|
|
Everything had changed. Anne felt that she would be glad when
|
|
the summer was over and she was away at work again. Perhaps life
|
|
would not seem so empty then.
|
|
|
|
"`I've tried the world -- it wears no more
|
|
The coloring of romance it wore,'"
|
|
|
|
sighed Anne -- and was straightway much comforted by the romance
|
|
in the idea of the world being denuded of romance!
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Chapter XL
|
|
|
|
A Book of Revelation
|
|
|
|
|
|
The Irvings came back to Echo Lodge for the summer, and Anne spent
|
|
a happy three weeks there in July. Miss Lavendar had not changed;
|
|
Charlotta the Fourth was a very grown-up young lady now, but still
|
|
adored Anne sincerely.
|
|
|
|
"When all's said and done, Miss Shirley, ma'am, I haven't seen
|
|
any one in Boston that's equal to you," she said frankly.
|
|
|
|
Paul was almost grown up, too. He was sixteen, his chestnut
|
|
curls had given place to close-cropped brown locks, and he was
|
|
more interested in football than fairies. But the bond between
|
|
him and his old teacher still held. Kindred spirits alone do not
|
|
change with changing years.
|
|
|
|
It was a wet, bleak, cruel evening in July when Anne came back to
|
|
Green Gables. One of the fierce summer storms which sometimes
|
|
sweep over the gulf was ravaging the sea. As Anne came in the
|
|
first raindrops dashed against the panes.
|
|
|
|
"Was that Paul who brought you home?" asked Marilla. "Why didn't
|
|
you make him stay all night. It's going to be a wild evening."
|
|
|
|
"He'll reach Echo Lodge before the rain gets very heavy, I think.
|
|
Anyway, he wanted to go back tonight. Well, I've had a splendid
|
|
visit, but I'm glad to see you dear folks again. `East, west,
|
|
hame's best.' Davy, have you been growing again lately?"
|
|
|
|
"I've growed a whole inch since you left," said Davy proudly.
|
|
"I'm as tall as Milty Boulter now. Ain't I glad. He'll have to
|
|
stop crowing about being bigger. Say, Anne, did you know that
|
|
Gilbert Blythe is dying?" Anne stood quite silent and motionless,
|
|
looking at Davy. Her face had gone so white that Marilla thought
|
|
she was going to faint.
|
|
|
|
"Davy, hold your tongue," said Mrs. Rachel angrily. "Anne,
|
|
don't look like that -- DON'T LOOK LIKE THAT! We didn't mean
|
|
to tell you so suddenly."
|
|
|
|
"Is -- it -- true?" asked Anne in a voice that was not hers.
|
|
|
|
"Gilbert is very ill," said Mrs. Lynde gravely. "He took down
|
|
with typhoid fever just after you left for Echo Lodge. Did you
|
|
never hear of it?"
|
|
|
|
"No," said that unknown voice.
|
|
|
|
"It was a very bad case from the start. The doctor said he'd
|
|
been terribly run down. They've a trained nurse and everything's
|
|
been done. DON'T look like that, Anne. While there's life
|
|
there's hope."
|
|
|
|
"Mr. Harrison was here this evening and he said they had no hope of him,"
|
|
reiterated Davy.
|
|
|
|
Marilla, looking old and worn and tired, got up and marched Davy grimly
|
|
out of the kitchen.
|
|
|
|
"Oh, DON'T look so, dear," said Mrs. Rachel, putting her kind old arms
|
|
about the pallid girl. "I haven't given up hope, indeed I haven't.
|
|
He's got the Blythe constitution in his favor, that's what."
|
|
|
|
Anne gently put Mrs. Lynde's arms away from her, walked blindly
|
|
across the kitchen, through the hall, up the stairs to her old room.
|
|
At its window she knelt down, staring out unseeingly. It was very dark.
|
|
The rain was beating down over the shivering fields. The Haunted Woods
|
|
was full of the groans of mighty trees wrung in the tempest, and the
|
|
air throbbed with the thunderous crash of billows on the distant shore.
|
|
And Gilbert was dying!
|
|
|
|
There is a book of Revelation in every one's life, as there is in the Bible.
|
|
Anne read hers that bitter night, as she kept her agonized vigil through
|
|
the hours of storm and darkness. She loved Gilbert -- had always loved him!
|
|
She knew that now. She knew that she could no more cast him out of her life
|
|
without agony than she could have cut off her right hand and cast it from her.
|
|
And the knowledge had come too late -- too late even for the bitter solace
|
|
of being with him at the last. If she had not been so blind -- so foolish
|
|
-- she would have had the right to go to him now. But he would never know
|
|
that she loved him -- he would go away from this life thinking that she
|
|
did not care. Oh, the black years of emptiness stretching before her!
|
|
She could not live through them -- she could not! She cowered down by
|
|
her window and wished, for the first time in her gay young life, that
|
|
she could die, too. If Gilbert went away from her, without one word or
|
|
sign or message, she could not live. Nothing was of any value without him.
|
|
She belonged to him and he to her. In her hour of supreme agony she had
|
|
no doubt of that. He did not love Christine Stuart -- never had loved
|
|
Christine Stuart. Oh, what a fool she had been not to realize what the
|
|
bond was that had held her to Gilbert -- to think that the flattered
|
|
fancy she had felt for Roy Gardner had been love. And now she must pay
|
|
for her folly as for a crime.
|
|
|
|
Mrs. Lynde and Marilla crept to her door before they went to bed,
|
|
shook their heads doubtfully at each other over the silence,
|
|
and went away. The storm raged all night, but when the dawn came
|
|
it was spent. Anne saw a fairy fringe of light on the skirts of
|
|
darkness. Soon the eastern hilltops had a fire-shot ruby rim.
|
|
The clouds rolled themselves away into great, soft, white masses
|
|
on the horizon; the sky gleamed blue and silvery. A hush fell
|
|
over the world.
|
|
|
|
Anne rose from her knees and crept downstairs. The freshness of
|
|
the rain-wind blew against her white face as she went out into
|
|
the yard, and cooled her dry, burning eyes. A merry rollicking
|
|
whistle was lilting up the lane. A moment later Pacifique Buote
|
|
came in sight.
|
|
|
|
Anne's physical strength suddenly failed her. If she had not
|
|
clutched at a low willow bough she would have fallen. Pacifique
|
|
was George Fletcher's hired man, and George Fletcher lived
|
|
next door to the Blythes. Mrs. Fletcher was Gilbert's aunt.
|
|
Pacifique would know if -- if -- Pacifique would know what there
|
|
was to be known.
|
|
|
|
Pacifique strode sturdily on along the red lane, whistling. He
|
|
did not see Anne. She made three futile attempts to call him.
|
|
He was almost past before she succeeded in making her quivering
|
|
lips call, "Pacifique!"
|
|
|
|
Pacifique turned with a grin and a cheerful good morning.
|
|
|
|
"Pacifique," said Anne faintly, "did you come from George
|
|
Fletcher's this morning?"
|
|
|
|
"Sure," said Pacifique amiably. "I got de word las' night dat my
|
|
fader, he was seeck. It was so stormy dat I couldn't go den, so I
|
|
start vair early dis mornin'. I'm goin' troo de woods for short cut."
|
|
|
|
"Did you hear how Gilbert Blythe was this morning?" Anne's
|
|
desperation drove her to the question. Even the worst would be
|
|
more endurable than this hideous suspense.
|
|
|
|
"He's better," said Pacifique. "He got de turn las' night.
|
|
De doctor say he'll be all right now dis soon while. Had close
|
|
shave, dough! Dat boy, he jus' keel himself at college.
|
|
Well, I mus' hurry. De old man, he'll be in hurry to see me."
|
|
|
|
Pacifique resumed his walk and his whistle. Anne gazed after him
|
|
with eyes where joy was driving out the strained anguish of the night.
|
|
He was a very lank, very ragged, very homely youth. But in her sight
|
|
he was as beautiful as those who bring good tidings on the mountains.
|
|
Never, as long as she lived, would Anne see Pacifique's brown, round,
|
|
black-eyed face without a warm remembrance of the moment when he had
|
|
given to her the oil of joy for mourning.
|
|
|
|
Long after Pacifique's gay whistle had faded into the phantom of
|
|
music and then into silence far up under the maples of Lover's
|
|
Lane Anne stood under the willows, tasting the poignant sweetness
|
|
of life when some great dread has been removed from it. The
|
|
morning was a cup filled with mist and glamor. In the corner
|
|
near her was a rich surprise of new-blown, crystal-dewed roses.
|
|
The trills and trickles of song from the birds in the big tree
|
|
above her seemed in perfect accord with her mood. A sentence
|
|
from a very old, very true, very wonderful Book came to her lips,
|
|
|
|
"Weeping may endure for a night but joy cometh in the morning."
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
XLI
|
|
|
|
Love Takes Up the Glass of Time
|
|
|
|
|
|
"I've come up to ask you to go for one of our old-time rambles
|
|
through September woods and `over hills where spices grow,' this
|
|
afternoon," said Gilbert, coming suddenly around the porch corner.
|
|
"Suppose we visit Hester Gray's garden."
|
|
|
|
Anne, sitting on the stone step with her lap full of a pale,
|
|
filmy, green stuff, looked up rather blankly.
|
|
|
|
"Oh, I wish I could," she said slowly, "but I really can't,
|
|
Gilbert. I'm going to Alice Penhallow's wedding this evening,
|
|
you know. I've got to do something to this dress, and by
|
|
the time it's finished I'll have to get ready. I'm so sorry.
|
|
I'd love to go."
|
|
|
|
"Well, can you go tomorrow afternoon, then?" asked Gilbert,
|
|
apparently not much disappointed.
|
|
|
|
"Yes, I think so."
|
|
|
|
"In that case I shall hie me home at once to do something I
|
|
should otherwise have to do tomorrow. So Alice Penhallow is
|
|
to be married tonight. Three weddings for you in one summer,
|
|
Anne -- Phil's, Alice's, and Jane's. I'll never forgive Jane
|
|
for not inviting me to her wedding."
|
|
|
|
"You really can't blame her when you think of the tremendous
|
|
Andrews connection who had to be invited. The house could hardly
|
|
hold them all. I was only bidden by grace of being Jane's old
|
|
chum -- at least on Jane's part. I think Mrs. Harmon's motive
|
|
for inviting me was to let me see Jane's surpassing gorgeousness."
|
|
|
|
"Is it true that she wore so many diamonds that you couldn't tell
|
|
where the diamonds left off and Jane began?"
|
|
|
|
Anne laughed.
|
|
|
|
"She certainly wore a good many. What with all the diamonds and
|
|
white satin and tulle and lace and roses and orange blossoms,
|
|
prim little Jane was almost lost to sight. But she was VERY
|
|
happy, and so was Mr. Inglis -- and so was Mrs. Harmon."
|
|
|
|
"Is that the dress you're going to wear tonight?" asked Gilbert,
|
|
looking down at the fluffs and frills.
|
|
|
|
"Yes. Isn't it pretty? And I shall wear starflowers in my hair.
|
|
The Haunted Wood is full of them this summer."
|
|
|
|
Gilbert had a sudden vision of Anne, arrayed in a frilly green gown,
|
|
with the virginal curves of arms and throat slipping out of it,
|
|
and white stars shining against the coils of her ruddy hair.
|
|
The vision made him catch his breath. But he turned lightly away.
|
|
|
|
"Well, I'll be up tomorrow. Hope you'll have a nice time tonight."
|
|
|
|
Anne looked after him as he strode away, and sighed. Gilbert was
|
|
friendly -- very friendly -- far too friendly. He had come quite
|
|
often to Green Gables after his recovery, and something of their
|
|
old comradeship had returned. But Anne no longer found it satisfying.
|
|
The rose of love made the blossom of friendship pale and scentless
|
|
by contrast. And Anne had again begun to doubt if Gilbert now felt
|
|
anything for her but friendship. In the common light of common
|
|
day her radiant certainty of that rapt morning had faded. She was
|
|
haunted by a miserable fear that her mistake could never be rectified.
|
|
It was quite likely that it was Christine whom Gilbert loved after all.
|
|
Perhaps he was even engaged to her. Anne tried to put all unsettling
|
|
hopes out of her heart, and reconcile herself to a future where work
|
|
and ambition must take the place of love. She could do good, if not
|
|
noble, work as a teacher; and the success her little sketches were
|
|
beginning to meet with in certain editorial sanctums augured well
|
|
for her budding literary dreams. But -- but -- Anne picked up her
|
|
green dress and sighed again.
|
|
|
|
When Gilbert came the next afternoon he found Anne waiting for him,
|
|
fresh as the dawn and fair as a star, after all the gaiety of the
|
|
preceding night. She wore a green dress -- not the one she had
|
|
worn to the wedding, but an old one which Gilbert had told her
|
|
at a Redmond reception he liked especially. It was just the shade
|
|
of green that brought out the rich tints of her hair, and the starry
|
|
gray of her eyes and the iris-like delicacy of her skin. Gilbert,
|
|
glancing at her sideways as they walked along a shadowy woodpath,
|
|
thought she had never looked so lovely. Anne, glancing sideways
|
|
at Gilbert, now and then, thought how much older he looked since
|
|
his illness. It was as if he had put boyhood behind him forever.
|
|
|
|
The day was beautiful and the way was beautiful. Anne was almost
|
|
sorry when they reached Hester Gray's garden, and sat down on the
|
|
old bench. But it was beautiful there, too -- as beautiful as it
|
|
had been on the faraway day of the Golden Picnic, when Diana and
|
|
Jane and Priscilla and she had found it. Then it had been lovely
|
|
with narcissus and violets; now golden rod had kindled its fairy
|
|
torches in the corners and asters dotted it bluely. The call of
|
|
the brook came up through the woods from the valley of birches
|
|
with all its old allurement; the mellow air was full of the purr
|
|
of the sea; beyond were fields rimmed by fences bleached silvery
|
|
gray in the suns of many summers, and long hills scarfed with the
|
|
shadows of autumnal clouds; with the blowing of the west wind old
|
|
dreams returned.
|
|
|
|
"I think," said Anne softly, "that `the land where dreams come true'
|
|
is in the blue haze yonder, over that little valley."
|
|
|
|
"Have you any unfulfilled dreams, Anne?" asked Gilbert.
|
|
|
|
Something in his tone -- something she had not heard since that
|
|
miserable evening in the orchard at Patty's Place -- made Anne's
|
|
heart beat wildly. But she made answer lightly.
|
|
|
|
"Of course. Everybody has. It wouldn't do for us to have all
|
|
our dreams fulfilled. We would be as good as dead if we had
|
|
nothing left to dream about. What a delicious aroma that
|
|
low-descending sun is extracting from the asters and ferns.
|
|
I wish we could see perfumes as well as smell them. I'm sure
|
|
they would be very beautiful."
|
|
|
|
Gilbert was not to be thus sidetracked.
|
|
|
|
"I have a dream," he said slowly. "I persist in dreaming it,
|
|
although it has often seemed to me that it could never come true.
|
|
I dream of a home with a hearth-fire in it, a cat and dog, the
|
|
footsteps of friends -- and YOU!"
|
|
|
|
Anne wanted to speak but she could find no words. Happiness was
|
|
breaking over her like a wave. It almost frightened her.
|
|
|
|
"I asked you a question over two years ago, Anne. If I ask it
|
|
again today will you give me a different answer?"
|
|
|
|
Still Anne could not speak. But she lifted her eyes, shining
|
|
with all the love-rapture of countless generations, and looked
|
|
into his for a moment. He wanted no other answer.
|
|
|
|
They lingered in the old garden until twilight, sweet as dusk in
|
|
Eden must have been, crept over it. There was so much to talk
|
|
over and recall -- things said and done and heard and thought and
|
|
felt and misunderstood.
|
|
|
|
"I thought you loved Christine Stuart," Anne told him, as
|
|
reproachfully as if she had not given him every reason to
|
|
suppose that she loved Roy Gardner.
|
|
|
|
Gilbert laughed boyishly.
|
|
|
|
"Christine was engaged to somebody in her home town. I knew it
|
|
and she knew I knew it. When her brother graduated he told me
|
|
his sister was coming to Kingsport the next winter to take music,
|
|
and asked me if I would look after her a bit, as she knew no one
|
|
and would be very lonely. So I did. And then I liked Christine
|
|
for her own sake. She is one of the nicest girls I've ever
|
|
known. I knew college gossip credited us with being in love with
|
|
each other. I didn't care. Nothing mattered much to me for a
|
|
time there, after you told me you could never love me, Anne.
|
|
There was nobody else -- there never could be anybody else for me
|
|
but you. I've loved you ever since that day you broke your slate
|
|
over my head in school."
|
|
|
|
"I don't see how you could keep on loving me when I was such a
|
|
little fool," said Anne.
|
|
|
|
"Well, I tried to stop," said Gilbert frankly, "not because I
|
|
thought you what you call yourself, but because I felt sure there
|
|
was no chance for me after Gardner came on the scene. But I
|
|
couldn't -- and I can't tell you, either, what it's meant to me
|
|
these two years to believe you were going to marry him, and be
|
|
told every week by some busybody that your engagement was on the
|
|
point of being announced. I believed it until one blessed day
|
|
when I was sitting up after the fever. I got a letter from Phil
|
|
Gordon -- Phil Blake, rather -- in which she told me there was
|
|
really nothing between you and Roy, and advised me to `try again.'
|
|
Well, the doctor was amazed at my rapid recovery after that."
|
|
|
|
Anne laughed -- then shivered.
|
|
|
|
"I can never forget the night I thought you were dying, Gilbert.
|
|
Oh, I knew -- I KNEW then -- and I thought it was too late."
|
|
|
|
"But it wasn't, sweetheart. Oh, Anne, this makes up for
|
|
everything, doesn't it? Let's resolve to keep this day sacred to
|
|
perfect beauty all our lives for the gift it has given us."
|
|
|
|
"It's the birthday of our happiness," said Anne softly.
|
|
"I've always loved this old garden of Hester Gray's,
|
|
and now it will be dearer than ever."
|
|
|
|
"But I'll have to ask you to wait a long time, Anne,"
|
|
said Gilbert sadly. "It will be three years before
|
|
I'll finish my medical course. And even then there
|
|
will be no diamond sunbursts and marble halls."
|
|
|
|
Anne laughed.
|
|
|
|
"I don't want sunbursts and marble halls. I just want YOU.
|
|
You see I'm quite as shameless as Phil about it. Sunbursts and
|
|
marble halls may be all very well, but there is more `scope for
|
|
imagination' without them. And as for the waiting, that doesn't
|
|
matter. We'll just be happy, waiting and working for each other
|
|
-- and dreaming. Oh, dreams will be very sweet now."
|
|
|
|
Gilbert drew her close to him and kissed her. Then they walked
|
|
home together in the dusk, crowned king and queen in the bridal
|
|
realm of love, along winding paths fringed with the sweetest
|
|
flowers that ever bloomed, and over haunted meadows where winds
|
|
of hope and memory blew.
|
|
|
|
|
|
End of Project Gutenberg Etext of Anne of the Island.
|
|
|
|
|